SDS Series

Digital Oscilloscope

Programming Guide
EN11D

Feb, 2023
 SDS Series Programming Guide

Copyright and Declaration

Copyright

SIGLENT TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All Rights Reserved.

Trademark Information

SIGLENT is the registered trademark of SIGLENT TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Declaration

 SIGLENT products are protected by patent law in and outside of P.R.C.

 SIGLENT reserves the right to modify or change parts of or all the specifications or pricing
policies at the companys.

 Information in this publication replaces all previously corresponding material.

 Any way of copying, extracting or translating the contents of this manual is not allowed without
the permission of SIGLENT.

Product Certification

SIGLENT guarantees this product conforms to the national and industrial standards in China and
other international standard conformance certifications are in progress.

Contact Us

If you have any problem or requirement when using our products, please contact SIGLENT
TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD

Headquarters
SIGLENT Technologies Co., Ltd.
Add: Blog No.4 & No.5, Antongda Industrial Zone, 3rd Liuxian Road,
Bao’an District, Shenzhen, 518101, China.
Tel: + 86 755 3688 7876
Fax: + 86 755 3359 1582
Emall: [email protected]
Website: www.siglent.com/ens

www.siglent.com 1 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

Europe
SIGLENT Technologies Germany GmbH
Add: Staetzlinger Str. 70, 86165 Augsburg, Germany
Tel: +49(0)-821-666 0 111 0
Fax: +49(0)-821-666 0 111 22
Emall: [email protected]
Website www.siglenteu.com

America

SIGLENT Technologies NA, Inc

6557 Cochran Rd Solon, Ohio 44139
Tel: 440-398-5800
Toll Free:877-515-5551
Fax: 440-399-1211
Emall: [email protected]
Website: www.siglentna.com

2 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

Version Declaration
This chapter declares the modifications of command in the most recent release of the programming
guide version.

What’s New in Version E11D

New features in version E11D of the software are:

 Support for SDS6000L.

 Add Qualified, Delay, Nth Edge, Setup/Hold trigger commands.

 New option “FTRIG” for “:TRIGger:MODE” command.

 New commads ”TRIGger:FREQuency”, “TRIGger:EDGE:IMPedance”,”FORMat:DATA”.

 Add 1553B, SENT, Manchester decode commands.

 Add bus decoding result query.

 Add FFT Search result query.

 New commands for parameter settings of filter, maxhold, interpolation, average and eres
function operators

 Add search commands.

 New commands for axis label settings.

 New commands for horizontal and vertical reference strategy settings.

 New command to get the number of acquired frames.

 Update the save command “:SAVE:BINary <path>” to “SAVE:BINary <path>,<src>”.

 Supplementary path description of save commands, the path type can be local, network storage,
and udisk.

 Support memory source(Mx), function source(Fx), digital bus(DIGital) for save commands.

 Modify the description of “SAVE:MATLab”, which can only be saved in mat format at present.

 The return header of “WAVeform:DATA” shows the number of digits according to the actual data
length, instead of the fixed 9 digits.

www.siglent.com 3 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

What’s New in Version E11C

New features in version E11C of the software are:

 Support for SDS2000X HD.

 New vertical resolution command for SDS2000X Plus.

 DVM commands.

 Memory commands.

 Measure cursors commands.

 New measurement item: PSLOPE, NSLOPE, TSR, TSF, THR, THF.

 Update C# example.

 New Read Waveform Data of FFT Example.

 Update Read Waveform Data Example.

 Update Read Sequence Waveform Data Example.

What’s New in Version E11B

New features in version E11B of the software are:

 Measure threshold

 Network storage

 Memory management:Auto,Fixed Memory Depth and Fixed Sampling Rate

 Display menu style: EMBedded|FLOating

 Option for specifying FFT autoset as SPAN|PEAK|NORMal

 Set FFT span: FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SPAN

 :FUNCtion:INTGate revised to :FUNCtion<n>:INTegrate:GATE

 :FUNCtion:INTGate:GA|GB revised to :FUNCtion:GVALue

 PRINt revised to PRINt?

 Read sequence waveform

 Support reading waveform by piece

 WAV:PRE? and WAV:DATA? return in standard binary block format

 Support for SHS800X/SHS1000X/SDS6000A

4 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

Version E11A at Introduction

Compared with previous versions, this new document redefines the instruction format of each group
according to the SCPI specifications and adopts tree-style management. However, not all series
models support these instructions, see the next chapter “Supported Models” for details.

www.siglent.com 5 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

Supported Models
The commands and queries listed in this document can be used for SIGLENTs Digital Oscilloscope
Series as shown below. Models are arranged according to their initial release dates.

Model Version for New Commands

SDS5000X 0.9.0 and later

SDS2000X Plus 1.3.5R3 and later

SDS6000 Pro/
1.1.7.0 and later
SDS6000A
SHS800X/
1.1.9 and later
SHS1000X

SDS2000X HD 1.2.0.2 and later

SDS6000L 1.0.1.0

6 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

Programming Overview
This chapter introduces how to build communication between the instrument and the PC. It also
introduces how to configure a system for remote instrument control.

Users can remotely control the instrument through USB and LAN interfaces, in combination with
National Instruments NI-VISA and programming languages. Through the LAN interface, users can
communicate using VXI-11, Sockets and Telnet protocols, depending on the capabilities of the
specific instrument.

Establishing Communications
Install NI-VISA

USB control requires the National Instruments NI-VISA Library for communications. We also
recommend using it for LAN communications for its ease of use, but sockets, telnet, and VXI-11 can
also be implemented via LAN connections.

Currently, NI-VISA is packaged in two versions: A full version and a Run-Time Engine version. The
full version includes the NI device drivers and a tool named NI MAX which is a user interface to
control and test remotely connected devices. The Run-Time Engine is recommended, as it is a much
smaller download than the full version and includes the necessary tools for basic communication to
instruments.

For example, you can get the NI-VISA 5.4 full version from
http://www.ni.com/download/ni-visa-5.4/4230/en/.

You also can download NI-VISA Run-Time Engine 5.4 to your PC and install it as the default
selection. Its installation process is similar to the full version.

After you downloaded the file, follow these steps to install NI-VISA (The full version of NI-VISA 5.4 is
used in this example. Newer versions are likely and should be compatible with SIGLENT
instrumentation. Download the latest version available for the operating system being used by the
controlling computer):

a. Double click the visa540_full.exe, the dialog will be similar to that shown below:

www.siglent.com 7 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

b. Click Unzip, the installation process will automatically launch after unzipping files. If your
computer needs to install .NET Framework 4, it may auto start.

c. The NI-VISA installing dialog is shown above. Click Next to start the installation process.

d. Set the install path. The default path is “C:\Program Files\National Instruments\”, you can
change it. Click Next, dialog shown as above.

8 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

e. Click Next twice, in the License Agreement dialog, select the “I accept the above 2 License
Agreement(s).”, and click Next, dialog shown as below:

f. Click Next to begin the installation.

g. Now the installation is complete. Reboot your PC.

www.siglent.com 9 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

Connect the Instrument

Depending on the specific model, your oscilloscope may be able to communicate with a PC through
the USB or LAN interface.

Connect the instrument and the USB Host interface of the PC using a USB cable. Assuming your PC
is already turned on, turn on your oscilloscope, and then the PC will display the “Device Setup”
screen as it automatically installs the device driver as shown below.

Wait for the installation to complete and then proceed to the next step.

10 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

Remote Control
User-defined Programming

Users can use SCPI commands via a computer to program and control the digital oscilloscope. For
details, refer to the introductions in "Programming Examples".

Send SCPI Commands via NI-MAX

NI-Measurement and Automation eXplorer (NI-MAX) is a program created and maintained by

National Instruments. It provides a basic remote control interface for VXI, LAN, USB, GPIB, and
Serial communications. It is a utility that enables you to send commands one-at-a-time and also
retrieve data from connected devices. It is a great tool for troubleshooting and testing command
sequences. The oscilloscopes can be controlled remotely by sending SCPI commands via NI-MAX.

Using SCPI with Telnet

Telnet provides a means of communicating with the oscilloscopes over a LAN connection. The Telnet
protocol sends SCPI commands to the oscilloscopes from a PC and is similar to communicating with
the oscilloscopes over USB. It sends and receives information interactively: one command at a time.
Windows operating systems use a command prompt style interface for the Telnet client. The steps
are as follows:
1. On your PC, click Start > All Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt.

2. At the command prompt, type in telnet.

3. Press the Enter key. The Telnet display screen will be displayed.

4. At the Telnet command line, type:

open XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX 5024

Where XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX is the instrument’s IP address and 5024 is the port. You should see
a response similar to the following:

www.siglent.com 11 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

5. At the SCPI> prompt, input the SCPI commands such as *IDN? to return the company name,
model number, serial number, and firmware version number.

6. To exit the SCPI> session, press the Ctrl+] keys simultaneously.

7. Type quit at the prompt or close the Telnet window to close the connection to the instrument and
exit Telnet.

Using SCPI with Sockets

Socket API can be used to control the SDS2000X Plus series via LAN without installing any other
libraries. This can reduce the complexity of programming.

SOCKET ADDRESS IP address+port number

IP ADDRESS SDS IP address

PORT NUMBER 5025

Please see the section "Examples of Using Sockets" for the details.

12 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

Introduction to the SCPI Language

Command and Query Structure

Commands consist of set commands and query commands (usually called commands and queries).
Commands modify oscilloscope settings or tell the oscilloscope to perform a specific action. Queries
cause the oscilloscope to return data and status information. Not all commands have both a set and
a query form. Some commands have set only and some have query only.

Commands usually start with a colon [:]. A keyword is separated by a colon (:) followed by optional
parameter settings. A question mark (?) is added after the command line to indicate that this function
is queried. The command keyword is separated from the first parameter by spaces.
Example:
:CHANnel:SCALe <value>
:CHANnel:SCALe?

Long and Short Form

Each command has both a long and a short form. Note that elsewhere in this document a special
notation is employed to differentiate the short form keyword from the long form of the same keyword.
The long form of the keyword is shown, with the short form portion shown in uppercase characters,
and the rest of the keyword is shown in lowercase characters. If you want to abbreviate, you have to
type all the capital letters in the command format.
Example:
:CHANnel1:SCALe?
:CHAN1:SCAL?

Syntax Notation

The following notations are used in the commands:

< > (Angle Brackets)

Angle brackets enclose words that are used as placeholders, of which there are two types: the
header path and the data parameter of a command. Parameters are distinguished by enclosing the
type name in angle brackets.

:= (Defined As)
A colon followed by an equals sign separates a placeholder from the description of the type and
range of values that may be used in a command instead of the placeholder.

www.siglent.com 13 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

{ } (Braces)
Braces or curly brackets are used to enclose one or more parameters that may be included zero or
more times. The vertical bar (|) can be read as “or” and is used to separate alternative parameter
options.

[ ] (Square Brackets)
Square brackets are used to enclose a keyword that is optional when programming the command;
that is, the instrument shall process the command to have the same effect whether the option node is
omitted by the programmer or not.

… (Ellipsis)
An ellipsis (trailing dots) indicates that the preceding element may be repeated one or more times.

Parameter Types

Enumeration
Enter these arguments as unquoted text words. Like keywords, enumeration arguments follow the
same convention where the portion indicated in uppercase is required and that in lowercase is
optional.

Numeric
Many oscilloscope commands require numeric arguments. The syntax shows the format that the
oscilloscope returns in response to a query. This is also the preferred format when sending the
command to the oscilloscope, though any of the formats will be accepted. This documentation
represents these arguments as described below.

Type Meaning
<NR1> Signed integer value
<NR2> Floating point value without an exponent
<NR3> Floating point value with an exponent
<bin> Signed or unsigned integer in binary format

Quoted String
A quoted string is simply a group of ASCII characters enclosed by double quote ("). The following is
an example of a quoted string: "This is a quoted string". This documentation represents these
arguments as follows: Some commands accept or return data in the form of a quoted string

Type Meaning
<qstring> Quoted string of ASCII text

14 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

A quoted string can include any character defined in the 7-bit ASCII character set. Follow these rules
when you use quoted strings:
1. Use a double quote character to open and close the string.

Example: "this is a valid string".

2. You can mix quotation marks within a string as long as you follow the previous rule. But cannot
include a double quote character within a string by repeating the quote.

Example: "this is an 'acceptable' string".

3. You cannot include double quotes character within a string by repeating the double quote.

Example: "here is a "" mark". It will be recognized as "here is a ".

4. Strings can have upper or lower case characters. But the oscilloscope will automatically convert
it to uppercase.

5. A carriage return or line feed embedded in a quoted string will be recognized as the string.

Here are some invalid strings:

 "Invalid string argument’ (quotes are not of the same type)

 "here is a " " mark" (Duplicate double quotes inside double quotes)

www.siglent.com 15 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

Commands & Queries

This chapter introduces each command subsystem of the SIGLENT Digital Oscilloscope Series
command set. The contents of this chapter are shown as below:

 Common (*) Commands

 Root(:) Commands
 ACQUire Commands
 CHANnel Commands
 CURSor Commands
 DECode Commands
 DIGital Commands [Option]
 DISPlay Commands
 DVM Commands
 FUNCtion Commands
 HISTORy Commands
 MEASure Commands
 MEMory Commands
 MTEst Commands
 RECall Commands
 REF Commands
 SAVE Commands
 SYSTem Commands
 TIMebase Commands
 TRIGger Commands
 WAVeform Commands
 WGEN Commands

16 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

Common (*) Commands

The IEEE 488.2 standard defines some general commands for querying the basic information of an
instrument or performing common basic operations. These commands usually start with *, and the
command key length is 3 characters.

 *IDN

 *OPC

 *RST

www.siglent.com 17 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

*IDN

Query

DESCRIPTION The command query identifies the instrument type and

software version. The response consists of four different fields
providing information on the manufacturer, the scope model,
the serial number and the firmware revision.

QUERY SYNTAX *IDN?

RESPONSE FORMAT Siglent Technologies,<model>,<serial_number>,<firmware>

<model>:= The model number of the instrument.

<serial number>:= A 14-character code.

<firmware>:= The software revision of the instrument

EXAMPLE The following command queries the instrument type and

software version.

Query message:
*IDN?

Response message:
Siglent
Technologies,SDS5104X,SDS5XDAD2R0160,4.6.0.8.7R1

18 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

*OPC

Query

DESCRIPTION The command query places an ASCII "1" in the output queue
when all pending device operations have completed. The
interface hangs until this query returns.

QUERY SYNTAX *OPC?

RESPONSE FORMAT 1

EXAMPLE Query message:

*OPC?

Response message:
1

www.siglent.com 19 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

*RST

Command

DESCRIPTION Resets the oscilloscope to the default configuration, equivalent

to the Default button on the front panel.

COMMAND SYNTAX *RST

EXAMPLE The following command resets the oscilloscope.

Command message:
*RST

RELATED COMMANDS :RECall:FDEFault

:RECall:SETup
:SAVE:DEFault
:SAVE:SETup

20 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

Root(:) Commands
The Root commands for querying the basic information of an instrument or performing common
basic operations. These commands are only located at the root of the command tree, with no next
level and no parameters.

 :AUToset

 :PRINt

www.siglent.com 21 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:AUToset

Command

DESCRIPTION This command attempts to automatically adjust the trigger,

vertical, and horizontal controls of the oscilloscope to deliver a
usable display of the input signal. Autoset is not recommended
for use on low frequency events (< 100 Hz).

COMMAND SYNTAX :AUToset

EXAMPLE Command message:

:AUToset
AUT

:PRINt

Query

DESCRIPTION The query captures the screen and returns the data in specified
image format.

QUERY SYNTAX :PRINt? <type>

<type>:= {BMP|PNG}
 BMP selects bitmap format
 PNG selects Portable Networks Graphics format

RESPONSE FORMAT <bin>

Image data in specified image format

EXAMPLE See the code in Screen Dump (PRINt) Example

22 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:FORMat:DATA

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the returned precision of the command with
data in NR1/NR3 format. The current default precision is
3-digits.

The query returns the current precision of the returned data.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FORMat:DATA <option>[,<digit>]

<option>:= {SINGle|DOUBle|CUSTom}
 SINGle indicates that the single precision type and
significant digit is 7.
 DOUBle indicates that the double precision type and
significant digit is 14.
 CUSTom is user-defined precision, and <digit> need to be
set.

<digit>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1,64].

QUERY SYNTAX :FORMat:DATA?

RESPONSE FORMAT CUSTom,<digit>

<digit>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the returned data precision of the
command to 5-digits.

Command message:
:FORMat:DATA CUSTom,5
FORM:DATA CUST,5

Query message:
FORM:DATA?

Response message:
CUSTom,5

www.siglent.com 23 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

ACQUire Commands

The :ACQUIRE subsystem commands control the way in which waveforms are acquired. These
commands set the parameters for acquiring and storing data.

 :ACQuire:AMODe
 :ACQuire:CSWeep
 :ACQuire:INTerpolation
 :ACQuire:MMANagement
 :ACQuire:MODE
 :ACQuire:MDEPth
 :ACQuire:NUMAcq
 :ACQuire:POINts
 :ACQuire:SEQuence
 :ACQuire:SEQuence:COUNt
 :ACQuire:SRATe
 :ACQuire:TYPE

24 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:ACQuire:AMODe

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the rate of waveform capture. This

command can provide a high-speed waveform capture rate to
help capture signal anomalies.

The query returns the current acquisition rate mode.

COMMAND SYNTAX :ACQuire:AMODe <rate>

<rate>:= {FAST|SLOW}
FAST selects fast waveform capture
SLOW selects slow waveform capture

QUERY SYNTAX :ACQuire:AMODe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <rate>

<rate>:= {FAST|SLOW}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the FAST acquisition rate mode.

Command message:
:ACQuire:AMODe FAST
ACQ:AMOD FAST

Query message:
ACQ:AMOD?

Response message:
FAST

www.siglent.com 25 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:ACQuire:CSWeep

Command

DESCRIPTION The command clears the sweep and restarts the acquisition. It
is equivalent to the Clear Sweeps button on the front panel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :ACQuire:CSWeep

EXAMPLE The following command clears acquisition sweep.

Command message:
:ACQuire:CSWeep
ACQ:CSW

26 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:ACQuire:INTerpolation

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the method of interpolation.

The query returns the current method of interpolation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :ACQuire:INTerpolation <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}
 ON selects sinx/x (sinc) interpolation
 OFF selects linear interpolation

QUERY SYNTAX :ACQuire:INTerpolation?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables sinusoidal interpretation.

Command message:
:ACQuire:INTerpolation ON
ACQ:INT ON

Query message:
ACQ:INT?

Response message:
ON

www.siglent.com 27 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:ACQuire:MMANagement

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the memory mode of the oscilloscope.

The query returns the current memory mode of the

oscilloscope.

COMMAND SYNTAX :ACQuire:MMANagement <mem_mode>

<mem_mode>:= {AUTO|FSRate|FMDepth}
 AUTO mode maintain the maximum sampling rate, and
automatically set the memory depth and sampling rate
according to the time base.
 FSRate mode is Fixed Samling Rate, maintain the
specified sampling rate and automatically set the memory
depth according to the time base.
 FMDepth mode is Fixed Memory Depth, the oscilloscope
automatically sets the sampling rate according to the
storage depth and time base.

QUERY SYNTAX :ACQuire:MMANagement?

RESPONSE FORMAT <mem_mode>

< mem_mode>:= {AUTO|FSRate|FMDepth}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the memory mode of the

oscilloscope as FMDepth.

Command message:
:ACQuire:MMANagement FMDepth
ACQ:MMAN FMD

Query message:
ACQ:MMAN?

Response message:
FMDepth

28 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:ACQuire:MODE

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the acquisition mode of the oscilloscope.

The query returns the current acquisition mode of the

oscilloscope.

COMMAND SYNTAX :ACQuire:MODE <mode_type>

<mode_type>:= {YT|XY|ROLL}
 YT mode plots amplitude (Y) vs. time (T)
 XY mode plots channel X vs. channel Y, commonly
referred to as a Lissajous curve
 Roll mode plots amplitude (Y) vs. time (T) as in YT mode,
but begins to write the waveforms from the right-hand side
of the display. This is similar to a “strip chart” recording and
is ideal for slow events that happen a few times/second.

QUERY SYNTAX :ACQuire:MODE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <mode_type>

<mode_type>:= {YT|XY|ROLL}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the mode of the oscilloscope as

YT.

Command message:
:ACQuire:MODE YT
ACQ:MODE YT

Query message:
ACQ:MODE?

Response message:
YT

www.siglent.com 29 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:ACQuire:MDEPth

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the maximum memory depth.

The query returns the maximum memory depth.

COMMAND SYNTAX :ACQuire:MDEPth <memory_size>

<memory_size>:= Varies by model. See the table below for

details:
Model <memory_size>
Single Channel
{250k|1.25M|2.5M|12.5M|25M|125M|
250M}
SDS5000X
Dual-Channel
{125k|625k|1.25M|6.25M|12.5M|
62.5M|125M}
Single Channel
{20k|200k|2M|20M|200M}
SDS2000X Plus
Dual-Channel
{10k|100k|1M|10M|100M}
1G Model Single Channel
{1.25k|5k|25k|50k|250k|500k|
2.5M|5M|12.5M|125M|250M}
1G Model Dual-Channel
SDS6000 Pro {1.25k|2.5k|12.5k|25k|125k|250k|
SDS6000A 1.25M|2.5M|12.5M|62.5M|125M}
2G Model
{2.5k|5k|25k|50k|250k|500k|
2.5M|5M|12.5M|25M|50M|125M|250
M|250M|500M}
{2.5k|5k|25k|50k|250k|500k|
SDS6000L 2.5M|5M|12.5M|25M|50M|125M|250
M|250M|500M}
Single Channel
SHS800X {12k|120k|1.2M|12M}
SHS1000X Dual-Channel
{6k|60k|600k|6M}
Single Channel
{20k|200k|2M|20M|200M}
SDS2000X HD
Dual-Channel
{10k|100k|1M|10M|100M}

Note:
• For the definition of single and dual channel mode, please
refer to the user manual.
• Turn on digital channels or set the acquisition type to
AVERage/ERES or set the acquisition mode to roll, will
limit the memory depth.

QUERY SYNTAX :ACQuire:MDEPth?

30 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

RESPONSE FORMAT <memory_size>

EXAMPLE The following command sets the memory depth to 125 Mpts for
the SDS5000X series.

Command message:
:ACQuire:MDEPth 125M
ACQ:MDEP 125M
Query message:
:ACQ:MDEP?

Response message:
125M

RELATED COMMANDS :ACQuire:MODE

:ACQuire:TYPE
:DIGital

www.siglent.com 31 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:ACQuire:NUMAcq

Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the number of waveform acquisitions that

have occurred since starting acquisition. This value is reset to
zero when any acquisition,horizontal, or vertical arguments that
affect the waveform are changed.

QUERY SYNTAX :ACQuire:NUMAcq?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following query returns that 350 acquisitions have occurred
since starting acquisition.

Query message:
:ACQuire:NUMAcq?
ACQ:NUMA?

Response message:
350

32 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:ACQuire:POINts

Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the number of sampled points of the current
waveform on the screen.

QUERY SYNTAX :ACQuire:POINts?

RESPONSE FORMAT <point>

<point>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command queries the points of current

acquisition.

Query message:
ACQ:POIN?

Response message:
1.25E+08

www.siglent.com 33 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:ACQuire:RESolution

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the ADC resolution for SDS2000X Plus
oscilloscope.

The query returns the ADC resolution for SDS2000X Plus

oscilloscope.

COMMAND SYNTAX :ACQuire:RESolution <bit>

<bit>:= {8Bits|10Bits}

QUERY SYNTAX :ACQuire:RESolution?

RESPONSE FORMAT <bit>

<bit>:= {8Bits|10Bits}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the ADC resolution to 10Bits.

Command message:
:ACQuire:RESolution 10Bits
ACQ:RES 10B

Query message:
ACQ:RES?

Response message:
10Bits

34 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:ACQuire:SEQuence

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command enables or disables sequence acquisition mode.

The query returns whether the current sequence acquisition

switch is on or not.

COMMAND SYNTAX :ACQuire:SEQuence <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :ACQuire:SEQuence?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on sequence acquisition mode.

Command message:
:ACQuire:SEQuence ON
ACQ:SEQ ON

Query message:
ACQ:SEQ?

Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS :ACQuire:SEQuence:COUNt

www.siglent.com 35 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:ACQuire:SEQuence:COUNt

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the number of memory segments to

acquire. The maximum number of segments may be limited by
the memory depth of your oscilloscope.

The query returns the current count setting.

COMMAND SYNTAX :ACQuire:SEQuence:COUNt <count>

<count>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value varies from the
models and the current timebase, see the user manual for
details.

QUERY SYNTAX : ACQuire:SEQuence:COUNt?

RESPONSE FORMAT <count_value>

<count_value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and

no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the count of sequence segment

as 5.

Command message:
:ACQuire:SEQuence:COUNt 5
ACQ:SEQ:COUN 5

Query message:
ACQ:SEQ:COUN?

Response message:
5

RELATED COMMANDS :ACQuire:SEQuence

36 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:ACQuire:SRATe

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command set the sampling rate when in the fixed sampling
rare mode.

The query returns the current sampling rate.

COMMAND SYNTAX :ACQuire:SRATe <rate>

<type>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. If the set value is greater than the
settable value, it will automatically match to the settable value.

QUERY SYNTAX :ACQuire:SRATe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <sample_rate>

<sample_rate>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal

point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the current sampling rate.

Command message:
:ACQuire:SRATe 5.00E9
ACQ:SRAT 5.00E9

Query message:
ACQ:SRAT?

Response message:
5.00E+09

www.siglent.com 37 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:ACQuire:TYPE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the type of data acquisition that is to take
place.

The query returns the current acquisition type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :ACQuire:TYPE <type>

<type>:= {NORMal|PEAK|AVERage[,<times>]|ERES[,<bits>]}

<times>:= {4|16|32|64|128|256|512|1024}

<bits>:= {0.5|1.0|1.5|2.0|2.5|3.0}
 NORMal sets the oscilloscope to normal mode.
 PEAK sets the oscilloscope to peak detect mode.
 AVERage sets the oscilloscope acquisition to averaging
mode. You can set the number of averages by sending the
command followed by a numeric integer value <times>.
 ERES sets the oscilloscope to the enhanced resolution
mode. This is essentially a digital boxcar filter and is used
to reduce noise at slower sweep speeds. You can set the
enhanced bits by sending the command followed by the
<bits>.

Note:
The AVERage|ERES type is not available when in sequence
mode (:ACQuire:SEQuence ON).

QUERY SYNTAX :ACQuire:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {NORMal|PEAK|AVERage[,<times>]|ERES[,<bits>]}

<times>:= {4|16|32|64|128|256|512|1024}, when <type> is

AVERage.

<bits>:= {0.5|1.0|1.5|2.0|2.5|3.0} when <type> is ERES.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the acquisition type as AVERage,

and the average number as 16.

Command message:
:ACQuire:TYPE AVERage,16
ACQ:TYPE AVER,16

Query message:
ACQ:TYPE?

Response message:
AVERage,16

38 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

CHANnel Commands

The :CHANnel<n> subsystem commands control the analog channels. Channels are independently
programmable for offset, probe, coupling, bandwidth limit, inversion, and more functions. The
channel index (1, 2, 3, or 4) specified in the command selects the analog channel that is affected by
the command.

 :CHANnel:REFerence

 :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit

 :CHANnel<n>:COUPling

 :CHANnel<n>:IMPedance

 :CHANnel<n>:INVert

 :CHANnel<n>:LABel

 :CHANnel<n>:LABel:TEXT

 :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet

 :CHANnel<n>:PROBe

 :CHANnel<n>:SCALe

 :CHANnel<n>:SKEW

 :CHANnel<n>:SWITch

 :CHANnel<n>:UNIT

 :CHANnel<n>:VISible

www.siglent.com 39 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:CHANnel:REFerence

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the strategy for the offset value change in
the vertical direction when the vertical scale is changed.

The query returns the current vertical reference strategy.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CHANnel:REFerence <type>

<type>:= {OFFSet|POSition}
 OFFset means when the vertical scale is changed, the
vertical offset remains fixed. As the vertical scale is
changed, the waveform expands/contracts around the
main X-axis of the display.
 POSition means when the vertical scale is changed, the
vertical offset remains fixed to the grid position on the
display. As the vertical scale is changed, the waveform
expands/contracts around the position of the vertical
ground position on the display.

QUERY SYNTAX :CHANnel:REFerence?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {OFFSet|POSition}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the strategy of the vertical

reference to offset.

Command message:
:CHANnel:REFerence OFFSet
CHAN:REF OFFS

Query message:
CHAN:REF?

Response message:
OFFSet

40 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:CHANnel<n>:BWLimit

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command enables or disables the bandwidth-limiting

low-pass filter. If the bandwidth filter is on, it will filter the signal
to reduce noise and other unwanted high frequency
components. When the filter is on, the bandwidth of the
specified channel is limited to approximately 20 MHz or 200
MHz.

The query returns the current setting of the low-pass filter.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit <bwlimit>

<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<bwlimit>:= {FULL|20M|200M}
 FULL sets the oscilloscope bandwidth to full.
 20M enables the 20 MHz bandwidth filter.
 200M enables the 200 MHz bandwidth filter.

QUERY SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit?

RESPONSE FORMAT <bwlimit>

<bwlimit>:= {FULL|20M|200M}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the bandwidth filter of Channel 1

to 20 MHz.

Command message:
:CHANnel1:BWLimit 20M
CHAN1:BWL 20M

Query message:
CHAN1:BWL?

Response message:
20M

www.siglent.com 41 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:CHANnel<n>:COUPling

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the coupling mode of the specified input
channel.

The query returns the coupling mode of the specified channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:COUPling <coupling_mode>

<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<coupling_mode>:= {DC|AC|GND}
 DC sets the channel coupling to DC.
 AC sets the channel coupling to AC.
 GND sets the channel coupling to Ground.

QUERY SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>: COUPling?

RESPONSE FORMAT <coupling_mode>

<coupling_mode>:= {DC|AC|GND}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the coupling mode of Channel 1

to AC.

Command message:
:CHANnel1:COUPling AC
CHAN1:COUP AC

Query message:
CHAN1:COUP?

Response message:
AC

42 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:CHANnel<n>:IMPedance

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the input impedance of the selected

channel. There are two impedance values available, depending
on model. They are 1 MOhm and 50.

The query returns the current impedance setting of the

selected channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:IMPedance <impedance>

<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<impedance>:= {ONEMeg|FIFTy}
 ONEMeg means 1 Mohm.
 FIFTy means 50 ohm.

Note:
When set to FIFTy, the range of legal values set by
the :CHAN<n>:SCAL commands is limited to less than 1 V.

QUERY SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:IMPedance?

RESPONSE FORMAT <impedance>

<impedance>:= {ONEMeg|FIFTy}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the impedance of Channel 2 to 1

MOhm.

Command message:
:CHANnel2:IMPedance ONEMeg
CHAN2:IMP ONEM

Query message:
CHAN2:IMP?

Response message:
ONEMeg

RELATED COMMANDS :CHANnel<n>:SCALe

www.siglent.com 43 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:CHANnel<n>:INVert

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects whether or not to mathematically invert

the input signal for the specified channel. This is a
mathematical operation and does not change the polarity of the
input signal with reference to ground.

The query returns the current state of the channel inversion.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:INVert <state>

<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<state>:= {ON|OFF}
 ON enables channel inversion.
 Off disables channel inversion.

QUERY SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:INVert?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command inverts the display of Channel 2.

Command message:
:CHANnel2:INVert ON
CHAN2:INV ON

Query message:
CHAN2:INV?

Response message:
ON

44 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:CHANnel<n>:LABel

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command is to turn the specified channel label on or off.

The query returns the label associated with a particular

channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:LABel <state>

<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<state>:= {ON|OFF}
 ON enables the channel label.
 OFF disables the channel label.

QUERY SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:LABel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the label of Channel 1.

Command message:
:CHANnel1:LABel ON
CHAN1:LAB ON

Query message:
CHAN1:LAB?

Response message:
ON

www.siglent.com 45 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:CHANnel<n>:LABel:TEXT

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the selected channel label to the string that
follows. Setting a label for a channel also adds the name to the
label list in non-volatile memory (replacing the oldest label in
the list)

The query returns the current label text of the selected channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:LABel:TEXT <qstring>

<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<qstring>:= Quoted string of ASCII text. The length of the string

is limited to 20.

Note:
All characters will be automatically converted to uppercase.

QUERY SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:LABel:TEXT?

RESPONSE FORMAT <string>

EXAMPLE The following command sets the label text of Channel 2 to

“VOUT”.

Command message:
:CHANnel2:LABel:TEXT ”VOUT”
CHAN2:LAB:TEXT “VOUT”

Query message:
CHAN2:LAB:TEXT?

Response message:
“VOUT”

RELATED COMMANDS :CHANnel<n>:LABel

46 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:CHANnel<n>:OFFSet

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command allows adjustment of the vertical offset of the

specified input channel. The maximum ranges depend on the
fixed sensitivity setting.

The query returns the offset value of the specified channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet <offset_value>

<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<offset_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

Note:
The range of legal values varies with the value set by
the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe commands.

QUERY SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet?

RESPONSE FORMAT <offset_value>

<offset_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the offset of Channel 2 to -3.8 V.

Command message:
:CHANnel2:OFFSet -3.8E+00
CHAN1:OFFS -3.8E+00

Query message:
CHAN1:OFFS?

Response message:
-3.8E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :CHANnel<n>:SCALe

www.siglent.com 47 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:CHANnel<n>:PROBe

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command specifies the probe attenuation factor for the
selected channel. This command does not change the actual
input sensitivity of the oscilloscope. It changes the reference
constants for scaling the display factors, for making automatic
measurements, and for setting trigger levels.

The query returns the current probe attenuation factor for the
selected channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:PROBe <attenuation>[,<value>]

<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<attenuation>:= {DEFault|VALue}
 DEFault means set to the default value 1X.
 VALue means set to the <value>.

<value>:= Probe attenuation ratio in NR3 format when

<attenuation> is VALue, and the range is [1E-6, 1E6].

QUERY SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:PROBe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the attenuation factor of Channel

1 to 100:1. To ensure the data matches the true signal voltage
values, the physical probe attenuation must match the scope
attenuation values for that input channel.

Command message:
:CHANnel1:PROBe VALue,1.00E+02
CHAN1:PROB VAL,1.00E+02

Query message:
CHAN1:PROB?

Response message:
1.00E+02

RELATED COMMANDS :CHANnel<n>:SCALe

:CHANnel<n>:OFFSet

48 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:CHANnel<n>:SCALe

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the vertical sensitivity in Volts/div. If the

probe attenuation is changed, the scale value is multiplied by
the probe's attenuation factor.

The query returns the current vertical sensitivity of the specified

channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:SCALe <scale>

<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<scale>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

Note:
The range of value varies from the models and the bandwidth
of the model. See the data sheet for details.

QUERY SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:SCALe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <scale>

<scale>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The return value is affected by probe.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the vertical sensitivity of

Channel 1 to 50 mV/div
Command message:
:CHANnel1:SCALe 5.00E-02
CHAN1:SCAL 5.00E-02

Query message:
CHAN1:SCAL?

Response message:
5.00E-02
5.00E-01 (when the probe attenuation ratio is 10:1)

RELATED COMMANDS :CHANnel<n>:PROBe

www.siglent.com 49 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:CHANnel<n>:SKEW

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the channel-to-channel skew factor for the
specified channel.

The query returns the current probe skew setting for the selected
channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:SKEW <skew_value>

<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<skew_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is
[-1.00E-07, 1.00E-07].

QUERY SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:SKEW?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the skew of Channel 1 to 1.52 ns.

Command message:
:CHANnel1:SKEW 1.52E-09
CHAN1:SKEW 1.52E-09

Query message:
CHAN1:SKEW?

Response message:
1.52E-09

50 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:CHANnel<n>:SWITch

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command turns the display of the specified channel on or

off.

The query returns current status of the selected channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:SWITch <state>

<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<state>:= {OFF|ON}

QUERY SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:SWITch?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLE The following command displays Channel 1.

Command message:
:CHANnel1:SWITch ON
CHAN1:SWIT ON

Query message:
CHAN1:SWIT?

Response message:
ON

www.siglent.com 51 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:CHANnel<n>:UNIT

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command change the unit of input signal of specified

channel. There is voltage (V) and current (A) two choice to
choose for each channel.

The query returns the current unit of the concerned channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:UNIT <unit>

<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<unit>:= {V|A}

Note:
The related parameter units are changed to the selected unit
after processing this command. This also effects measurement
results, cursors value, channel sensitivity, and trigger level.

QUERY SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:UNIT?

RESPONSE FORMAT <unit>

<unit>:= {V|A}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the unit of Channel 1 to A.

Command message:
:CHANnel1:UNIT A
CHAN1:UNIT A

Query message:
CHAN1:UNIT?

Response message:
A

52 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:CHANnel<n>:VISible

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command is used to whether display the waveform of the

specified channel or not. Different from the
command :CHANnel<n>:SWITch, it sets the state on the
display, and the latter sets the physical switch.

The query returns whether the waveform display function of the

selected channel is on or off.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:VISible <display_state>

<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<display_state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :CHANnel<n>:VISible?

RESPONSE FORMAT <display_state>

<display_state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the display of Channel 2 to ON.

Command message:
:CHANnel2:VISible ON
CHAN2:VIS ON

Query message:
CHAN2:VIS?

Response message:
ON

www.siglent.com 53 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

CURSor Commands

The :CURSor subsystem commands control the cursor measurement function.

 :CURSor

 :CURSor:TAGStyle

 :CURSor:IXDelta

 :CURSor:MITem

 :CURSor:MODE

 :CURSor:SOURce1

 :CURSor:SOURce2

 :CURSor:X1

 :CURSor:X2

 :CURSor:XDELta

 :CURSor:XREFerence

 :CURSor:Y1

 :CURSor:Y2

 :CURSor:YDELta

 :CURSor:YREFerence

54 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:CURSor

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command chooses whether to open the cursor.

This query returns the current state of the cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CURSor <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables cursor function.

Command message:
:CURSor ON
CURS ON

Query message:
CURS?

Response message:
ON

www.siglent.com 55 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:CURSor:TAGStyle

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the tag type of the cursor value.

The query returns the current tag type of cursor value.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CURSor:TAGStyle <type>

<type>:= {FIXed|FOLLowing}

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor:TAGStyle?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {FIXed|FOLLowing}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the tag type of cursor value to
FIXed.

Command message:
:CURSor:TAGStyle FIXed
CURS:TAGS FIXed

Query message:
:CURS:TAGS?

Response message:
FIXed

56 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:CURSor:IXDelta

Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the current value of cursor 1/(X1-X2).

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor:IXDelta?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE Query message:

CURS:IXD?

Response message:
5.7143E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :CURSor:X1

:CURSor:X2
:CURSor:XDELta

www.siglent.com 57 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:CURSor:MITem

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command specifies the measure item of the cursors, when
the cursor mode is measure.

The query returns the current measure item of cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CURSor:MITem <type>,<source1>[,<source2>]

<type>:= the type of the selected measurement item in advanced

measurement,see the table for details.
<source1>:= the source of the selected measurement item in
advanced measurement. The optional parameters are the same
as the measurement source.
<source2>:= when the type is CH Delay type, source2 needs to
be specified. The optional parameters are the same as the
measurement source

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor:MITem?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>,<source1>[,<source2>]

EXAMPLE The following command sets the mesure item of the cursor to
PKPK(C2), when the advanced measurement is turned on.

Command message:
:CURSor:MITem PKPK,C2
CURS:MIT PKPK,C2

Query message:
CURS:MIT?

Response message:
PKPK,C2

58 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:CURSor:MODE

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command specifies the mode of cursor, and the type of
cursor to be displayed when the cursor mode is manual.

The query returns the current mode of cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CURSor:MODE <type>

<type>:= {TRACk|MANual[,<mode>]|MEASure}
<mode>:= {X|Y|XY}
 MANul means the manual cursors
 TRACk means the track cursors
 MEASure means the measure cursors

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor:MODE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {TRACk|MANual[,<mode>]}
<mode>:= {X|Y|XY}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the cursor type to manual X, when
the cursor mode is manual.

Command message:
:CURSor:MODE MANual,X
CURS:MODE MAN,X

Query message:
CURS:MODE?

Response message:
MANual,X

www.siglent.com 59 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:CURSor:SOURce1

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command specifies the source of the cursor source 1.

The query returns the current source of the cursor source 1.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CURSor:SOURce1 <source>

<source>:=
{C<x>|F<x>|REFA|REFB|REFC|REFD|DIGital|HISTOGram}
<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

Note:
When the cursor mode is a TRACk, the source cannot be set to
HISTOGram or DIGital.

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor:SOURce1?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:=
{C<x>|F<x>|REFA|REFB|REFC|REFD|DIGital|HISTOGram}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the source of the cursor source 1
as Channel 1.

Command message:
:CURSor:SOURce1 C1
CURS:SOUR1 C1

Query message:
CURS:SOUR1?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :CURSor:SOURce2

60 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:CURSor:SOURce2

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command specifies the source of the cursor source 2.

The query returns the current source of the cursor source 2.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CURSor:SOURce2 <source>

<source>:=
{C<x>|F<x>|REFA|REFB|REFC|REFD|DIGital|HISTOGram}
<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

Note:
When the cursor mode is a TRACk, the source cannot be set to
HISTOGram or DIGital.

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor:SOURce2?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:=
{C<x>|F<x>|REFA|REFB|REFC|REFD|DIGital|HISTOGram}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the source of the cursor source 2
as Channel 1.

Command message:
:CURSor:SOURce2 C1
CURS:SOUR2 C1

Query message:
CURS:SOUR2?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :CURSor:SOURce1

www.siglent.com 61 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:CURSor:X1

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command specifies the position of the cursor X1.

The query returns the current position of the cursor X1.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CURSor:X1 <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is
[-horizontal_grid/2*timebase, horizontal_grid/2*timebase].

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor:X1?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the value of the cursor X1 to 1 us.

Command message:
:CURSor:X1 1.00E-06
CURS:X1 1.00E-06

Query message:
CURS:X1?

Response message:
1.00E-06

RELATED COMMANDS :CURSor:X2

:CURSor:XDELta
:CURSor:IXDelta

62 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:CURSor:X2

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command specifies the position of the cursor X2.

The query returns the current position of the cursor X2.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CURSor:X2 <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is
[-horizontal_grid/2*timebase, horizontal_grid/2*timebase].

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor:X2?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the value of the cursor X2 to 1 us.

Command message:
:CURSor:X2 1.00E-06
CURS:X2 1.00E-06

Query message:
CURS:X2?

Response message:
1.00E-06

RELATED COMMANDS :CURSor:X1

:CURSor:XDELta
:CURSor:IXDelta

www.siglent.com 63 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:CURSor:XDELta

Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the horizontal difference between cursor X1

and cursor X2.

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor:XDELta?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command returns the current value of the cursor
X1-X2.

Query message:
CURS:XDEL?

Response message:
1.750E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :CURSor:X1

:CURSor:X2
:CURSor:IXDelta

64 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:CURSor:XREFerence

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command specifies the expansion strategy around the

cursor X.

The query returns the expansion strategy of the cursor X.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CURSor:XREFerence <type>

<type>:= {DELay|POSition}
 DELay means that the cursor value is fixed, and the
on-screen cursor position changes for different timebase
values.
 POSition means that the cursor position is fixed, and does
not change at any time. Timebase changes cause an
expansion or contraction of the waveforms around the
cursor position.

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor:XREFerence?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

< type >:= {DELay|POSition}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the type of the X cursor reference
to delay.

Command message:
:CURSor:XREFerence DELay
CURS:XREF DEL

Query message:
CURS:XREF?

Response message:
DELay

www.siglent.com 65 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:CURSor:Y1

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command specifies the position of the cursor Y1.

The query returns the current position of the cursor Y1.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CURSor:Y1 <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is
[-vertical_grid/2*vertical_scale, vertical_grid/2*vertical_scale].

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor:Y1?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the value of the cursor Y1 to 12 V.

Command message:
:CURSor:Y1 1.20E+01
CURS:Y1 1.20E+01

Query message:
CURS:Y1?

Response message:
1.20E+01

RELATED COMMANDS :CURSor:Y2

:CURSor:YDELta

66 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:CURSor:Y2

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command specifies the position of the cursor Y2.

The query returns the current position of the cursor Y2.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CURSor:Y2 <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and
exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is
[-vertical_grid/2*vertical_scale, vertical_grid/2*vertical_scale]

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor:Y2?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the value of the cursor Y2 to 10 V.

Command message:
:CURSor:Y2 1.00E+01
CURS:Y2 1.00E+01

Query message:
CURS:Y2?

Response message:
1.00E+01

RELATED COMMANDS :CURSor:Y1

:CURSor:YDELta

www.siglent.com 67 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:CURSor:YDELta

Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the vertical difference between the cursor Y1
and cursor Y2.

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor:YDELta?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command returns the current value of the cursor
Y1-Y2.

Query message:
CURS:YDEL?

Response message:
1.80E+01

RELATED COMMANDS :CURSor:Y1

:CURSor:Y2

68 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:CURSor:YREFerence

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command specifies the expansion strategy of the Y cursor.

The query returns the expansion strategy of the Y cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX :CURSor:YREFerence <type>

<type>:= {OFFSet|POSition}
 OFFSet means that the cursor value is fixed, and the
cursor position moves with vertical scale changes. The
cursors expand or contract if the vertical scale changes.
 POSition means that the cursor position is fixed, and does
not change at any time.

QUERY SYNTAX :CURSor:YREFerence?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {OFFSet|POSition}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the type of the Y cursor reference
to offset.

Command message:
:CURSor:YREFerence OFFSet
CURS:YREF OFFS

Query message:
CURS:YREF?

Response message:
OFFSet

www.siglent.com 69 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

DECode Commands

The :DECode subsystem commands control the basic decode functions of the oscilloscope.

 :DECode

 :DECode:LIST

 :DECode:LIST:LINE

 :DECode:LIST:SCRoll

 :DECode:BUS<n>

 :DECode:BUS<n>:COPY

 :DECode:BUS<n>:FORMat

 :DECode:BUS<n>:PROTocol

 :DECode:BUS<n>:RESult

 :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC Commands

 :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI Commandds

 :DECode:BUS<n>:UART Commands

 :DECode:BUS<n>:CAN Commands

 :DECode:BUS<n>:LIN Commands

 :DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray Commands [Option]

 :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd Commands [Option]

 :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS Commands [Option]

 :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553 Commands [Option]

 :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT Commands [Option]

 :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester Commands [Option]

70 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of the decode function.

This query returns the current status of the decode function.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables the decode function.

Command message:
:DECode ON
DEC ON

Query message:
DEC?

Response message:
ON

www.siglent.com 71 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:LIST

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command enables or disables the list of decode result.

This query returns the current switch state of the decode list.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:LIST <state>

<state>:= {OFF|D1|D2}
 D1 means bus 1
 D2 means bus 2

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:LIST?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {OFF|D1|D2}

EXAMPLE The following command enables the D1 list.

Command message:
:DECode:LIST D1
DEC:LIST D1

Query message:
DEC:LIST?

Response message:
D1

72 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:LIST:LINE

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the number of lines displayed in the

decoding list on the screen.

This query returns the number of lines displayed in the

decoding list.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:LIST:LINE <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of value is [1, 7].

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:LIST:LINE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the number of lines displayed by

decoding to 6.

Command message:
:DECode:LIST:LINE 6
DEC:LIST:LINE 6

Query message:
DEC:LIST:LINE?

Response message:
6

www.siglent.com 73 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:LIST:SCRoll

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the selected line when the decode list is
turned on.

This query returns the selected line of the decode list.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:LIST:SCRoll <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:LIST:SCRoll?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the third line 3 selected when
decoding the display.

Command message:
:DECode:LIST:SCRoll 3
DEC:LIST:SCR 3

Query message:
DEC:LIST:SCR?

Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:LIST

:DECode:LIST:LINE

74 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the status of the decode bus.

This query returns the current status of the decode bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n> <state>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<state>:= {ON|OFF}.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command sets decode bus 1 on.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1 ON
DEC:BUS1 ON

Query message:
DEC:BUS1?

Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode

www.siglent.com 75 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:COPY

Command

DESCRIPTION The command synchronizes the decoding settings with the

trigger settings.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:COPY <operation>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<operation>:= {FROMtrigger|TOTRigger}.
 FROMtrigger means copy trigger settings to the decoding
bus.
 TOTRigger means copy decoding settings to trigger.

EXAMPLE The following command copies the decode settings on bus 1 to

the trigger settings.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:COPY FROMtrigger
DEC:BUS1:COPY FROM

76 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:FORMat

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the display format of the specified

decode bus.

This query returns the display format of the specified decode

bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:FORMat <format>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<format>:= {BINary|DECimal|HEX|ASCii}

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:FORMat?

RESPONSE FORMAT <format>

<format>:= {BINary|DECimal|HEX|ASCii}

EXAMPLE The following command selects the display format of the bus 1
as HEX.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:FORMat HEX
DEC:BUS1:FORM HEX

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:FORM?

Response message:
HEX

www.siglent.com 77 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:PROTocol

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the protocol of the specified bus.

This query returns the protocol of the specified bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:PROTocol <protocol>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<protocol>:=
{IIC|SPI|UART|CAN|LIN|FLEXray|CANFd|IIS|M1553}

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:PROTocol?

RESPONSE FORMAT <protocol>

<protocol>:=
{IIC|SPI|UART|CAN|LIN|FLEXray|CANFd|IIS|M1553}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the decoding protocol of bus 1 to

IIC.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:PROTocol IIC
DEC:BUS1:PROT IIC

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:PROT?

Response message:
IIC

78 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:RESult

Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the protocol of the specified bus.

This query returns the protocol of the specified bus.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:RESult?

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

RESPONSE FORMAT <ascii_text>

The data is separated by commas, and each frame is separated
by semicolons and automatically wrapped. The data value is
related to the format set by “:DECode:BUS<n>:FORMat”. The
first row of data is header description information.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the decoding protocol of bus 1 to

IIC.

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:RES?

Response message:
lin,sync,id,parity,data,checksum;
0x55,0x06,0,0x54\s0x5F,0x46;

www.siglent.com 79 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC Commands

The :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC subsystem commands control the IIC decode settings of the specified
bus.

 :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:RWBit

 :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLSource

 :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLThreshold

 :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDASource

 :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDAThreshold

80 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:RWBit

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command selects whether the decoding result includes

read bit and write bit.

This query returns whether the decoding result includes read

and write bits.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:RWBit <state>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<state>:= {ON|OFF}.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:RWBit?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command selects to enable read and write bits
on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIC:RWBit ON
DEC:BUS1:IIC:RWB ON

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIC:RWB?

Response message:
ON

www.siglent.com 81 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLSource

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the SCL source of the IIC bus.

This query returns the current SCL source of the IIC bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLSource <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}.

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the SCL source of the IIC on
bus 1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIC:SCLSource C1
DEC:BUS1:IIC:SCLS C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIC:SCLS?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLThreshold

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDASource

82 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLThreshold

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the SCL on IIC bus.

This query returns the current threshold of the SCL on IIC bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLThreshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the SCL to 1 V on

bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIC:SCLThreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:IIC:SCLT 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIC:SCLT?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLSource

www.siglent.com 83 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDASource

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the SDA source of the IIC bus.

This query returns the current SDA source of the IIC bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDASource <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDASource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the SDA source of the IIC on
bus 1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIC:SDASource C1
DEC:BUS1:IIC:SDAS C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIC:SDAS?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDAThreshold

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLSource

84 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDAThreshold

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the SDA on IIC bus.

This query returns the current threshold of the SDA on IIC bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDAThreshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDAThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the SDA to 1 V on

bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIC:SDAThreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:IIC:SDAT 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIC:SDAT?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDASource

www.siglent.com 85 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI Commandds

The :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI subsystem commands control the SPI decode settings of the specified
bus.

 :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:BITorder

 :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKSource

 :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKThreshold

 :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSSource

 :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSThreshold

 :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSTYpe

 :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:DLENgth

 :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:LATChedge

 :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOSource

 :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOThreshold

 :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSISource

 :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSIThreshold

 :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSSource

 :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSThreshold

86 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:BITorder

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the bit order of the SPI bus.

This query returns the current bit order of the SPI bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:BITorder <order>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<order>:= {LSB|MSB}.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:BITorder?

RESPONSE FORMAT <order>

<order>:= {LSB|MSB}

EXAMPLE The following command sets bit order of the SPI on BUS 1 to
LSB.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SPI:BITorder LSB
DEC:BUS1:SPI:BIT LSB

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:BIT?

Response message:
LSB

www.siglent.com 87 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKSource

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the CLK source of the SPI bus.

This query returns the current CLK source of the SPI bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKSource <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}.

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the CLK source of the SPI on
bus 1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SPI:CLKSource C1
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CLKS C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CLKS?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKThreshold

88 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKThreshold

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the CLK on SPI bus.

This query returns the current threshold of the CLK on SPI bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKThreshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:CLKThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the CLK to 1 V on

bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SPI:CLKThreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CLKT 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CLKT?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKSource

www.siglent.com 89 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSSource

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the CS source of the SPI bus.

This query returns the current CS source of the SPI bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSSource <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}.

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the CS source of the SPI on bus 1
as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SPI:CSSource C1
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CSS C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CSS?

Response message:
C1

90 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSThreshold

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the CS on SPI bus.

This query returns the current threshold of the CS on SPI bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSThreshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the CS to 1 V on

bus 1.
Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SPI:CSThreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CST 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CST?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKSource

www.siglent.com 91 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSTYpe

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the chip selection type of the SPI bus.

This query returns the current chip selection type of the SPI
bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSTYpe <type>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<type>:= {NCS|CS|TIMeout[,<time>]}
 CS means set to chip select state.
 NCS means set to non-chip select state.
 TIMeout indicates set to clock timeout status.

<time>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [1.00E-07,
5.00E-03].

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSTYpe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {NCS|CS|TIMeout[,<time>]}

<time>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the chip selection type of the SPI
on bus 1 to CS.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SPI:CSTYpe CS
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CSTY CS

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CSTY?

Response message:
CS

92 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:DLENgth

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data length of the SPI bus.

This query returns the current data length of the SPI bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:DLENgth <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [4, 32].

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:DLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data length of the SPI on bus
1 to 5.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SPI:DLENgth 5
DEC:BUS1:SPI:DLEN 5

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:DLEN?

Response message:
5

www.siglent.com 93 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:LATChedge

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the sampling edge of CLK on SPI bus.

This query returns the sampling edge of CLK on SPI bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:LATChedge <slope>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<slope>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:LATChedge?

RESPONSE FORMAT <slope>

<slope>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold judgment condition

of CLK on bus 1 to RISing.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SPI:LATChege RISing
DEC:BUS1:SPI:LATC RIS

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:LATC?

Response message:
RISing

94 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOSource

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the MISO source of the SPI bus.

This query returns the current MISO source of the SPI bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOSource <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>|DIS}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1. For example, C1 selects
analog channel 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1. For example, D1 selects
digital channel 1.

 DIS means no source selected.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>|DIS}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the MISO source of the SPI on
bus 1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SPI:MISOSource C1
DEC:BUS1:SPI:MISOS C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:MISOS?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOThreshold

www.siglent.com 95 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOThreshold

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the MISO on SPI bus.

This query returns the current threshold of the MISO.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOThreshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the MISO to 1 V

on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SPI:MISOThreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:SPI:MISOT 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:MISOT?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOSource

96 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSISource

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the MOSI source of the SPI bus.

This query returns the current MOSI source of the SPI bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSISource <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>|DIS}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

 DIS means no source selected

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSISource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>|DIS}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the MOSI source of the SPI on
bus 1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SPI:MOSISource C1
DEC:BUS1:SPI:MOSIS C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:MOSIS?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSIThreshold

www.siglent.com 97 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSIThreshold

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the MOSI.

This query returns the current threshold of the MOSI.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSIThreshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSIThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the MOSI to 1 V

on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SPI:MOSIThreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:SPI:MOSIT 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:MOSIT?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSISource

98 / 757 www.siglent.com
 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSSource

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the NCS source of the SPI bus.

This query returns the current NCS source of the SPI bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSSource <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the NCS source of the SPI on bus
1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SPI:NCSSource C1
DEC:BUS1:SPI:NCSS C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:NCSS?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSThreshold

www.siglent.com 99 / 757
SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSThreshold

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the NCS on SPI bus.

This query returns the current threshold of the NCS on SPI bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSThreshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the NCS on bus 1
to 1 V.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SPI:NCSThreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:SPI:NCST 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:NCST?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSSource

100 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:UART Commands

The :DECode:BUS<n>:UART subsystem commands control the UART decode settings of the
specified bus.

 :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:BAUD

 :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:BITorder

 :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:DLENgth

 :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:IDLE

 :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:PARity

 :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXSource

 :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXThreshold

 :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:STOP

 :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXSource

 :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXThreshold

www.siglent.com 101 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:BAUD

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the baud rate of the UART bus.

This query returns the current baud rate of the UART bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:BAUD <baud>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<baud>:=
{600bps|1200bps|2400bps|4800bps|9600bps|19200bps|38400
bps|57600bps|115200bps|CUSTom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [300, 20000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:BAUD?

RESPONSE FORMAT <baud>

<baud>:=
{600bps|1200bps|2400bps|4800bps|9600bps|19200bps|38400
bps|57600bps|115200bps|CUSTom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the baud rate of the UART to
9600bps on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:UART:BAUD 9600bps
DEC:BUS1:UART:BAUD 9600bps

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:BAUD?

Response message:
9600bps

102 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:BITorder

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the bit order of the UART bus.

This query returns the current bit order of the UART bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:BITorder <order>

<n>= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<order>:= {LSB|MSB}

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:BITorder?

RESPONSE FORMAT <order>

<order>:= {LSB|MSB}
 LSB is Least Significant Bit order
 MSB is Most Significant Bit order

EXAMPLE The following command sets bit order of the UART bus on bus
1 to LSB.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:UART:BITorder LSB
DEC:BUS1:UART:BIT LSB

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:BIT?

Response message:
LSB

www.siglent.com 103 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:DLENgth

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data length of the UART bus.

This query returns the current data length of the UART bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:DLENgth <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of value is [5, 8].

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:DLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data length of the UART to 5 on
bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:UART:DLENgth 5
DEC:BUS1:UART:DLEN 5

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:DLEN?

Response message:
5

104 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:IDLE

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the idle level of the UART bus.

This query returns the current idle level of the UART bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:IDLE <idle>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<idle>:= {LOW|HIGH}

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:IDLE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <idle>

<idle>:= {LOW|HIGH}
 LOW means that the idle voltage value is low
 HIGH means that the idle voltage value is high

EXAMPLE The following command sets the idle level of the UART on bus
1 to low.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:UART:IDLE LOW
DEC:BUS1:UART:IDLE LOW

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:IDLE?

Response message:
LOW

www.siglent.com 105 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:PARity

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the parity check of the UART bus.

This query returns the current parity check of the UART bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:PARity <parity>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<parity>:= {NONE|ODD|EVEN|MARK|SPACe}

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:PARity?

RESPONSE FORMAT <parity>

<parity>:= {NONE|ODD|EVEN|MARK|SPACe}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the parity check of the UART on
bus 1 to NONE.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:UART:PARity NONE
DEC:BUS1:UART:PAR NONE

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:PAR?

Response message:
NONE

106 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXSource

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the RX source of the UART bus.

This query returns the current RX source of the UART bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXSource <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>|DIS}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

 DIS means no source selected

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>|DIS}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the RX source of the UART on

bus 1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:UART:RXSource C1
DEC:BUS1:UART:RXS C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:RXS?

Response message:
C1

www.siglent.com 107 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXThreshold

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of RX on UART bus.

This query returns the current threshold of RX on UART bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXThreshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the RX to 1 V on

bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:UART:RXThreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:UART:RXT 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:RXT?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXSource

108 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:STOP

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the length of the stop bit on UART bus.

This query returns the current length of the stop bit on UART
bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:STOP <bit>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<bit>:= {1|1.5|2}

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:STOP?

RESPONSE FORMAT <bit>

<bit>:= {1|1.5|2}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the current length of the stop bit to
1 on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:UART:STOP 1
DEC:BUS1:UART:STOP 1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:STOP?

Response message:
1

www.siglent.com 109 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXSource

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the TX source of the UART bus.

This query returns the current TX source of the UART bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXSource <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>|DIS}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.
 DIS means no source selected

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>|DIS}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the TX source of the UART on

bus 1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:UART:TXSource C1
DEC:BUS1:UART:TXS C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:TXS?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXThreshold

110 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXThreshold

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of TX on UART bus.

This query returns the current threshold of TX on UART bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXThreshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the TX to 1 V on

bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:UART:TXThreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:UART:TXT 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:TXT?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXSource

www.siglent.com 111 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:CAN Commands

The :DECode:BUS<n>:CAN subsystem commands control the CAN decode settings of the specified
bus.

 :DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:BAUD

 :DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:SOURce

 :DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:THReshold

112 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:BAUD

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the baud rate of the CAN bus.

This query returns the current baud rate of the CAN bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:BAUD <baud>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<baud>:=
{5kbps|10kbps|20kbps|50kbps|100kbps|125kbps|250kbps|500
kbps|800kbps|1Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [5000, 1000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:BAUD?

RESPONSE FORMAT <baud>

<baud>:=
{5kbps|10kbps|20kbps|50kbps|100kbps|125kbps|250kbps|500
kbps|800kbps|1Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the baud rate of the CAN on bus 1
to 10kbps.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:CAN:BAUD 10kbps
DEC:BUS1:CAN:BAUD 10kbps

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:CAN:BAUD?

Response message:
10kbps

www.siglent.com 113 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:SOURce

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the source of the CAN bus.

This query returns the current source of the CAN bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:SOURce <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the source of the CAN on bus
1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:CAN:SOURce C1
DEC:BUS1:CAN:SOUR C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:CAN:SOUR?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:THReshold

114 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:THReshold

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the source on CAN bus.

This query returns the current threshold of the source on CAN

bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:THReshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the CAN bus
source to 1 V on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:CAN:THReshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:CAN:THR 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:CAN:THR?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:SOURce

www.siglent.com 115 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN Commands

The :DECode:BUS<n>:LIN subsystem commands control the LIN decode settings of the specified
bus.

 :DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:BAUD

 :DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:SOURce

 :DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:THReshold

116 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:BAUD

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the baud rate for the LIN bus.

This query returns the current baud rate for the LIN bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:BAUD <baud>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<baud>:=
{600bps|1200bps|2400bps|4800bps|9600bps|19200bps|CUST
om[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [300, 20000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:BAUD?

RESPONSE FORMAT <baud>

<baud>:=
{600bps|1200bps|2400bps|4800bps|9600bps|19200bps|CUST
om[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the baud rate for the LIN to
9600bps on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:LIN:BAUD 9600bps
DEC:BUS1:LIN:BAUD 9600bps

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:LIN:BAUD?

Response message:
9600bps

www.siglent.com 117 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:SOURce

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the source of the LIN bus.

This query returns the current source of the LIN bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:SOURce <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}
<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the source of the LIN on bus 1
as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:LIN:SOURce C1
DEC:BUS1:LIN:SOUR C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:LIN:SOUR?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:THReshold

118 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:THReshold

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the source on LIN bus.

This query returns the current threshold of the source on LIN

bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:THReshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the LIN source to
1 V on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:LIN:THReshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:LIN:THR 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:LIN:THR?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:SOURce

www.siglent.com 119 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray Commands [Option]

The :DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray subsystem commands control the FLEXray decode settings of the
specified bus.

 :DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUD

 :DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce

 :DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:THReshold

120 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUD

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the baud rate of the Flexray bus.

This query returns the current baud rate of the Flexray bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUD <baud>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<baud>:= {2500kbps|5Mbps|10Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1000000,
20000000]

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUD?

RESPONSE FORMAT <baud>

<baud>:= {2500kbps|5Mbps|10Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the baud rate of the Flexray to
5Mbps on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:FLEXray:BAUD 5Mbps
DEC:BUS1:FLEX:BAUD 5Mbps

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:FLEX:BAUD?

Response message:
5Mbps

www.siglent.com 121 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the source of the Flexray bus.

This query returns the current source of the Flexray bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the source of the Flexray on

bus 1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:FLEXray:SOURce C1
DEC:BUS1:FLEX:SOUR C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:FLEX:SOUR?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:THReshold

122 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:THReshold

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the source on Flexray bus.

This query returns the current threshold of the source on

Flexray bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:THReshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the Flexray

source to 1 V on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:FLEXray:THReshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:FLEX:THR 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:FLEX:THR?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce

www.siglent.com 123 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd Commands [Option]

The :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd subsystem commands control the CANFD decode settings of the
specified bus.

 :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:BAUDData

 :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:BAUDNominal

 :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:SOURce

 :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:THReshold

124 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:BAUDData

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data baud rate of the CAN FD bus.

This query returns the current data baud rate of the CAN FD
bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:BAUDData <baud>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<baud>:=
{500kbps|1Mbps|2Mbps|5Mbps|8Mbps|10Mbps|CUSTom[,<val
ue>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [100000,
10000000]

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:BAUDData?

RESPONSE FORMAT <baud>

<baud>:=
{500kbps|1Mbps|2Mbps|5Mbps|8Mbps|10Mbps|CUSTom[,<val
ue>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data baud rate of the CAN FD
to 500kbps on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:CANFd:BAUDData 500kbps
DEC:BUS1:CANF:BAUDD 500kbps

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:CANF:BAUDD?

Response message:
500kbps

www.siglent.com 125 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:BAUDNominal

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the nominal baud rate of the CAN FD bus.

This query returns the current nominal baud rate of the CAN FD
bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:BAUDNominal <baud>

<n>:= {1|2} is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<baud>:=
{10kbps|25kbps|50kbps|100kbps|250kbps|1Mbps|CUSTom[,<v
alue>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [10000,
1000000]

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:BAUDNominal?

RESPONSE FORMAT <baud>

<baud>:=
{10kbps|25kbps|50kbps|100kbps|250kbps|1Mbps|CUSTom[,<v
alue>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the nominal baud rate of the CAN
FD to 50kbps on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:CANFd:BAUDNominal 50kbps
DEC:BUS1:CANF:BAUDN 50kbps

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:CANF:BAUDN?

Response message:
50kbps

126 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:SOURce

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the source of the CAN FD bus.

This query returns the current source of the CAN FD bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:SOURce <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the source of the CAN FD on

bus 1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:CANFd:SOURce C1
DEC:BUS1:CANF:SOUR C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:CANF:SOUR?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:THReshold

www.siglent.com 127 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:THReshold

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the source on CAN FD bus.

This query returns the current threshold of the source on CAN

FD bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:THReshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the CAN FD source
to 1 V on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:CANFd:THReshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:CANF:THR 1.00E+0

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:CANF:THR?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:SOURce

128 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS Commands [Option]

The :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS subsystem commands control the IIS decode settings of the specified
bus.

 :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:ANNotate

 :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:AVARiant

 :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKSource

 :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKThreshold

 :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BITorder

 :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DLENgth

 :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DSource

 :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DTHReshold

 :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LATChedge

 :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LCH

 :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:SBIT

 :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSSource

 :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSTHreshold

www.siglent.com 129 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:ANNotate

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command specifies the channel for IIS bus to be

annotated.

This query returns the current annotated channel of IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:ANNotate <type>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<type>:= {ALL|LEFT|RIGHt}

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:ANNotate?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {ALL|LEFT|RIGHt}

EXAMPLE The following command annotates all the channels of IIS on

bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIS:ANNotate ALL
DEC:BUS1:IIS:ANN ALL

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:ANN?

Response message:
ALL

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LCH

130 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:AVARiant

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the audio variant for IIS bus.

This query returns the current audio variant for IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:AVARiant <type>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<type>:= {I2S|LJ|RJ}
 I2S justified.
 LJ is left justified.
 RL is right justified.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:AVARiant?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {I2S|LJ|RJ}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the audio variable of the IIS on
bus 1 to RJ.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIS:AVARiant RJ
DEC:BUS1:IIS:AVAR RJ

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:AVAR?

Response message:
RJ

www.siglent.com 131 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKSource

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the BCLK source of the IIS bus.

This query returns the current BCLK source of the IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKSource <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the BCLK source of IIS on bus
1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIS:BCLKSource C1
DEC:BUS1:IIS:BCLKS C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:BCLKS?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKThreshold

132 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKThreshold

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the BCLK on IIS bus.

This query returns the current threshold of the BCLK on IIS

bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKThreshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the BCLK to 1 V

on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIS:BCLKThreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:IIS:BCLKT 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:BCLKT?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKSource

www.siglent.com 133 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BITorder

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the bit order for the IIS bus.

This query returns the current bit order for the IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BITorder <order>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<order>:= {LSB|MSB}
 LSB is Least Significant Bit.
 MSB is Most Significant Bit.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BITorder?

RESPONSE FORMAT <order>

<order>:= {LSB|MSB}

EXAMPLE The following command sets bit order for the IIS on bus 1 to
LSB.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIS:BITorder LSB
DEC:BUS1:IIS:BIT LSB

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:BIT?

Response message:
LSB

134 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DLENgth

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data bits for the IIS bus.

This query returns the current data bits for the IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DLENgth <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 32].

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data bits for the IIS to 5 on bus
1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIS:DLENgth 5
DEC:BUS1:IIS:DLEN 5

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:DLEN?

Response message:
5

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:SBIT

www.siglent.com 135 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DSource

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the data source of the IIS bus.

This query returns the current data source of the IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DSource <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the data source of the IIS bus
on bus 1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIS:DSource C1
DEC:BUS1:IIS:DS C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:DS?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DTHReshold

136 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DTHReshold

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the data source on IIS bus.

This query returns the current threshold of the data source on IIS
bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DTHReshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DTHReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the data source to
1 V on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIS:DTHReshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:IIS:DTHR 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:DTHR?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DSource

www.siglent.com 137 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LATChedge

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the sampling edge of BCLK on IIS bus.

This query returns the sampling edge of BCLK on IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LATChedge <slope>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<slope>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LATChedge?

RESPONSE FORMAT <slope>

<slope>:= {RISing|FALLing}
 RISing selects the rising edge.
 FALLing selects the falling edge.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the sampling edge of BCLK on bus
1 to RISing.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIS:LATChege RISing
DEC:BUS1:IIS:LATC RIS

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:LATC?

Response message:
RISing

138 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LCH

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the level of the left channel.

This query returns the current level of the left channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LCH <left>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<left>:= {LOW|HIGH}

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LCH?

RESPONSE FORMAT <left>

<left>:= {LOW|HIGH}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the left channel on bus 1 to LOW.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIS:LCH LOW
DEC:BUS1:IIS:LCH LOW

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:LCH?

Response message:
LOW

www.siglent.com 139 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:SBIT

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the start bit of the data.

This query returns the start bit of the data.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:SBIT <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 31].

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:SBIT?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the number of the data bit to 1 on
bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIS:SBIT 1
:DEC:BUS1:IIS:SBIT 1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:SBIT?

Response message:
1

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DLENgth

140 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSSource

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the WS source of the IIS bus.

This query returns the current WS source of the IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSSource <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the WS source of the IIS bus
on bus 1 as C1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIS:WSSource C1
DEC:BUS1:IIS:WSS C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:WSS?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSTHreshold

www.siglent.com 141 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSTHreshold

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the WS on IIS bus.

This query returns the current threshold of the WS on IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSTHreshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSTHreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the WS to 1 V on

bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:IIS:WSTHreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:IIS:WSTH 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:WSTH?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSSource

142 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553 Commands [Option]

The :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553 subsystem commands control the M1553 decode settings of the
specified bus.

 :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:LTHReshold

 :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:SOURce

 :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:UTHReshold

www.siglent.com 143 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:LTHReshold

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the lower threshold of the M1553 source.

This query returns the current lower threshold of the M1553

source.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:LTHReshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

Note:
The lower threshold value cannot be greater than the upper
threshold value set by the command
:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:UTHReshold.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:LTHReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the lower threshold of the M1553
source to 1 V on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:M1553:LTHReshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:M1553:LTHR 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:M1553:LTHR?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:SOURce

:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:UTHReshold

144 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:SOURce

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the source of the M1553 bus.

This query returns the current source of the M1553 bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:SOURce <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the source of the M1553 as C1

on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:M1553:SOURce C1
DEC:BUS1:M1553:SOUR C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:M1553:SOUR?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:UTHReshold

:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:LTHReshold

www.siglent.com 145 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:UTHReshold

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the upper threshold of the M1553 source.

This query returns the current upper threshold of the M1553

source.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:UTHReshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS6000A
, 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS2000X Plus
, 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

Note:
The upper threshold value cannot be less than the lower
threshold value set by the command
:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:LTHReshold.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:UTHReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the upper threshold of the M1553
bus source to 2 V on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:M1553:UTHReshold 2.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:M1553:UTHR 2.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:M1553:UTHR?

Response message:
2.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:SOURce

:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:LTHReshold

146 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT Commands [Option]

The :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT subsystem commands control the SENT decode settings of the
specified bus.

 :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:SOURce

 :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:THReshold

 :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:FORMat

 :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk

 DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance

 :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:IDLE

 :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:LENGth

 :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:CRC

 :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:PPULse

www.siglent.com 147 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:SOURce

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the source of the SENT bus.

This query returns the current source of the SENT bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:SOURce <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the source of the SENT as C1

on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SENT:SOURce C1
DEC:BUS1:SENT:SOUR C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SENT:SOUR?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:THReshold

148 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:THReshold

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the source on SENT bus.

This query returns the current threshold of the source on SENT

bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:THReshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X [-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the SENT bus
source to 1 V on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SENT:THReshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:SENT:THR 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SENT:THR?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:SOURce

www.siglent.com 149 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:FORMat

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the message format of the SENT bus.

This query returns the message format of the SENT bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:FORMat <format>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<format>:= {NIBBles|FSIGnal|SSERial|ESERial}

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:FORMat?

RESPONSE FORMAT <format>

<format>:= {NIBBles|FSIGnal|SSERial|ESERial}

EXAMPLE The following command selects the message format of the

SENT bus of the bus 1 as NIBBles.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SENT:FORMat NIBBles
DEC:BUS1:SENT:FORM NIBB

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SENT:FORM?

Response message:
NIBBles

150 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the clock period (tick) time of the SENT
bus.

This query returns the current clock period of the SENT bus.
COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [500E-09,
300E-06]

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the clock cycle of SENT bus on
the bus 1 to 1us.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SENT:CLOCk 1.00E-06
DEC:BUS1:SENT:CLOC 1.00E-06

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SENT:CLOC?

Response message:
1.00E-06

www.siglent.com 151 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the clock percent tolerance of the SENT bus.

This query returns the current clock tolerance of the SENT bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 25].

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the tolerance of the SENT on bus 1
to 5%.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SENT:TOLerance 5
DEC:BUS1:SENT:TOL 5

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SENT:TOL?

Response message:
5

152 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:IDLE

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the idle level of the SENT bus.

The query returns the current idle level of the SENT bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:IDLE <idle>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command

<idle>:= {LOW|HIGH}

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:IDLE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <idle>

<idle>:= {LOW|HIGH}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the idle level of the SENT bus of
the bus 1 as low.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SENT:IDLE LOW
DEC:BUS1:SENT:IDLE LOW

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SENT:IDLE?

Response message:
LOW

www.siglent.com 153 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:LENGth

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the number of nibbles of the SENT bus.

This query returns the current number of nibbles of the SENT

bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:LENGth <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [3, 8].

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:LENGth?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the Number of nibbles of the SENT
on bus 1 to 5.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SENT:LENGth 5
DEC:BUS1:SENT:LENG 5

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SENT:LENG?

Response message:
5

154 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:CRC

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the CRC format of the SENT bus.

The query returns the CRC format of the SENT bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:CRC <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}
ON sets to 2010 CRC format.
OFF sets to 2008 CRC format.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:CRC?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLE The following command sets to 2010 CRC format of the SENT
bus on the bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SENT:CRC ON
DEC:BUS1:SENT:CRC ON

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SENT:CRC?

Response message:
ON

www.siglent.com 155 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:PPULse

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of pause pulse of the SENT bus.

The query returns the current state of pause pulse of the SENT
bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:PPULse <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:PPULse?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the state of pause of the SENT
bus on the bus 1 as ON.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:SENT:PPULse ON
DEC:BUS1:SENT:PPUL ON

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SENT:PPUL?

Response message:
ON

156 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester Commands [Option]

The :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester subsystem commands control the MANChester decode

settings of the specified bus.

 :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:SOURce

 :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:THReshold

 :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:BAUD

 :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:POLarity

 :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:IDLE

 :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:IBITs

 :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:STARt

 :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:SSIZe

 :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:HSIZe

 :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:TSIZe

 :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:WSIZe

 :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:DSIZe

 :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay

 :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:BITorder

www.siglent.com 157 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:SOURce

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the source of the Manchester bus.

This query returns the current source of the Manchester bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:SOURce <source>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<m>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the source of the Manchester as

C1 on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:MANChester:SOURce C1
DEC:BUS1:MANC:SOUR C1

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:MANC:SOUR?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:THReshold

158 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:THReshold

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the source on Manchester

bus.

This query returns the current threshold of the source on

Manchester bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:THReshold <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X [-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the Manchester

bus source to 1 V on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:MANChester:THReshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:MANC:THR 1.00E+00

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:MANC:THR?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:SOURce

www.siglent.com 159 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:BAUD

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the baud rate for the Manchester bus.

This query returns the current baud rate for the Manchester
bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:BAUD <baud>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [500, 5000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:BAUD?

RESPONSE FORMAT <baud>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the baud rate for the Manchester
to 9600bps on bus 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:MANChester:BAUD 9600
DEC:BUS1:MANC:BAUD 9600

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:MANC:BAUD?

Response message:
9600

160 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:POLarity

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the signal's logic type of the Manchester
bus.

The query returns the current polarity of the Manchester bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:PULarity <polar>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command

<polar>:= {RISing|FALLing}
 RISing indicates that rising edge is used to encode a bit
value of logic 1.
 FALLing indicates that falling edge is used to encode a bit
value of logic 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:POLarity?

RESPONSE FORMAT <polar>

<polar>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLE The following command encods the rising edge of the

Manchester bus of the bus 1 as logic 1.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS1:MANChester:POLarity RISing
DEC:BUS1:MANC:POL RIS

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:MANC:POL?

Response message:
RISing

www.siglent.com 161 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:IDLE

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the idle level of the Manchester bus.

The query returns the current idle level of the Manchester bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:IDLE <idle>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command

<idle>:= {LOW|HIGH}

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:IDLE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <idle>

<idle>:= {LOW|HIGH}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the idle level of the Manchester
bus of the bus 1 as LOW.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:IDLE LOW
DEC:BUS1:MANC:IDLE LOW

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:MANC:IDLE?

Response message:
LOW

162 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:IBITs

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the idle bits of the Manchester bus.

This query returns the current idle bits of the Manchester bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:IBITs <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [2, 32].

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:IBITs?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the idle bits of the Manchester on
bus 1 to 5.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:IBITs 5
DEC:BUS1:MANC:IBIT 5

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:MANC:IBIT?

Response message:
5

www.siglent.com 163 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:STARt

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the start edge of the Manchester bus.

This query returns the current start edge of the Manchester bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:STARt <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 32].

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:STARt?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the start edge of the Manchester on
bus 1 to 5.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:STARt 5
DEC:BUS1:MANC:STAR 5

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:MANC:STAR?

Response message:
5

164 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:SSIZe

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the sync size of the Manchester bus.

This query returns the current sync size of the Manchester bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:SSIZe <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 32].

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:SSIZe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the sync size of the Manchester on
bus 1 to 5.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:SSIZe 5
DEC:BUS1:MANC:SSIZ 5

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:MANC:SSIZ?

Response message:
5

www.siglent.com 165 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:HSIZe

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the header size of the Manchester bus.

This query returns the current header size of the Manchester

bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:HSIZe <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 32].

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:HSIZe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the header size of the Manchester
on bus 1 to 5.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:HSIZe 5
DEC:BUS1:MANC:HSIZ 5

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:MANC:HSIZ?

Response message:
5

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay

166 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:TSIZe

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trailer size of the Manchester bus.

This query returns the current trailer size of the Manchester bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:TSIZe <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 32].

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:TSIZe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trailer size of the Manchester
on bus 1 to 5.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:TSIZe 5
DEC:BUS1:MANC:TSIZ 5

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:MANC:TSIZ?

Response message:
5

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay

www.siglent.com 167 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:WSIZe

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the word size of the Manchester bus.

This query returns the current word size of the Manchester bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:WSIZe <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [2, 8].

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:WSIZe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the word size of the Manchester on
bus 1 to 5.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:WSIZe 5
DEC:BUS1:MANC:WSIZ 5

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:MANC:WSIZ?

Response message:
5

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay

168 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:DSIZe

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data word length of the Manchester bus.

This query returns the current data word length of the

Manchester bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:DSIZe <value>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 255].

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:DSIZe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data bits of the Manchester on
bus 1 to 5.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:DSIZe 5
DEC:BUS1:MANC:DSIZ 5

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:MANC:DSIZ?

Response message:
5

RELATED COMMANDS :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay

www.siglent.com 169 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the display format of the Manchester bus.

The query returns the current display format of the Manchester

bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay <format>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command

<format>:= {WORD|BIT}

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay?

RESPONSE FORMAT <format>

<format>:= {WORD|BIT}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the display format of the

Manchester bus of the bus 1 as WORD.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay WORD
DEC:BUS1:MANC:DISP WORD

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:MANC:DISP?

Response message:
WORD

170 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:BITorder

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the bit order of the Manchester bus.

The query returns the current bit order of the Manchester bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:BITorder <order>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command

<order>:= {LSB|MSB}

QUERY SYNTAX :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:BITorder?

RESPONSE FORMAT <order>

<order>:= {LSB|MSB}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the bit order of the Manchester
bus of the bus 1 as MSB.

Command message:
:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:BITorder MSB
DEC:BUS1:MANC:BIT MSB

Query message:
DEC:BUS1:MANC:BIT?

Response message:
MSB

www.siglent.com 171 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

DIGital Commands [Option]

The :DIGital subsystem commands control the viewing of digital channels. They also control
threshold settings for groups of digital channels.

 :DIGital

 :DIGital:ACTive

 :DIGital:BUS<n>:DEFault

 :DIGital:BUS<n>:DISPlay

 :DIGital:BUS<n>:FORMat

 :DIGital:BUS<n>:MAP

 :DIGital:D<n>

 :DIGital:HEIGht

 :DIGital:LABel<n>

 :DIGital:POINts

 :DIGital:POSition

 :DIGital:SKEW

 :DIGital:SRATe

 :DIGital:THReshold<n>

172 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DIGital

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command set the switch of the digital.

This query returns the current state of the digital.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DIGital <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}
 ON enables the channel.
 OFF disables the channel.

QUERY SYNTAX :DIGital?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables digital function.

Command message:
:DIGital ON
DIG ON

Query message:
DIG?

Response message:
ON

www.siglent.com 173 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DIGital:ACTive

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command activates the specified digital channel.

This query returns the active digital channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DIGital:ACTive <digital>

<digital>:= {D<x>}

<x>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DIGital:ACTive?

RESPONSE FORMAT <digital>

<digital>:= {D<x>}

<x>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the digital channel 5 waveform.

Command message:
:DIGital:ACTive D5
DIG:ACT D5

Query message:
DIG:ACT?

Response message:
D5

174 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DIGital:BUS<n>:DEFault

Command

DESCRIPTION This command resets the digital channel bus bit order

COMMAND SYNTAX :DIGital:BUS<n>:DEFault

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

EXAMPLE The following command resets the digital channel bus1 data.

Command message:
:DIGital:BUS1:DEFault
DIG:BUS1:DEF

RELATED COMMANDS :DIGital:BUS<n>:MAP

www.siglent.com 175 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DIGital:BUS<n>:DISPlay

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the display of the specified digital bus.

This query returns the current display of the specified digital

bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DIGital:BUS<n>:DISPlay <state>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :DIGital:BUS<n>:DISPlay?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}
 ON displays the selected bus.
 OFF removes the selected bus from the display.

EXAMPLE The following command sets digital bus 1 on.

Command message:
:DIGital:BUS1:DISPlay ON
DIG:BUS1:DISP ON

Query message:
DIG:BUS1:DISP?

Response message:
ON

176 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DIGital:BUS<n>:FORMat

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the display format of the specified digital
bus.

This query returns the current display format of the specified

digital bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DIGital:BUS<n>:FORMat <format>

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<format>:= {BINary|DECimal|HEX|ASCii}
 BINary presents the decoded data in binary format
 DECimal presents the decoded data in decimal format
 HEX presents the decoded data in hexadecimal format
 ASCii presents the decoded data in ASCII format

QUERY SYNTAX :DIGital:BUS<n>:FORMat?

RESPONSE FORMAT <format>

<format>:= {BINary|DECimal|HEX|ASCii}

EXAMPLE The following command selects the display format of the digital
bus 1 to HEX.

Command message:
:DIGital:BUS1:FORMat HEX
DIG:BUS1:FORM HEX

Query message:
DIG:BUS1:FORM?

Response message:
HEX

www.siglent.com 177 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DIGital:BUS<n>:MAP

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the bit order of each digital channel in the
digital bus and the bit width of the digital bus.

The query returns the current digital bus data composition in

the LSB order.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DIGital:BUS<n>:MAP <source>[...[,<source>]]

<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus

that is affected by the command.

<source>:= {D<x>}

<x>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

Note:
• It will synchronously set the bit width of the digital bus,
which is determined by the number of parameters.
• Use the command :DIGital:BUS<n>:DEFault to reset the
bit sequence to d0-d15 according to the current digital bus
bit width.

QUERY SYNTAX :DIGital:BUS<n>:MAP?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>[...[,<source>]]

<source>:= {D<x>}

<x>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command the data of the digital bus 1 to

D0,D3,D7,D15.

Command message:
:DIGital:BUS1:MAP D0,D3,D7,D15
DIG:BUS1:MAP D0,D3,D7,D15

Query message:
DIG:BUS1:MAP?

Response message:
D0,D3,D7,D15

RELATED COMMANDS :DIGital:BUS<n>:DEFault

:DIGital:D<n>

178 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DIGital:D<n>

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command enables or disables the specified digital

channel.

This query returns the switch of the specified digital channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DIGital:D<n> <state>

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<state>:= {ON|OFF}
 ON enables the specified digital channel.
 OFF disables the specified digital channel.

QUERY SYNTAX :DIGital:D<n>?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command closes the digital channel 5.

Command message:
:DIGital:D5 OFF
DIG:D5 OFF

Query message:
DIG:D5?

Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS :DIGital

www.siglent.com 179 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DIGital:HEIGht

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the height of digital channel waveform

display.

This query returns the height of digital channel waveform

display.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DIGital:HEIGht <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. This value indicates the number of
divisions occupied by the digital waveform in the vertical
direction when the waveform area is not compressed.

The range of the value is [4.00E+00, 8.00E+00].

QUERY SYNTAX :DIGital:HEIGht?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the height of the digital channel
display area to 6 div.

Command message:
:DIGital:HEIGht 6.00E+00
DIG:HEIG 6.00E+00

Query message:
DIG:HEIG?

Response message:
6.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DIGital:POSition

180 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DIGital:LABel<n>

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the label text of the selected digital
channel.

This query returns the current label text of the selected digital
channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DIGital:LABel<n> <string>

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<string>:= Quoted string of ASCII text. The length of the string

is limited to 7.

QUERY SYNTAX :DIGital:LABel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <string>

EXAMPLE The following command sets the label name of the digital
channel 15 to "IIC_DATA".

Command message:
:DIGital:LABel15 "IIC_DATA"
DIG:LAB15 "IIC_DATA"

Query message:
DIG:LAB15?

Response message:
“IIC_DATA”

RELATED COMMANDS :DIGital:LABel<n>

www.siglent.com 181 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DIGital:POINts

Query

DESCRIPTION This query returns the number of sampling points of the digital
channel.

QUERY SYNTAX :DIGital:POINts?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command query returns the number of sampling

points of the digital channel.

Query message:
DIG:POIN?

Response message:
6.25E+02

RELATED COMMANDS :DIGital:SRATe

182 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DIGital:POSition

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the position of the digital channel waveform
display.

The query returns the position of the digital channel waveform

display.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DIGital:POSition <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. This value indicates the number of
divisions the digital waveform moves from top to bottom of the
waveform area when the waveform area is not compressed

Note:
The range of legal values varies with the number of digital
channels displayed.

QUERY SYNTAX :DIGital:POSition?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the position of the digital channel
display area to 4 div when the digital channel height is 4.

Command message:
:DIGital:POSition 4.00E+00
DIG:POS 4.00E+00

Query message:
DIG:POS?

Response message:
4.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :DIGital:HEIGht

www.siglent.com 183 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DIGital:SKEW

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the skew of the digital channel.

This query returns the current skew of the digital channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DIGital:SKEW <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value is [-1.00E-07, 1.00E-07].

QUERY SYNTAX :DIGital:SKEW?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the skew of the digital channel to
100 ns.

Command message:
:DIGital:SKEW 1.00E-07
DIG:SKEW 1.00E-07

Query message:
DIG:SKEW?

Response message:
1.00E-07

184 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DIGital:SRATe

Query

DESCRIPTION This command query returns the sampling rate of the digital
channel.

QUERY SYNTAX :DIGital:SRATe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command query returns the sampling rate of the
digital channel.

Query message:
DIG:SRAT?

Response message:
1.25E+09

www.siglent.com 185 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DIGital:THReshold<n>

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the threshold value of the digital channel
group.

This query returns the threshold value of the digital channel

group.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DIGital:THReshold<n> <type>

<n>:= {1|2}
 1 means D0-D7
 2 means D8-D15

<type>:=
{TTL|CMOS|LVCMOS33|LVCMOS25|CUSTom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value is [-1.00E+01, 1.00E+01]

QUERY SYNTAX :DIGital:THReshold<n>?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:=
{TTL|CMOS|LVCMOS33|LVCMOS25|CUSTom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold value of D0-D7 to

CMOS.

Command message:
:DIGital:THReshold1 CMOS
DIG:THR1 CMOS

Query message:
DIG:THR1?

Response message:
CMOS

186 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

DISPlay Commands

The :DISPlay subsystem commands control waveforms and screen displays.

 :DISPlay:AXIS

 :DISPlay:AXIS:MODE

 :DISPlay:BACKlight

 :DISPlay:CLEar

 :DISPlay:COLor

 :DISPlay:GRATicule

 :DISPlay:GRIDstyle

 :DISPlay:INTensity

 :DISPlay:MENU

 :DISPlay:PERSistence

 :DISPlay:TRANsparence

 :DISPlay:TYPE

www.siglent.com 187 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DISPlay:AXIS

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the display of the axis label.

The query returns the current status of the axis label.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DISPlay:AXIS <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :DISPlay:AXIS?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the axis label.

Command message:
:DISPlay:AXIS ON
DISP:AXIS ON

Query message:
DISP:AXIS?

Response message:
ON

188 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DISPlay:AXIS:MODE

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the mode of the axis label.

The query returns the current mdoe of the axis label.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DISPlay:AXIS:MODE <mode>

<mode>:= {FIXed|MOVing}
 FIXed means that position of the axes remain fixed, while
the coordinates update as the waveform is moving.
 MOVing means when moving the waveform, the position of
the axes moves with the waveform, while the coordinates
remain fixed.

QUERY SYNTAX :DISPlay:AXIS:MODE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <mode>

<mode>:= {FIXed|MOVing}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the mode of axis label to FIXed.

Command message:
:DISPlay:AXIS:MODE FIXed
DISP:AXIS:MODE FIXed

Query message:
DISP:AXIS:MODE?

Response message:
FIXed

www.siglent.com 189 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DISPlay:BACKlight

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the backlight level of the screen.

The query returns the current backlight level of the screen.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DISPlay:BACKlight <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 100]. 0 is the
least bright and 100 is the brightest.

QUERY SYNTAX :DISPlay:BACKlight?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command changes the backlight level to 100%.

Command message:
:DISPlay:BACKlight 100
DISP:BACK 100

Query message:
DISP:BACK?

Response message:
100

190 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DISPlay:CLEar

Command

DESCRIPTION The command clears the waveform displayed on the screen.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DISPlay:CLEar

EXAMPLE The following command clears the waveform displayed on the

screen.

Command message:
:DISPlay:CLEar
DISP:CLE

RELATED COMMANDS :ACQuire:CSWeep

www.siglent.com 191 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DISPlay:COLor

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of the color grade.

The query returns the state of the current color grade.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DISPlay:COLor <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :DISPlay:COLor?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the color grade.

Command message:
:DISPlay:COLor ON
DISP:COL ON

Query message:
DISP:COL?

Response message:
ON

192 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DISPlay:GRATicule

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the brightness level of the grid.

The query returns the current brightness level of the grid.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DISPlay:GRATicule <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 100]. 0 is the
least bright and 100 is the brightest.

QUERY SYNTAX :DISPlay:GRATicule?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command changes the grid brightness level to

50%.

Command message:
:DISPlay:GRATicule 50
DISP:GRAT 50

Query message:
DISP:GRAT?

Response message:
50

www.siglent.com 193 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DISPlay:GRIDstyle

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command selects the type of grid to display.

The query returns the current type of grid to display.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DISPlay:GRIDstyle <type>

<type>:= {FULL|LIGHt|NONE}

QUERY SYNTAX :DISPlay:GRIDstyle?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {FULL|LIGHt|NONE}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the grid type to light grid.

Command message:
:DISPlay:GRIDstyle LIGHt
DISP:GRID LIGH

Query message:
DISP:GRID?

Response message:
LIGHt

194 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DISPlay:INTensity

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the intensity level of the waveform.

The query returns the current intensity level of the waveform.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DISPlay:INTensity <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 100]. 0 is the
least bright and 100 is the brightest.

QUERY SYNTAX :DISPlay:INTensity?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the intensity level of the waveform
to 75%.

Command message:
:DISPlay:INTensity 75
DISP:INT 75

Query message:
DISP:INT?

Response message:
75

www.siglent.com 195 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DISPlay:MENU

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command selects the style of menu to display.

The query returns the style of menu to display.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DISPlay:MENU <type>

<type>:= {EMBedded|FLOating}

QUERY SYNTAX :DISPlay:MENU?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {EMBedded|FLOating}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the menu style to floating.

Command message:
:DISPlay:MENU FLOating
DISP:MENU FLO

Query message:
DISP:MENU?

Response message:
FLOating

196 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DISPlay:PERSistence

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the persistence duration of the display, in

seconds, in persistence mode.

The query returns the current status of the persistence setting.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DISPlay:PERSistence <time>

<time>:= {OFF|INFinite|1S|5S|10S|30S}

QUERY SYNTAX :DISPlay:PERSistence?

RESPONSE FORMAT <time>

<time>:= {OFF|INFinite|1S|5S|10S|30S}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the variable persistence at 5

seconds.

Command message:
:DISPlay:PERSistence 5S
DISP:PERS 5S

Query message:
DISP:PERS?

Response message:
5S

www.siglent.com 197 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DISPlay:TRANsparence

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the transparency level of the information

bar.

The query returns the transparency level of the current

information bar.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DISPlay:TRANsparence <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 100]. 0 is the
least transparent and 100 is the most transparent.

QUERY SYNTAX :DISPlay:TRANsparence?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command changes the transparency level to

80%.

Command message:
:DISPlay:TRANsparence 80
DISP:TRAN 80

Query message:
DISP:TRAN?

Response message:
80

198 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DISPlay:TYPE

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the interpolation lines between data points.

The query returns the interpolation lines between data points.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DISPlay:TYPE <type>

<type>:= {VECTor|DOT}
VECTor is the default mode and draws lines between points.
DOT mode displays data more quickly than vector mode but
does not draw lines between sample points.

QUERY SYNTAX :DISPlay:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {VECTor|DOT}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the interpolation lines between data
points to vector.

Command message:
:DISPlay:TYPE VECTor
DISP:TYPE VECT

Query message:
DISP:TYPE?

Response message:
VECTor

www.siglent.com 199 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

DVM Commands

The :DVM subsystem commands control the digital voltage meter (DVM) feature. This function can
be used to measure parameters such as DC and AC amplitudes.

 :DVM

 :DVM:ALARm

 :DVM:ARANge

 :DVM:CURRent

 :DVM:HOLD

 :DVM:MODE

 :DVM:SOURce

200 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DVM

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the switch of the dvm function.

The query returns the current state of the dvm.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DVM <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :DVM?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the dvm.

Command message:
:DVM ON
DVM ON

Query message:
DVM?

Response message:
ON

www.siglent.com 201 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DVM:ALARm

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the switch of the overload alarm. When
enabled, an alarm will be given if the signal amplitude exceeds
the screen range.

The query returns the switch of the overload arm.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DVM:ALARm <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :DVM:ALARm?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the alarm on.

Command message:
:DVM:ALARm ON
DVM:ALAR ON

Query message:
DVM:ALAR?

Response message:
ON

202 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DVM:ARANge

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the auto range state for the dvm.

The query returns the auto range state for the dvm.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DVM:ARANge <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :DVM:ARANge?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the auto range.

Command message:
:DVM:ARANge ON
DVM:ARAN ON

Query message:
DVM:ARAN?

Response message:
ON

www.siglent.com 203 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DVM:CURRent

Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the displayed 3-digit DVM value based on
the current mode.

QUERY SYNTAX :DVM:CURRent?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following query returns the value of the current dvm mode.

Query message:
DVM:CURR?

Response message:
0.98E+00

204 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DVM:HOLD

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the hold switch of dvm. When enabled, the
measured display value will remain unchanged.

The query returns the current hold switch of dvm.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DVM:HOLD <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :DVM:HOLD?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the hold switch.

Command message:
:DVM:HOLD ON
DVM:HOLD ON

Query message:
DVM:HOLD?

Response message:
ON

www.siglent.com 205 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:DVM:MODE

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the digital voltmeter (DVM) mode.

The query returns the current digital voltmeter (DVM) mode:.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DVM:MODE <mode>

<mode>:= {DCavg|DCRMs|ACRMs|PKPK|AMPLitude}
 DCavg displays the DC value of the acquired data.
 DCRMs displays the root-mean-square value of the
acquired data.
 ACRMs displays the root-mean-square value of the
acquired data, with the DC component removed.
 PKPK displays the difference between maximum and
minimum data values
 AMPLitude displays difference between top and base in a
bimodal waveform. If not bimodal, displays difference
between max and min

QUERY SYNTAX :DVM:MODE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <mode>

<mode>:= {DCavg|DCRMs|ACRMs|PKPK|AMPLitude}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the dvm mode to AMPLitude.

Command message:
:DVM:MODE AMPLitude
DVM:MODE AMPL

Query message:
DVM:MODE?

Response message:
AMPLitude

206 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:DVM:SOURce

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the select the analog channel on which
digital voltmeter (DVM) measurements are made.

The query returns the current source of dvm.

COMMAND SYNTAX :DVM:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>}
 C is analog channel <x>

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :DVM:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {Cx}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the dvm source to C2.

Command message:
:DVM:SOURce C2
DVM:SOUR C2

Query message:
DVM:SOUR?

Response message:
C2

www.siglent.com 207 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

FUNCtion Commands

The :FUNCtion subsystem commands control the math functions in the oscilloscope.

 :FUNCtion:FFTDisplay

 :FUNCtion:GVALue

 :FUNCtion<n>

 :FUNCtion<n>:AVERage:NUM

 :FUNCtion<n>:DIFF:DX

 :FUNCtion<n>:ERES:BITS

 :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:AUToset

 :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:HCENter

 :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:HSCale

 :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SPAN

 :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:LOAD

 :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:MODE

 :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:POINts

 :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:RESET

 :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:RLEVel

 :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SCALe

 :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch

 :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion

 :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:THReshold

 :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:UNIT

 :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:WINDow

 :FUNCtion<n>:FILTer:TYPe

 :FUNCtion<n>:FILTer:HFRequency

 :FUNCtion<n>:FILTer:LFRequency

 :FUNCtion<n>:INTegrate:GATE

208 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

 :FUNCtion<n>:INTErpolate:COEF

 :FUNCtion<n>:INVert

 :FUNCtion<n>:LABel

 :FUNCtion<n>:LABel:TEXT

 :FUNCtion<n>:MAXHold:SWeeps

 :FUNCtion<n>:MINHold:SWeeps

 :FUNCtion<n>:OPERation

 :FUNCtion<n>:POSition

 :FUNCtion<n>:SCALe

 :FUNCtion<n>:SOURce1

 :FUNCtion<n>:SOURce2

www.siglent.com 209 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:FUNCtion:FFTDisplay

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the display mode of the FFT waveform.

This query returns the current display mode of the FFT

waveform.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion:FFTDisplay <mode>

<mode>:= {SPLit|FULL|EXCLusive}
 SPLit means that the channel waveform and the FFT
waveform are displayed on the screen separately.
 FULL means a full-screen display of the FFT waveform.
 EXCLusive means that only the FFT waveform is
displayed on the screen.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion:FFTDisplay?

RESPONSE FORMAT <mode>

<mode>:= {SPLit|FULL|EXCLusive}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the display mode of the FFT
waveform to split.

Command message:
:FUNCtion:FFTDisplay SPLit
FUNC:FFTD SPL

Query message:
FUNC:FFTD?

Response message:
SPLit

210 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:FUNCtion:GVALue

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the integration threshold value of gate A

and gate B.

The query returns the current integration threshold values.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion:GVALue <valueA>,<valueB>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is
[-horizontal_grid/2*timebase, horizontal_grid/2*timebase].

Note:
The value of GA cannot be greater than that of GB. If you set
the value greater than GB, it will automatically be set to the
same value as GB.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion:GVALue?

RESPONSE FORMAT <valueA>,<valueB>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the position of gate A to -100 ns

and set the position of gate B to 100ns.

Command message:
:FUNCtion:GVALue -1.00E-07,1.00E-07
FUNC:GVAL -1.00E-07,1.00E-07

Query message:
FUNC:GVAL?

Response message:
-1.00E-07,1.00E-07

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion<n>:INTegrate:GATE

www.siglent.com 211 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:FUNCtion<n>

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command set the switch of the math function.

This query returns the current state of the math function.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n> <state>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables Function1 of math.

Command message:
:FUNCtion1 ON
FUNC1 ON

Query message:
FUNC1?

Response message:
ON

212 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:AVERage:NUM

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the average number for the average
operation.

This query returns the current average number for the average
operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:AVERage:NUM <num>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<num>:= vary from models, see the table below for details.
Model <num>
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A {4|16|32|64|128|256|512|1024|2048
SDS6000L |4096|8192}
SDS2000X HD
SDS2000X Plus {4|16|32|64|128|256|512|1024}

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:AVERage:NUM?

RESPONSE FORMAT <num>

EXAMPLE The following command changes the average number for the
average operation to 128 on Function2.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:AVERage:NUM 128
FUNC2:AVER:NUM 128

Query message:
FUNC2:AVER:NUM?

Response message:
128

www.siglent.com 213 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:DIFF:DX

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the step size of the differential operation.

This query returns the current step size of the differential

operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:DIFF:DX <dx>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command

<dx>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:DIFF:DX?

RESPONSE FORMAT <dx>

<dx>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the step of the differential

operation to 4 on Function1.

Command message:
:FUNCtion1:DIFF:DX 4
FUNC1:DIFF:DX 4

Query message:
FUNC1:DIFF:DX?

Response message:
4

214 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:ERES:BITS

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the eres bits for the eres operation.

This query returns the current eres bits for the eres operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:ERES:BITS <bits>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<bits>:= {0.5|1.0|1.5|2.0|2.5|3.0}

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:ERES:BITS?

RESPONSE FORMAT <bits>:= {0.5|1.0|1.5|2.0|2.5|3.0}

EXAMPLE The following command changes the eres bits for the eres
operation to 3.0 on Function2.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:ERES:BITS 3.0
FUNC2:ERES:BITS 3.0

Query message:
FUNC2:ERES:BITS?

Response message:
3.0

www.siglent.com 215 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:AUToset

Command

DESCRIPTION This command causes the FFT waveform to be displayed at

the best position on the screen.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:AUToset <mode>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to on FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by
the command.

<mode>:= {SPAN|PEAK|NORMal}
 SPAN – full span.
 PEAK – center to peak.
 NORMal –center set to the fundamental frequency and the
span is set to one-half of the fft sampling rate

EXAMPLE The following command causes the FFT waveform to be

displayed at the best position on the screen on Function2.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FFT:AUToset NORMal
FUNC2:FFT:AUT NORM

216 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:HCENter

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the center frequency of FFT.

This query returns the current center frequency of FFT.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:HCENter <center>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<center>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

Note:
The range of legal values varies with the value set by the
command :TIMebase:SCALe.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:HCENter?

RESPONSE FORMAT <center>

<center>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the center frequency of FFT to 2

MHz on Function2.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FFT:HCENter 2.00E+06
FUNC2:FFT:HCEN 2.00E+06

Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:HCEN?

Response message:
2.00E+06Hz

RELATED COMMANDS :TIMebase:SCALe

www.siglent.com 217 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:HSCale

Query

DESCRIPTION This query returns the current horizontal scale of FFT.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:HSCale?

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

RESPONSE FORMAT <scale>

<scale>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following query returns the horizontal scale of FFT on

Function2.

Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:HSC?

Response message:
1.00E+08

RELATED COMMANDS :TIMebase:SCALe

218 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SPAN

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This query returns the current horizontal span of FFT.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SPAN?

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

RESPONSE FORMAT <span>

<span>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following query returns the horizontal span of FFT on

Function2.

Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:SPAN?

Response message:
1.00E+08

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:HCENter

www.siglent.com 219 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:LOAD

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the external load of the FFT.

This query returns the current external load of FFT.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:LOAD <load>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<load>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 1000000]

Note:
The load can be set only when the FFT unit is dBm.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:LOAD?

RESPONSE FORMAT <load>

<load>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the load of FFT to 50Ω on

Function2.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FFT:LOAD 50
FUNC2:FFT:LOAD 50

Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:LOAD?

Response message:
50

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:UNIT

220 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:MODE

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command selects the acquisition mode of the FFT

operation.

This query returns the current acquisition mode of the FFT

operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:MODE <mode>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<mode>:= {NORMal|MAXHold|AVERage[,<num>]}
 NORMal sets the FFT in the normal mode.
 MAXHold sets the FFT in the max detect mode.
 AVERage sets the FFT in the averaging mode.

<num>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

The range of the value is [4, 1024].

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:MODE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <mode>

<mode>:= {NORMal|MAXHold|AVERage[,<num>]}

<num>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the acquisition mode of the FFT
operation on Function2 to normal.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FFT:MODE NORMaL
FUNC2:FFT:MODE NORM

Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:MODE?

Response message:
NORMal

www.siglent.com 221 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:POINts

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the maximum number of points for the FFT
operation.

This query returns the current maximum number of points for

the FFT operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:POINts <point>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<point>:= Vary from models, see the table below for details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
{1k|2k|4k|8k|16k|32k|64k|128k|256k
SDS6000A
|512k|1M|2M|4M|8M}
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
{1k|2k|4k|8k|16k|32k|64k|128k|256k
SDS2000X Plus
|512k|1M|2M}
SDS2000X HD
SHS800X {1k|2k|4k|8k|16k|32k|64k|128k|256k
SHS1000X |512k|1M}
QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:POINts?

RESPONSE FORMAT <point>

EXAMPLE The following command changes the maximum number of

points for the FFT operation to 2M on Function2.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FFT:POINts 2M
FUNC2:FFT:POIN 2M

Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:POIN?

Response message:
2M

222 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:RESET

Command

DESCRIPTION This command restarts counting when the acquisition mode is

average.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:RESET

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

EXAMPLE The following command restarts counting on Function2 when

the acquisition mode is average.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FFT:RESET
FUNC2:FFT:RESET

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:MODE

www.siglent.com 223 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:RLEVel

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the reference level of the FFT operation.

The query returns the current reference level of the FFT

operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:RLEVel <level>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<level>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the values is related to the probe of the FFT

source.
Probe dBVrms Vrms dBm
1E6 X [-40,200] [1E-2,1E10] [-27,213]
1E5 X [-60,180] [1E-3,1E9] [-47,193]
1E4 X [-80,160] [1E-4,1E8] [-67,173]
1000X [-100,140] [1E-5,1E7] [-87,153]
100X [-120,120] [1E-6,1E6] [-107,133]
10X [-140,100] [1E-7,1E5] [-127,113]
1 [-160,80] [1E-8,1E4] [-147,93]
0.1X [-180,60] [1E-9,1E3] [-167,73]
0.01X [-200,40] [1E-10,1E2] [-187,53]
1E-3 X [-220,20] [1E-11,10] [-207,33]
1E-4 X [-240,0] [1E-12,1] [-227,13]
1E-5 X [-260,-20] [1E-13,1E-1] [-247,-7]
1E-6 X [-280,-40] [1E-14,1E-2] [-267,-27]

Note:
The smaller the :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SCALe, the greater the
accuracy of the level value.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:RLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <level>

<level>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

224 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

EXAMPLE The following command sets the reference level of FFT

operation to 10 dBV on Function2 when the FFT unit is
dBVrms.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FFT:RLEVel 1.00E+01
FUNC2:FFT:RLEV 1.00E+01

Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:RLEV?

Response message:
1.00E+01

RELATED COMMANDS :CHANnel<n>:PROBe

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SCALe

www.siglent.com 225 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SCALe

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the vertical scale of the FFT.

The query returns the current vertical scale of FFT.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SCALe <scale>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<scale>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the values is related to the vertical unit.

Unit Range
dBVrms [1.00E-01, 2.00E+01]
Vrms [1.00E-03, 1.00E+01]
dBm [1.00E-01, 2.00E+01]

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SCALe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <scale>

<scale>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the vertical scale of FFT to 20 dB

on Function2 when the FFT unit is dBVrms.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FFT:SCALe 2.00E+01
FUNC2:FFT:SCAL 2.00E+01

Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:SCAL?

Response message:
2.00E+01

RELATED COMMANDS :CHANnel<n>:PROBe

226 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command selects the search tools type of the FFT
operation.

This query returns the current search tools type of the FFT
operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch <type>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<type>:= {OFF|PEAK|MARKer}

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {OFF|PEAK|MARKer}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the search tools type of FFT
operation on Function2 to marker.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FFT:SEARch MARKer
FUNC2:FFT:SEAR MARK

Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:SEAR?

Response message:
MARKer

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:THReshold

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion

www.siglent.com 227 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the search excursion of the search tool
(marker or peak) for the FFT operation.

This query returns the current search excursion of the search

tool for the FFT operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion <value>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the values is [0, 1.60E+02] when the FFT unit is
dBVrms. The value range varies with the corresponding unit.

Note:
The range of values varies with the value set by
the :CHANnel<n>:PROBe commands.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the search excursion of the

marker of the FFT operation to 20 dB on Function2 when the
FFT unit is dBVrms.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion 2.00E+01
FUNC2:FFT:SEAR:EXC 2.00E+01

Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:SEAR:EXC?

Response message:
2.00E+01

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:THReshold

228 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:RESult

Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the current search list result for the FFT
operation. It only contains search number, frequency and
amplitude information.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:RESult?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>,<no>,<freq>,<ampl>;

<type>:={Markers|Peaks}
<no>:= Value in NR1 format, indicates the peak number or
marker number
<freq>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and
exponent, like 1.23E+2.
<ampl>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and
exponent, like 1.23E+2. The unit is the same as FFT vertical
unit

EXAMPLE The following query returns the peaks result of function1 in the
figure below.

Query message:
FUNC1:FFT:SEAR:RES?

Response message:
Peaks,1,9.536743E+02,2.231755E+00;2,3.099442E+03,-8.05
6905E+00;3,5.006790E+03,-1.151463E+01;4,6.914139E+03,-
1.514894E+01;5,9.059906E+03,-1.694874E+01;6,1.096725E
+04,-1.847880E+01;7,1.311302E+04,-2.107302E+01;8,1.5020
37E+04,-2.107302E+01;9,1.692772E+04,-2.264706E+01;10,1
.907349E+04,-2.361992E+01;

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:THReshold

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion
:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:UNIT

www.siglent.com 229 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:THReshold

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the search threshold of the search tool
(marker or peak) for the FFT operation.

The query returns the current search threshold of the search

tool for the FFT operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:THReshold <value>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the values is [-1.60E+02, 8.00E+01], when FFT

unit is dBVrms. The value changes to match the set Units
value.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the search threshold of the

marker of the FFT operation to -100 dBV on Function2 when
the FFT unit is dBVrms.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FFT:SEARch:THReshold -1.00E+2
FUNC2:FFT:SEAR:THR -1.00E+2

Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:SEAR:THR?

Response message:
-1.00E+02

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion

230 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:UNIT

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the unit type of the FFT operation.

This query returns the current unit type of the FFT operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:UNIT <unit>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<unit>:= {DBVrms|Vrms|DBm}

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:UNIT?

RESPONSE FORMAT <unit>

<unit>:= {DBVrms|Vrms|DBm}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the unit type of FFT operation on
Function2 to dBVrms.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FFT:UNIT DBVrms
FUNC2:FFT:UNIT DBVrms

Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:UNIT?

Response message:
DBVrms

www.siglent.com 231 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:FFT:WINDow

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command selects the window type of the FFT operation.

This query returns the current window type of the FFT operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:WINDow <window>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a suffix

to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<window>:=
{RECTangle|BLACkman|HANNing|HAMMing|FLATtop}
 RECTangle is useful for transient signals, and signals where
there are an integral number of cycles in the time record.
 BLACkman reduces time resolution compared to the
rectangular window, but it improves the capacity to detect
smaller impulses due to lower secondary lobes (provides
minimal spectral leakage).
 HANNing is useful for frequency resolution and
general-purpose use. It is good for resolving two frequencies
that are close together, or for making frequency
measurements.
 HAMMing means Hamming.
 FLATtop is the best for making accurate amplitude
measurements of frequency peaks.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FFT:WINDow?

RESPONSE FORMAT <window>

<window>:=
{RECTangle|BLACkman|HANNing|HAMMing|FLATtop}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the windowing of the FFT operation
on Function2 to Flattop.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FFT:WINDow FLATtop
FUNC2:FFT:WIND FLAT

Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:WIND?

Response message:
FLATtop

232 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:FILTer:TYPe

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command selects the filter type of the filter operation.

This query returns the current filter type of the filter operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FILTer:TYPe <type>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a suffix

to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<type>:= {LPASs|HPASs|BPASs|BREJect}
 LPASs - Low pass filter.
 HPASs - High pass filter.
 BPASs - Band pass filter.
 BREJect - Band reject filter.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FILTer:TYPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {LPASs|HPASs|BPASs|BREJect}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the filter type of the filter operation on
Function2 to HPASs.

Command message:
:FUNCtion<n>:FILTer:TYPe HPASs
FUNC2:FILT:TYP HPAS

Query message:
FUNC2:FILT:TYP?

Response message:
HPASs

www.siglent.com 233 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:FILTer:HFRequency

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the upper frequency of the filter.

This query returns the current upper frequency of the filter.

The command/query is available only when the filter type is

BPASs or BREJect.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FILTer:HFRequency <value>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FILTer:HFRequency?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the upper freq for the filter
operation to 100MHz on Function2.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FILTer:HFRequency 100MHz
FUNC2:FILT:HFR 100MHz

Query message:
FUNC2:FILT:HFR?

Response message:
1.00E+08

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion<n>:FILTer:TYPe

:FUNCtion<n>:FILTer:LFRequency

234 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:FILTer:LFRequency

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the lower frequency of the filter.

This query returns the current lower frequency of the filter.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FILTer:LFRequency <value>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:FILTer:LFRequency?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the lower freq for the filter
operation to 50MHz on Function2.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:FILTer:LFRequency 50MHz
FUNC2:FILT:LFR 50MHz

Query message:
FUNC2:FILT:LFR?

Response message:
5.00E+07

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion<n>:FILTer:HFRequency

www.siglent.com 235 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:INTegrate:GATE

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command selects whether to enable the threshold of the

integral operation.

This query returns the threshold status of the integral

operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:INTegrate:GATE <state>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:INTegrate:GATE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the threshold for the integral
operation of function 1.

Command message:
:FUNCtion1:INTegrate:GATE ON
FUNC1:INT:GATE ON

Query message:
FUNC1:INT:GATE?

Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion:GVALue

236 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:INTegrate:OFFSet

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the dc offset of the integrate operation.

The query returns the current dc offset of the integrate

operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:INTegrate:OFFSet <offset>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<offset>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value is [-1.67E+00, 1.67E+00].

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:INTegrate:OFFSet?

RESPONSE FORMAT <offset>

<offset>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command changes the offset of the integral

operation to 100 mV on Function1.

Command message:
:FUNCtion1:INTegrate:OFFSet 1.00E-01
FUNC1:INT:OFFS 1.00E-01

Query message:
FUNC1:INT:OFFS?

Response message:
1.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :CHANnel<n>:PROBe

www.siglent.com 237 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:INTErpolate:COEF

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the upsample coef for the interpolate
operation.

This query returns the current upsample coef for the interpolate
operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:INTErpolate:COEF <coef>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<coef>:= {2|5|10|20}

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:INTErpolate:COEF?

RESPONSE FORMAT <coef>:= {2|5|10|20}

EXAMPLE The following command changes the upsample coef for the
interpolate operation to 10 on Function2.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:INTErpolate:COEF 10
FUNC2:INTE:COEF 10

Query message:
FUNC2:INTE:COEF?

Response message:
10

238 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:INVert

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command inverts the math waveform.

This query returns whether the math waveform is inverted or

not.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:INVert <state>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:INVert?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command inverts the Function1 waveform.

Command message:
:FUNCtion1:INVert ON
FUNC1:INV ON

Query message:
FUNC1:INV?

Response message:
ON

www.siglent.com 239 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:LABel

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command is to turn the specified math label on or off.

This query returns the label associated with a particular math

function.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:LABel <state>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:LABel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the label of the Function1.

Command message:
:FUNCtion1:LABel ON
FUNC1:LAB ON

Query message:
FUNC1:LAB?

Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion<n>:LABel:TEXT

240 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:LABel:TEXT

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the selected math label to the string that
follows. Setting a label for a math function also adds the name
to the label list in non-volatile memory (replacing the oldest
label in the list)

This query returns the current label text of the selected math.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:LABel:TEXT <string>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<string>:= Quoted string of ASCII text. The length of the string

is limited to 20.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:LABel:TEXT?

RESPONSE FORMAT <string>

EXAMPLE The following command sets the label text of the Function1 to
“MATH”.

Command message:
:FUNCtion1:LABel:TEXT "MATH"
FUNC1:LAB:TEXT "MATH"

Query message:
FUNC1:LAB:TEXT?

Response message:
“MATH”

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion<n>:LABel

www.siglent.com 241 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:MAXHold:SWeeps

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the sweeps limit for the maxhold operation.

This query returns the current sweeps limit for the maxhold
operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:MAXHold:Sweeps <value>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 2147483646].

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:MAXHold:Sweeps?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 forma, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command changes the sweeps limit for the
maxhold operation to 100 on Function2.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:MAXHold:SWeeps 100
FUNC2:MAXH:SW 100

Query message:
FUNC2:MAXH:SW?

Response message:
100

242 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:MINHold:SWeeps

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the sweeps limit for the minhold operation.

This query returns the current sweeps limit for the minhold
operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:MINHold:SWeeps <value>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 2147483646].

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:MINHold:Sweeps?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 forma, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command changes the sweeps limit for the
minhold operation to 100 on Function2.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:MINHold:SWeeps 100
FUNC2:MINH:SW 100

Query message:
FUNC2:MINH:SW?

Response message:
100

www.siglent.com 243 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:OPERation

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the desired waveform math operation.

This query returns the current operation for the selected

function.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:OPERation <operation>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<operation>:=
{ADD|SUBTract|MULTiply|DIVision|INTegrate|DIFF|FFT|SQRT|
ERES|AVERage|ABSolute|SIGN|IDENtity|NEGation|EXP|TEN|
LN|LOG|INTErpolate|MAXHold|MINHold|FILTer}

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:OPERation?

RESPONSE FORMAT <operation>

<operation>:=
{ADD|SUBTract|MULTiply|DIVision|INTegrate|DIFF|FFT|SQRT|
ERES|AVERage|ABSolute|SIGN|IDENtity|NEGation|EXP|TEN|
LN|LOG|INTErpolate|MAXHold|MINHold|FILTer}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the Function1 operation to

Multiplication.

Command message:
:FUNCtion1:OPERation MULTiply
FUNC1:OPER MULT

Query message:
FUNC1:OPER?

Response message:
MULTiply

244 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:POSition

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the vertical position of the selected math
operation (arithmetic and algebra operation).

This query returns the current position value for the selected
operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:POSition <offset>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<offset>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

Note:
The range of values is uniform and related to an operation.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:POSition?

RESPONSE FORMAT <offset>

<offset>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command changes the vertical position of

Function1 waveform to 1 V.

Command message:
:FUNCtion1:POSition 5.00E-01
FUNC1:POS 5.00E-01

Query message:
FUNC1:POS?

Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion<n>:OPERation

www.siglent.com 245 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:SCALe

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the vertical scale of the selected math
operation (arithmetic and algebra operation).

The query returns the current scale value for the selected
operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:SCALe <scale>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<scale>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

Note:
• The range of the function scale is related to the scale of
the function source.
• When the operation is INTegrate and DIFF, the scale range
is related to the timebase.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:SCALe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <scale>

<scale>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command changes the vertical scale of

Function1 waveform to 1 V.

Command message:
:FUNCtion1:SCALe 1.00E+00
FUNC1:SCAL 1.00E+00

Query message:
FUNC1:SCAL?

Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :CHANnel<n>:SCALe

246 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:SOURce1

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the source1 of the math operation.

This query returns the current source1 of the math operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:SOURce1 <source>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<source>:= {C<x>|Z<x>|F<x>}
 C is analog channel <x>
 Z is zoom channel <x>
 F is math function <x>, for math-on-math operations

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

Note:
• Z<x> is optional only when Zoom is on.
• FUNCtion<n> cannot set itself as the source.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:SOURce1?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|Z<x>|F<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the source 1 of Function2 to C1.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:SOURce1 C1
FUNC2:SOUR1 C1

Query message:
FUNC2:SOUR1?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion<n>:SOURce2

www.siglent.com 247 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:FUNCtion<n>:SOURce2

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the source2 of the math operation.

This query returns the current source2 of the math operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:SOURce2 <source>

<n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as a

suffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by the
command.

<source>:= {C<x>|Z<x>|F<x>}
 C is analog channel <x>
 Z is zoom channel <x>
 F is math function <x>, for math-on-math operations

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

Note:
• Z<x> is optional only when Zoom is on.
• FUNCtion<n> cannot set itself as the source.

QUERY SYNTAX :FUNCtion<n>:SOURce2?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|Z<x>|F<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the source2 of Function2 to C1.

Command message:
:FUNCtion2:SOURce2 C1
FUNC2:SOUR2 C1

Query message:
FUNC2:SOUR2?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :FUNCtion<n>:SOURce1

248 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

HISTORy Commands

The :HISTORy subsystem commands control the waveform recording function and the history
waveform play function.

 :HISTORy

 :HISTORy:FRAMe

 :HISTORy:INTERval

 :HISTORy:LIST

 :HISTORy:PLAY

 :HISTORy:TIME

www.siglent.com 249 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:HISTORy

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the mode of the history function.

This query returns the current status of the history function.

COMMAND SYNTAX :HISTORy <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :HISTORy?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the history function.

Command message:
:HISTORy ON
HISTOR ON

Query message:
HISTOR?

Response message:
ON

250 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:HISTORy:FRAMe

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the number of the history frame.

This query returns the current number of history frames.

COMMAND SYNTAX :HISTORy:FRAMe <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

Note:
The maximum number of frames is related to the number of
samples set for the acquisition (memory depth). More
points/frame means less total frames available. Fewer
points/frame equals more frames available.

QUERY SYNTAX :HISTORy:FRAMe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the number of the history frame to
4.

Command message:
:HISTORy:FRAMe 4
HISTOR:FRAM 4

Query message:
HISTOR:FRAM?

Response message:
4

www.siglent.com 251 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:HISTORy:INTERval

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the play interval of the history frame.

This query returns the current play interval of the history frame.

COMMAND SYNTAX :HISTORy:INTERval <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [1.00E-06,1].

QUERY SYNTAX :HISTORy:INTERval?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the play interval of the history frame
to 1 ms.

Command message:
:HISTORy:INTERval 1.00E-03
HISTOR:INTER 1.00E-03

Query message:
HISTOR:INTER?

Response message:
1.00E-03

252 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:HISTORy:LIST

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the state of the history list.

This query returns the current state of the history list.

COMMAND SYNTAX :HISTORy:LIST <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON[,<type>]}

<type>:= {TIME|DELTa}
 TIME indicates that the time column is displayed by
sampling time
 DELTa indicates that the time column is displayed by the
sampling interval.

QUERY SYNTAX :HISTORy:LIST?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON[,<type>]}

<type>:= {TIME|DELTa}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the history list and displays it
by sampling time.

Command message:
:HISTORy:LIST ON,TIME
HISTOR:LIST ON,TIME

Query message:
HISTOR:LIST?

Response message:
ON,TIME

www.siglent.com 253 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:HISTORy:PLAY

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the play state of the history waveform.

This query returns the current play state of the history

waveform.

COMMAND SYNTAX :HISTORy:PLAY <state>

<state>:= {BACKWards|PAUSe|FORWards}
 BACKWards indicates that the frame number is played
from highest frame number to lowest (last-to-first,
chronologically).
 FORWards indicates that the frame number is played from
the lowest frame number to the highest (first-to-last,
chronologically).
 PAUSe will pause playback.

QUERY SYNTAX :HISTORy:PLAY?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {BACKWards|PAUSe|FORWards}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the playback state of the history
waveform to backwards.

Command message:
:HISTORy:PLAY BACKWards
HISTOR:PLAY BACKW

Query message:
HISTOR:PLAY?

Response message:
BACKWards

254 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:HISTORy:TIME

Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the acquire timestamp of the current frame.

QUERY SYNTAX :HISTORy:TIME?

RESPONSE FORMAT <time>

<time>:= hours:minutes:seconds.microseconds in NR1 format,

including an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command returns the time of acquisition of the

current frame.

Query message:
:HISTOR:TIME?

Response message:
07:48:09.253827

RELATED COMMANDS :HISTORy:FRAMe

www.siglent.com 255 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

MEASure Commands

The :MEASure subsystem commands are used to control automatic measurements.

 :MEASure

 :MEASure:ADVanced:LINenumber

 :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>

 :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce1

 :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce2

 :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:STATistics

 :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:TYPE

 :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:VALue

 :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics

 :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:HISTOGram

 :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:MAXCount

 :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:RESet

 :MEASure:ADVanced:STYLe

 :MEASure:GATE

 :MEASure:GATE:GA

 :MEASure:GATE:GB

 :MEASure:MODE

 :MEASure:SIMPle:ITEM
 :MEASure:SIMPle:SOURce

 :MEASure:SIMPle:VALue

256 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:MEASure
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of the measurement function.

This query returns the current state of the measurement

function.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables the measurement function.

Command message:
:MEASure ON
:MEAS ON

Query message:
MEAS?

Response message:
ON

www.siglent.com 257 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:MEASure:ADVanced:LINenumber
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the total number of advanced

measurement items displayed.

The query returns the current total number of advanced

measurement items displayed.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:LINenumber <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 12].

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:LINenumber?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the total number of advanced

measurement items displayed to 12.

Command message:
:MEASure:ADVanced:LINenumber 12
MEAS:ADV:LIN 12

Query message:
MEAS:ADV:LIN?

Response message:
12

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:MODE

258 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the state of the specified measurement

item.

This query returns the current state of the measurement item.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n> <state>

P is the physical location of the specified measurement on the

display.

<n>:= 1 to 12

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the first (leftmost/topmost)

measurement item.

Command message:
:MEASure:ADVanced:P1 ON
MEAS:ADV:P1 ON

Query message:
MEAS:ADV:P1?

Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:TYPE

:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce1
:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce2

www.siglent.com 259 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce1
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the source1 of the specified advanced

measurement item.

This query returns the current source1 of the specified

advanced measurement item.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce1 <source>

<n>:= 1 to 12

<source>:=
{C<x>|Z<x>|F<x>|D<m>|ZD<m>|REFA|REFB|REFC|REFD}
 C denotes an analog input channel.
 Z denotes a zoomed input.
 F denotes a math function.
 D denotes a digital input channel.
 ZD denotes a zoomed digital input channel.
 REF denotes a reference waveform.

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

Note:
• Z<x> and ZD<m> are optional only when Zoom is on.
• The source can only be set to C<x> when the type is delay
measurement.

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce1?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:=
{C<x>|Z<x>|F<x>|D<m>|ZD<m>|REFA|REFB|REFC|REFD}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the source1 of the first

measurement item to C1.

Command message:
:MEASure:ADVanced:P1:SOURce1 C1
MEAS:ADV:P1:SOUR1 C1

Query message:
MEAS:ADV:P1:SOUR1?

260 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce2

:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:TYPE

www.siglent.com 261 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce2
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the source2 of the specified advanced

measurement item.

This query returns the source2 of the specified advanced

measurement item.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce2 <source>

<n>:= 1 to 12

<source>:=
{C<x>|Z<x>|F<x>|D<m>|ZD<m>|REFA|REFB|REFC|REFD}
 C denotes an analog input channel. For example, C1 is
analog input 1.
 Z denotes a zoomed waveform. For example, Z1 is zoom
waveform 1.
 F denotes a math function. For example, F1 is math
function 1.
 D denotes a digital waveform. For example, D1 denotes
digital input 1.
 ZD denotes a zoomed digital input.
 REF denotes a reference waveform.

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

Note:
• Z<x> and ZD<m> are optional only when Zoom is on.
• The source can only be set to C<x> when the type is delay
measurement.

UERY SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce2?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:=
{C<x>|Z<x>|F<x>|D<m>|ZD<m>|REFA|REFB|REFC|REFD}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

262 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

EXAMPLE The following command sets the source2 of the first

measurement item to C2.

Command message:
:MEASure:ADVanced:P1:SOURce2 C2
MEAS:ADV:P1:SOUR2 C2

Query message:
MEAS:ADV:P1:SOUR2?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce1

:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:TYPE

www.siglent.com 263 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:STATistics
Query

DESCRIPTION This query returns statistics for the specified advanced

measurement item.

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:STATistics? <type>

<n>:= 1 to 12

<type>:=
{ALL|CURRent|MEAN|MAXimum|MINimum|STDev|COUNt}
 ALL returns all the statistics
 CURRent returns the current value of the statistics
 MEAN returns the mean value of the statistics
 MAXimum returns the maximum value of the statistics
 MINimum returns the minimum value of the statistics
 STDev returns the standard deviation of the statistics
 COUNt returns the current number of counts used to
calculate the statistical data

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

Note:
When measurement statistics are off, it returns OFF.

EXAMPLE The following query returns the statistical current value of the
first measurement item.

Query message:
MEAS:ADV:P1:STAT? CURR

Response message:
6.7E-02

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics

264 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:TYPE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the type for the specified measurement
item.

This query returns the type for the specified measurement item.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:TYPE <parameter>

<n>:= 1 to 12

<parameter>:=
{PKPK|MAX|MIN|AMPL|TOP|BASE|LEVELX|CMEAN|MEAN|S
TDEV|VSTD|RMS|CRMS|MEDIAN|CMEDIAN|OVSN|FPRE|O
VSP|RPRE|PER|FREQ|TMAX|TMIN|PWID|NWID|DUTY|NDU
TY|WID|NBWID|DELAY|TIMEL|RISE|FALL|RISE10T90|FALL9
0T10|CCJ|PAREA|NAREA|AREA|ABSAREA|CYCLES|REDGE
S|FEDGES|EDGES|PPULSES|NPULSES|PHA|SKEW|FRR|F
RF|FFR|FFF|LRR|LRF|LFR|LFF|PACArea|NACArea|ACArea|A
BSACArea|PSLOPE|NSLOPE|TSR|TSF|THR|THF}

Description of Parameters
Parameter Description
Difference between maximum and
PKPK
minimum data values
MAX Highest value in waveform
MIN Lowest value in waveform
Difference between top and base in a
AMPL bimodal waveform. If not bimodal,
difference between max and min
Value of most probable higher state in a
TOP
bimodal waveform
Value of most probable lower state in a
BASE
bimodal waveform
LEVELX Level measured at trigger position
CMEAN Average value of the first cycle
MEAN Average of data values
STDEV Standard deviation of the data
VSTD Standard deviation of the first cycle
RMS Root mean square of the data
CRMS Root mean square of the first cycle
Value at which 50% of the measurement
MEDIAN
are above and 50% are below
CMEDIAN Median of the first cycle
Overshoot following a falling edge; 100%*
OVSN
(base-min)/amplitude
Overshoot before a falling edge;
FPRE
100%*(max-top)/amplitude
Overshoot following a rising edge;
OVSP
100%*(max-top)/amplitude
Overshoot before a rising edge;
RPRE
100%*(base-min)/amplitude
Time between the middle threshold points
PER
of two consecutive, like-polarity edges

www.siglent.com 265 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

FREQ Reciprocal of period

TMAX First time of maximum value
TMIN First time of minimum value
Time difference between the middle
threshold of a rising edge to the middle
PWID
threshold of the next falling edge of the
pulse
Time difference between the middle
threshold of a falling edge to the middle
NWID
threshold of the next rising edge of the
pulse
Positive Duty Cycle. Ratio of positive
DUTY
width to period
Duty Cycle. Ratio of negative width to
NDUTY
period
Time from the first rising edge to the last
WID
falling edge at the middle threshold
Time from the first falling edge to the last
NBWID
rising edge at the middle threshold
Time from the trigger to the first transition
DELAY
at the middle threshold
Time from the trigger to each rising edge
TIMEL
at the middle threshold
Duration of rising edge from lower to
RISE
upper of threshold
Duration of falling edge from upper to
FALL
lower of threshold
RISE10T90 Duration of rising edge from 10-90%
FALL90T10 Duration of falling edge from 90-10%
The difference between two continuous
CCJ
periods
PAREA Area of the waveform above zero
NAREA Area of the waveform below zero
AREA Area of the waveform
ABSAREA Absolute area of the waveform
CYCLES Number of cycles in a periodic waveform
EDGES Number of edges in a waveform
REDGES Number of rising edges in a waveform
FEDGES Number of falling edges in a waveform
PPULSES Number of positive pulses in a waveform
NPULSES Number of negative pulses in a waveform
PHA Phase difference between two edges
Time of source A edge minus time of
SKEW
nearest source B edge
The time between the first rising edge of
FRR source A and the first rising edge of
source B at the middle threshold
The time between the first rising edge of
FRF source A and the first falling edge of
source B at the middle threshold
The time between the first falling edge of
FFR source A and the first rising edge of
source B at the middle threshold
The time between the first falling edge of
FFF source A and the first falling edge of
source B at the middle threshold

266 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

The time between the first rising edge of

LRR source A and the last rising edge of
source B at the middle threshold
The time between the first rising edge of
LRF source A and the last falling edge of
source B at the middle threshold
The time between the first falling edge of
LFR source A and the last rising edge of
source B at the middle threshold
The time between the first falling edge of
LFF source A and the last falling edge of
source B at the middle threshold
PACArea Area of the waveform above average
NACArea Area of the waveform below average
Area of the waveform above average
ACArea minus area of the waveform below
average
Area of the waveform above average add
ABSACArea
area of the waveform below average
PSLOPE The slope of rising edges
NSLOPE The slope of falling edges
Data setup time before the clock rising
TSR
edge
Data setup time before the clock falling
TSF
edge
THR Data hold time after the clock rising edge
THF Data hold time after the clock falling edge
QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <parameter>

EXAMPLE The following command sets the type of the first measurement
to maximum.

Command message:
:MEASure:ADVanced:P1:TYPE MAX
MEAS:ADV:P1:TYPE MAX

Query message:
MEAS:ADV:P1:TYPE?

Response message:
MAX

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>

www.siglent.com 267 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:VALue
Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the value of the specified advanced

measurement item.

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:VALue?

<n>:= 1 to 12

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following query returns the value of the first measurement
item.

Query message:
MEAS:ADV:P1:VAL?

Response message:
4.033E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:TYPE

268 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of the measurement statistics.

This query returns the current state of the measurement

statistics function.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables the statistics function.

Command message:
:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics ON
MEAS:ADV:STAT ON

Query message:
MEAS:ADV:STAT?

Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:STATistics

www.siglent.com 269 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:HISTOGram
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of the histogram function.

This query returns the current state of the histogram function.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:HISTOGram <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:HISTOGram?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables histogram function.

Command message:
:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:HISTOGram ON
MEAS:ADV:STAT:HISTOG ON

Query message:
MEAS:ADV:STAT:HISTOG?

Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics

270 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:MAXCount
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the maximum value of the statistics count.

The query returns the current value of statistics count.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:MAXCount <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 1024].

Note:
When the value is set to 0, it means unlimited statistics.

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:MAXCount?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the maximum value of statistics

count to 1024.

Command message:
:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:MAXCount 1024
MEAS:ADV:STAT:MAXC 1024

Query message:
MEAS:ADV:STAT:MAXC?

Response message:
1024

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics

www.siglent.com 271 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:RESet
Command

DESCRIPTION The command resets the measurement statistics.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:RESet

EXAMPLE The following command restarts statistics.

Command message:
:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:RESet
MEAS:ADV:STAT:RES

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics

272 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:MEASure:ADVanced:STYLe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the display mode of the advanced

measurements.

This query returns the current display mode of the advanced

measurement.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:STYLe <type>

<type>:= {M1|M2}
 M1 lists a measurement, corresponding statistics, and
histogram vertically on the display.
 M2 lists a measurement and corresponding statistics
horizontally on the display. No histogram is available with
M2.

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:ADVanced:STYLe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {M1|M2}

EXAMPLE The following command selects the display mode of the

advanced measurement to M1.

Command message:
:MEASure:ADVanced:STYLe M1
MEAS:ADV:STYL M1

Query message:
MEAS:ADV:STYL?

Response message:
M1

www.siglent.com 273 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:MEASure:GATE

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the state of the measurement gate.

This query returns the current state of the measurement gate.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:GATE <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:GATE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables the measurement gate.

Command message:
:MEASure:GATE ON
MEAS:GATE ON

Query message:
MEAS:GATE?

Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:GATE:GA

:MEASure:GATE:GB

274 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:MEASure:GATE:GA

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the position of gate A.

This query returns the current position of gate A.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:GATE:GA <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is
[-horizontal_grid/2*timebase, horizontal_grid/2*timebase].

Note:
The value of GA cannot be greater than that of GB. If you set the
value greater than GB, it will automatically be set to the same
value as GB.

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:GATE:GA?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the position of gate A to -100 ns.

Command message:
:MEASure:GATE:GA -1.00E-07
MEAS:GATE:GA -1.00E-07

Query message:
MEAS:GATE:GA?

Response message:
-1.00E-07

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:GATE

:MEASure:GATE:GB

www.siglent.com 275 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:MEASure:GATE:GB

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the position of gate B.

This command returns the current position of gate B.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:GATE:GB <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is
[-horizontal_grid/2*timebase, horizontal_grid/2*timebase].

Note:
The value of GB cannot be less than that of GA. If you set the
value less than GA, it will automatically be set to the same
value as GA.

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:GATE:GB?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the position of gate B to 100 ns.

Command message:
:MEASure:GATE:GB 1.00E-07
MEAS:GATE:GB 1.00E-07

Query message:
MEAS:GATE:GB?

Response message:
1.00E-07

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:GATE

:MEASure:GATE:GA

276 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:MEASure:MODE

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command specifies the mode of measurement.

The query returns the current mode of measurement.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:MODE <type>

<type>:= {SIMPle|ADVanced}
 SIMPle shows measurements only
 ADVanced shows measurements and includes selections
for statistics, view mode (M1, M2), histogram, and
trending.

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:MODE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {SIMPle|ADVanced}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the measurement mode to simple.

Command message:
:MEASure:MODE SIMPle
MEAS:MODE SIMP

Query message:
MEAS:MODE?

Response message:
SIMPle

www.siglent.com 277 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:MEASure:SIMPle:ITEM

Command

DESCRIPTION This command sets the type of simple measurement.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:SIMPle:ITEM <parameter>,<state>

<parameter>:=
{PKPK|MAX|MIN|AMPL|TOP|BASE|LEVELX|CMEAN|MEAN|S
TDEV|VSTD|RMS|CRMS|MEDIAN|CMEDIAN|OVSN|FPRE|O
VSP|RPRE|PER|FREQ|TMAX|TMIN|PWID|NWID|DUTY|NDU
TY|WID|NBWID|DELAY|TIMEL|RISE|FALL|RISE20T80|FALL8
0T20|CCJ|PAREA|NAREA|AREA|ABSAREA|CYCLES|REDGE
S|FEDGES|EDGES|PPULSES|NPULSES|PACArea|NACArea|
ACArea|ABSACArea}

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

Note:
See the table for details.

EXAMPLE The following command adds maximum to the simple

measurements window.

Command message:
:MEASure:SIMPle:ITEM MAX,ON
MEAS:SIMP:ITEM MAX,ON

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:SIMPle:VALue

278 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:MEASure:SIMPle:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the source of the simple measurement.

This query returns the current source of the simple measurement.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:SIMPle:SOURce <source>

<source>:=
{C<x>|Z<x>|F<x>|D<m>|ZD<m>|REFA|REFB|REFC|REFD}
 C denotes an analog input channel. For example, C1 is
analog input 1.
 Z denotes a zoomed waveform. For example, Z1 is zoom
waveform 1.
 F denotes a math function. For example, F1 is math function
1.
 D denotes a digital waveform. For example, D1 denotes
digital input 1.
 REF denotes a reference waveform.

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an integer

and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

Note:
Z<x> and ZD<m> are optional only when Zoom is on.

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:SIMPle:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:=
{C<x>|Z<x>|F<x>|D<m>|ZD<m>|REFA|REFB|REFC|REFD}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an integer

and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the source of simple measurement to

C1.

Command message:
:MEASure:SIMPle:SOURce C1
MEAS:SIMP:SOUR C1

Query message:
MEAS:SIMP:SOUR?

Response message:
C1

www.siglent.com 279 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:MEASure:SIMPle:VALue
Query

DESCRIPTION This query returns the specified measurement value that

appears on the simple measurement.

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:SIMPle:VALue? <type>

<type>:=
{PKPK|MAX|MIN|AMPL|TOP|BASE|LEVELX|CMEAN|MEAN|S
TDEV|VSTD|RMS|CRMS|MEDIAN|CMEDIAN|OVSN|FPRE|O
VSP|RPRE|PER|FREQ|TMAX|TMIN|PWID|NWID|DUTY|NDU
TY|WID|NBWID|DELAY|TIMEL|RISE|FALL|RISE20T80|FALL8
0T20|CCJ|PAREA|NAREA|AREA|ABSAREA|CYCLES|REDGE
S|FEDGES|EDGES|PPULSES|NPULSES|PACArea|NACArea|
ACArea|ABSACArea|ALL}

Note:
• See the table for details.
• ALL is only valid for queries, and it returns all
measurement values of all measurement types except for
delay measurements.

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following query returns the maximum value.

Query message:
MEAS:SIMP:VAL? MAX

Response message:
2.000E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:SIMPle:ITEM

280 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:MEASure:THReshold:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the measurement threshold source.

This query returns the current measurement threshold source.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:THReshold:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|Z<x>|F<x>|REFA|REFB|REFC|REFD}
 C denotes an analog input channel. For example, C1 is
analog input 1.
 Z denotes a zoomed waveform. For example, Z1 is zoom
waveform 1.
 F denotes a math function. For example, F1 is math function
1.
 REF denotes a reference waveform.

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

Note:
Z<x> and ZD<m> are optional only when Zoom is on.

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:THReshold:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>:= {C<x>|Z<x>|F<x>|REFA|REFB|REFC|REFD}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold source to C1.

Command message:
:MEASure:THReshold:SOURce C1
MEAS:THR:SOUR C1

Query message:
MEAS:THR:SOUR?

Response message:
C1

www.siglent.com 281 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:MEASure:THReshold:TYPE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the measurement threshold type.

This query returns the current measurement threshold type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:THReshold:TYPE <type>

<type>:= {PERCent|ABSolute}

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:THReshold:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {PERCent|ABSolute}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold typr to percent.

Command message:
:MEASure:THReshold:TYPE PERCent
MEAS:THR:TYPE PERC

Query message:
MEAS:THR:TYPE?

Response message:
PERCent

282 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:MEASure:THReshold:ABSolute
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command specifies the reference level

when :MEASure:THReshold:TYPE is set to ABSolute.This
command affects the results of some measurements.

This query returns the reference level of the source

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:THReshold:ABSolute <high>,<mid>,<low>

<high>,<mid>,<low>:= Value in NR3 format, including a

decimal point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:THReshold:ABSolute?

RESPONSE FORMAT <high>,<mid>,<low>

<high>,<mid>,<low>:= Value in NR3 format, including a

decimal point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the upper,middle and lower

threshold to 3V,1V,-1.5V.

Command message:
:MEASure:THReshold:ABSolute 3.00,1.00,-1.50
MEAS:THR:ABS 3.00,1.00,-1.50

Query message:
MEAS:THR:ABS?

Response message:
3.00 E+00,1.00 E+00,-1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:THReshold:TYPE

:MEASure:SIMPle:ITEM

www.siglent.com 283 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:MEASure:THReshold:PERCent
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command specifies the percent used to calculate the

reference level when :MEASure:THReshold:TYPE is set to
PERCent. This command affects the results of some
measurements.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEASure:THReshold:PERCent <high>,<mid>,<low>

<high>,<mid>,<low>:= Value in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 10

QUERY SYNTAX :MEASure:THReshold:PERCent?

RESPONSE FORMAT <high>,<mid>,<low>

<high>,<mid>,<low>:= Value in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 10

EXAMPLE The following command sets the upper,middle and lower

threshold to 80%,45%,10%.

Command message:
:MEASure:THReshold:PERCent 80,45,10
MEAS:THR:PERC 80,45,10

Query message:
MEAS:THR:PERC?

Response message:
80,45,10

RELATED COMMANDS :MEASure:SIMPle:ITEM

284 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

MEMory Commands

The MEMory subsystem commands control memory waveforms.

 :MEMory<n>:HORizontal:POSition

 :MEMory<n>:HORizontal:SCALe

 :MEMory<n>:HORizontal:SYNC

 :MEMory<n>:IMPort

 :MEMory<n>:LABel

 :MEMory<n>:LABel:TEXT

 :MEMory<n>:SWITch

 :MEMory<n>:VERTical:POSition

 :MEMory<n>:VERTical:SCALe

www.siglent.com 285 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:MEMory<n>:HORizontal:POSition
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command specifies the horizontal position of the memory

waveform.

The query returns the current horizontal position of the

memory.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEMory<n>:HORizontal:POSition <val>

<n>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<val>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

QUERY SYNTAX :MEMory<n>:HORizontal:POSition?

RESPONSE FORMAT <val>

<val>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command specifies a 10 us delay of M2 to the

trigger point.

Command message:
:MEMory2:HORizontal:POSition 1.00E-05
MEM2:HOR:POS 1.00E-05

Query message:
MEM2:HOR:POS?

Response message:
1.00E-05

286 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:MEMory<n>:HORizontal:SCALe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the horizontal scale per division for the
memory waveform.

The query returns the current horizontal scale setting in

seconds per division for the memory.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEMory<n>:HORizontal:SCALe <value>

<n>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

QUERY SYNTAX :MEMory<n>:HORizontal:SCALe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command horizontal scale of M2 to 100 ns/div.

Command message:
:MEMory2:HORizontal:SCALe 1.00E-07
MEM2:HOR:SCAL 1.00E-07

Query message:
MEM2:HOR:SCAL?

Response message:
1.00E-07

www.siglent.com 287 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:MEMory<n>:HORizontal:SYNC
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command turns on and off the horizontal parameter

synchronization switch. When enabled, modify the horizontal
parameters of the imported source, and the parameters of its
memory waveform will also be modified synchronously.

This query returns the current state of the horizontal parameter

synchronization switch.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEMory<n>:HORizontal:SYNC <state>

<n>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :MEMory<n>:HORizontal:SYNC?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables the horizontal parameter

synchronization switch of M2.

Command message:
:MEMory2:HORizontal:SYNC ON
MEM2:HOR:SYNC ON

Query message:
MEM2:HOR:SYNC?

Response message:
ON

288 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:MEMory<n>:IMPort
Command

DESCRIPTION The command import the source to the memory waveform.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEMory<n>:IMPort <source>

<n>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<source>:= {C<x>|Z<x>|F<x>|M<x>|<path>}
 C denotes an analog input channel. For example, C1 is
analog input 1.
 Z denotes a zoomed waveform. For example, Z1 is zoom
waveform 1.
 F denotes a math function. For example, F1 is math
function 1.
 M denotes a memory waveform. For example, M1 denotes
Memory 1.
 <path>:= Quoted string of path with an extension “.bin”,
denotes a waveform file.

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command imports waveform of C2 to the M2.

Command message:
:MEMory2:IMPort C2
MEM2:IMP C2

www.siglent.com 289 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:MEMory<n>:LABel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command is to turn the specified memory label on or off.

This query returns the label associated with a particular

memory function.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEMory<n>:LABel <state>

<n>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :MEMory<n>:LABel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the label of M2.

Command message:
:MEMory2:LABel ON
MEM2:LAB ON

Query message:
MEM2:LAB?

Response message:
ON

290 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:MEMory<n>:LABel:TEXT
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the selected memory label to the string that
follows. Setting a label for a memory waveform also adds the
name to the label list in non-volatile memory (replacing the
oldest label in the list)

The query returns the current label text of the selected memory
waveform.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEMory<n>:LABel:TEXT <string>

<n>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<string>:= Quoted string of ASCII text. The length of the string

is limited to 20.

QUERY SYNTAX :MEMory<n>:LABel:TEXT?

RESPONSE FORMAT <string>

EXAMPLE The following command sets the label text of the M2 to “MATH”.

Command message:
:MEMory2:LABel:TEXT “MATH”
MEM2:LAB:TEXT “MATH”

Query message:
MEM2:LAB:TEXT?

Response message:
“MATH”

www.siglent.com 291 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:MEMory<n>:SWITch
Command

DESCRIPTION The command sets the display of the memory waveform.

This query returns the current display of the memory waveform.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEMory<n>:SWITch <state>

<n>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :MEMory<n>:SWITch?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables the display of the M2.

Command message:
:MEMory2:SWITch ON
MEM2:SWIT ON

Query message:
MEM2:SWIT?

Response message:
ON

292 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:MEMory<n>:VERTical:POSition
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command the vertical position of the selected memory

waveform.

This query returns the current position value for the selected
memory.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEMory<n>:VERTical:POSition <offset>

<n>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<offset>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

QUERY SYNTAX :MEMory<n>:VERTical:POSition?

RESPONSE FORMAT <offset>

<offset>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command changes the vertical position of M2

waveform to 1 V.

Command message:
:MEMory2:VERTical:POSition 1.00E-01
MEM2:VERT:POS 1.00E-01

Query message:
MEM2:VERT:POS?

Response message:
1.00E-01

www.siglent.com 293 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:MEMory<n>:VERTical:SCALe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the vertical scale of the selected memory
waveform.

The query returns the current scale value for the selected
memory waveform.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MEMory<n>:VERTical:SCALe <scale>

<n>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<scale>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

QUERY SYNTAX :MEMory<n>:VERTical:SCALe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <scale>

<scale>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command changes the vertical scale of M2

waveform to 1 V..

Command message:
:MEMory2:VERTical:SCALe 1.00E-01
MEM2:VERT:SCAL 1.00E-01

Query message:
MEM2:VERT:SCAL?

Response message:
1.00E-01

294 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

MTEst Commands

The :MTEst subsystem commands control the mask test features.

 :MTESt

 :MTESt:COUNt

 :MTESt:FUNCtion:BUZZer

 :MTESt:FUNCtion:COF

 :MTESt:FUNCtion:FTH

 :MTESt:FUNCtion:SOF

 :MTESt:IDISplay

 :MTESt:MASK:CREate

 :MTESt:MASK:LOAD

 :MTESt:OPERate

 :MTESt:RESet

 :MTESt:SOURce

 :MTESt:TYPE

www.siglent.com 295 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:MTESt

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of the mask test.

This query returns the current state of the mask test.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MTESt <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :MTESt?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables the mask test function.

Command message:
:MTESt ON
MTES ON

Query message:
MTES?

Response message:
ON

296 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:MTESt:COUNt

Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the result of the mask test.

QUERY SYNTAX :MTESt:COUNt?

RESPONSE FORMAT FAIL,<num>,PASS,<num>,TOTAL,<num>

<num>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command returns the count of the mask test.

Query message:
MTES:COUN?

Response message:
FAIL,38176,PASS,5617,TOTAL,43793

RELATED COMMANDS :MTESt:OPERate

www.siglent.com 297 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:MTESt:FUNCtion:BUZZer

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the state of the buzzer when failure frames
are detected.

This command query returns the status of the buzzer.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MTESt:FUNCtion:BUZZer <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :MTESt:FUNCtion:BUZZer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables the buzzer.

Command message:
:MTESt:FUNCtion:BUZZer ON
MTES:FUNC:BUZZ ON

Query message:
MTES:FUNC:BUZZ?

Response message:
ON

298 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:MTESt:FUNCtion:COF

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the state of the mask test function "Capture
on Fail". When this function is enabled, the default path to save
the image of failing frames is “SIGLENT/”.

This command query returns the status of “Capture on Fail”.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MTESt:FUNCtion:COF <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

QUERY SYNTAX :MTESt:FUNCtion:COF?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the Capture on Fail and saves
the screenshot to the U disk path “SIGLENT/”.

Command message:
:MTESt:FUNCtion:COF ON
MTES:FUNC:COF ON

Query message:
MTES:FUNC:COF?

Response message:
ON

www.siglent.com 299 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:MTESt:FUNCtion:FTH

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the state of the mask test function "Failure
to History".

This command query returns the status of “Failure to History”.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MTESt:FUNCtion:FTH <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :MTESt:FUNCtion:FTH?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables Failure to History.

Command message:
:MTESt:FUNCtion:FTH ON
MTES:FUNC:FTH ON

Query message:
MTES:FUNC:FTH?

Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS :MTESt:OPERate

300 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:MTESt:FUNCtion:SOF

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the state of the mask test function
“Stop-on-Fail”.

This command query returns the status of “Stop- on-Fail”.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MTESt:FUNCtion:SOF <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :MTESt:FUNCtion:SOF?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables Stop-on-Fail.

Command message:
:MTESt:FUNCtion:SOF ON
MTES:FUNC:SOF ON

Query message:
MTES:FUNC:SOF?

Response message:
ON

www.siglent.com 301 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:MTESt:IDISplay

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the state of the mask test result display.

This command query returns the status of the mask test result
display.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MTESt:IDISplay <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :MTESt:IDISplay?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables the display of the mask test.

Command message:
:MTESt:IDISplay ON
MTES:IDIS ON

Query message:
MTES:IDIS?

Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS :MTESt:COUNt

302 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:MTESt:MASK:CREate
Command

DESCRIPTION This command sets the mask X and mask Y of mask test.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MTESt:MASK:CREate <XMARgin>,<YMARgin>

<XMARgin>:= Value in NR2 format. The range of the value is

[0.08, 4.00]

<YMARgin>:= Value in NR2 format. The range of the value is

[0.08, 4.00]

EXAMPLE The following command sets the mask X to 0.8, the mask Y to
0.08.

Command message:
:MTESt:MASK:CREate 0.8,0.08
MTES:MASK:CRE 0.8,0.08

www.siglent.com 303 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:MTESt:MASK:LOAD

Command

DESCRIPTION The command recalls the mask from internal or external

memory locations.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MTESt:MASK:LOAD <location>

<location>:= {INTernal,<num>|EXTernal,<path>}

<num>:= {1|2|3|4}

<path>:= Quoted string of path name with an extension “.msk”

or “.smsk”

Note:
The file format is not automatically determined by the file name
extension. You need to choose a file name with an extension
which is consistent with the selected file format.

EXAMPLE The following command recalls the mask from internal 1.

Command message:
:MTESt:MASK:LOAD INTernal,1
MTES:MASK:LOAD INT,1

The following command recalls the mask from an external file

named “TEST.msk”.

Command message:
MTES:MASK:LOAD EXTernal,”SIGLENT/TEST.msk”

304 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:MTESt:OPERate

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the state of the mask test operation.

This command query returns the status of the mask test

operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MTESt:OPERate <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :MTESt:OPERate?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables the operation of the mask test.

Command message:
:MTESt:OPERate ON
MTES:OPER ON

Query message:
MTES:OPER?

Response message:
ON

www.siglent.com 305 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:MTESt:RESet

Command

DESCRIPTION This command resets the mask test.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MTESt:RESet

EXAMPLE The following command resets the mask test.

Command message:
:MTESt:RESet
MTES:RES

RELATED COMMANDS :MTESt:OPERate

306 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:MTESt:SOURce

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command specifies the source of the mask test.

The query returns the current source of the mask test.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MTESt:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|Z<x>}
 C denotes an analog input. C1 is analog input channel 1,
for example.
 Z denotes a zoomed input. Z1 denotes zoom 1.

 <x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

Note:
Only Z<x> can be selected when Zoom is on.

QUERY SYNTAX :MTESt:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|Z<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the source of the mask test
source as C1.

Command message:
:MTESt:SOURce C1
MTES:SOUR C1

Query message:
MTES:SOUR?

Response message:
C1

www.siglent.com 307 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:MTESt:TYPE

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command specifies the type of mask test.

The query returns the current type of mask test.

COMMAND SYNTAX :MTESt:TYPE <type>

<type>:= {ALL_IN|ALL_OUT|ANY_IN|ANY_OUT}
 ALL_IN means that all of the waveform elements must fall
within the mask area.
 ALL_OUT means that all of the waveform elements are all
outside of the mask area.
 ANY_IN means that the waveform is partially within the
mask area.
 ANY_OUT means that the waveform is partially outside
the mask area.

QUERY SYNTAX :MTESt:TYPE

RESPONSE FORMAT <type

<type>:= {ALL_IN|ALL_OUT|ANY_IN|ANY_OUT}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the type of the mask test source
as all in.

Command message:
:MTESt:TYPE ALL_IN
MTES:TYPE ALL_IN

Query message:
MTES:TYPE?

Response message:
ALL_IN

308 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

RECall Commands

The :RECall subsystem commands control the recall of setups or waveform data to the oscilloscope.

 :RECall:FDEFault

 :RECall:REFerence

 :RECall:SERase

 :RECall:SETup

www.siglent.com 309 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:RECall:FDEFault

Command

DESCRIPTION This command recalls the factory settings.

COMMAND SYNTAX :RECall:FDEFault

EXAMPLE The following command recalls the factory settings.

Command message:
:RECall:FDEFault
REC:FDEF

RELATED COMMANDS :RECall:SETup

310 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:RECall:REFerence

Command

DESCRIPTION This command recalls the specified waveform file from an

external USB memory device and copies it to the selected
reference waveform.

COMMAND SYNTAX :RECall:REFerence <location>,<path>

<location>:= {REFA|REFB|REFC|REFD}
 REF is the reference waveform name

<path>:= Quoted string of path with an extension “.ref”

Users can recall from local, net storage or U-disk according to
requirements.
Path type Such as
local “local/SIGLENT/test.ref”
net storage “net_storage/SIGLENT/test.ref”
“U-disk0/SIGLENT/test.ref”
U-disk
“U-disk1/SIGLENT/test.ref”

Note:
The file format is not automatically determined by the file name
extension. You need to choose a file name with an extension
which is consistent with the selected file format.

EXAMPLE The following command recalls the waveform

"SIGLENT/math.ref" from an external U-disk and applies it to
REFD.

Command message:
:RECall:REFerence REFD,"U-disk0/SIGLENT/math.ref"
REC:REF REFD,"U-disk0/SIGLENT/math.ref"

RELATED COMMANDS :SAVE:REFerence

www.siglent.com 311 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:RECall:SERase

Command

DESCRIPTION This command deletes user defined files stored inside the
oscilloscope, includes reference waveforms, internal setups,
internal mask files, custom default setups, the waveform files
copied from analog trace to AWG.

COMMAND SYNTAX :RECall:SERase

EXAMPLE The following command deletes user defined files stored inside
the oscilloscope.

Command message:
:RECall:SERase
REC:SER

312 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:RECall:SETup

Command

DESCRIPTION This command will recall the saved settings file from internal or
external sources.

COMMAND SYNTAX :RECall:SETup <state>

<state>:= {INTernal,<num>|EXTernal,<path>}

<num>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.The range of the value is [1,10].

<path>:= Quoted string of path with an extension “.xml”. Users

can recall from local, net storage or U-disk according to
requirements.
Path type Such as
local “local/SIGLENT/default.xml”
net storage “net_storage/SIGLENT/default.xml”
“U-disk0/SIGLENT/default.xml”
U-disk
“U-disk1/SIGLENT/default.xml”

Note:
• The file format is not automatically determined by the file
name extension. You need to choose a file name with an
extension which is consistent with the selected file format.
• If the storage path type is not specified, it is recall from
U-disk0 by default

EXAMPLE The following command recalls the settings from internal file
“SDS00001.xml”.

Command message:
:RECall:SETup INTernal,1
REC:SET INT,1

The following command recalls the settings from the external

file “SIGLENT/default.xml”.

Command message:
:RECall:SETup EXTernal,”U-disk0/SIGLENT/default.xml”
REC:SET EXT,”SIGLENT/default.xml”

RELATED COMMANDS :RECall:FDEFault

:SAVE:SETup

www.siglent.com 313 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

REF Commands

The :REF<r> subsystem commands control the reference waveforms.

 :REF<r>:LABel

 :REF<r>:LABel:TEXT

 :REF<r>:DATA

 :REF<r>:DATA:SOURce

 :REF<r>:DATA:SCALe

 :REF<r>:DATA:POSition

314 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:REF<r>:LABel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command is to turn the specified reference label on or off.

The query returns the state of the label associated with the
specified reference.

COMMAND SYNTAX :REF<r>:LABel <state>

<r>:= {A|B|C|D}
 Reference waveform name

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :REF<r>:LABel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the label display.

Command message:
:REFA:LABel ON
REFA:LAB ON

Query message:
REFA:LAB?

Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS :REF<r>:LABel:TEXT

www.siglent.com 315 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:REF<r>:LABel:TEXT

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the selected REF label to the string that
follows. Setting a label for a REF also adds the name to the
label list in non-volatile memory (replacing the oldest label in
the list).

The query returns the current label text of the selected

reference waveform.

COMMAND SYNTAX :REF<r>:LABel:TEXT <string>

<r>:= {A|B|C|D}
 Reference waveform name

<string>:= Quoted string of ASCII text. The length of the string

is limited to 20 characters.

QUERY SYNTAX :REF<r>:LABel:TEXT?

RESPONSE FORMAT <string>

EXAMPLE The following command sets the reference waveform label text
to REFA.

Command message:
:REFA:LABel:TEXT “REFA”
REFA:LAB:TEXT “REFA”

Query message:
REFA:LAB:TEXT?

Response message:
“REFA”

RELATED COMMANDS :REF<r>:LABel

316 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:REF<r>:DATA

Command

DESCRIPTION The command controls the display and saving of reference

waveforms.

COMMAND SYNTAX :REF<r>:DATA <operation>

<r>:= {A|B|C|D}
 Reference waveform name

<operation>:= {LOAD|UNLoad|SAVE,<source>}
 LOAD means to call up the reference waveform display.
 UNLoad means to turn off the reference waveform display.
 SAVE means to save the waveform to the reference
waveform.

<source>:= {C<x>|F<x>|D<n>}
 C denotes an analog input channel. For example, C1 is
analog input 1.
 F denotes a math function. For example, F1 is math
function 1.
 D denotes a digital waveform. For example, D1 denotes
digital input 1.

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command turns on REFA.

Command message:
:REFA:DATA LOAD
REFA:DATA LOAD

www.siglent.com 317 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:REF<r>:DATA:SOURce

Query

DESCRIPTION This query returns the source of the current reference channel.

QUERY SYNTAX :REF<r>:DATA:SOURce?

<r>:= {A|B|C|D}

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|F<x>|D<n>}
 C denotes an analog input channel. For example, C1 is
analog input 1.
 F denotes a math function. For example, F1 is math function
1.
 D denotes a digital waveform. For example, D1 denotes
digital input 1.

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following query returns the source of REFA.

Query message:
REFA:DATA:SOUR?

Response message:
C1

318 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:REF<r>:DATA:SCALe

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the vertical scale of the current reference
channel. This command is only used when the current reference
channel has been stored, and the display state is on.

The query returns the vertical scale of the current reference

channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :REF<r>:DATA:SCALe <value>

<r>:= {A|B|C|D}
 Reference waveform name

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

Note:
The scale range of the reference waveform is the same as that of
the reference source.

QUERY SYNTAX :REF<r>:DATA:SCALe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE When the Reference function is on, and REFA has been saved,
the following command sets the vertical scale of REFA to 100
mV.

Command message:
:REFA:DATA:SCALe 1.00E-01
REFA:DATA:SCAL 1.00E-01

Query message:
REFA:DATA:SCAL?

Response message:
1.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :REF<r>:DATA:POSition

www.siglent.com 319 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:REF<r>:DATA:POSition

Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the vertical offset of the current reference
channel. This command is only used when the current reference
channel has been saved, and the display state is on.

This query returns the vertical offset of the current reference

channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX :REF<r>:DATA:POSition <value>

<r>:= {A|B|C|D}
 Reference channel name

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

Note:
The position range of the reference waveform is the same as that
of the reference source.

QUERY SYNTAX :REF<r>:DATA:POSition?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE When the Reference function is on, REFB has been saved and
the scale is 2 V, the following command sets the current
reference channel vertical offset to 0.2 V.

Command message:
:REFA:DATA:POSition 2.00E-01
REFA:DATA:POS 2.00E-01

Query message:
REFA:DATA:POS?

Response message:
2.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :REF<r>:DATA:SCALe

320 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

SAVE Commands

The SAVE subsystem commands control to save oscilloscope setups and waveform data to internal
or external memory locations.

 :SAVE:BINary

 :SAVE:CSV

 :SAVE:DEFault

 :SAVE:IMAGe

 :SAVE:MATLab

 :SAVE:REFerence

 :SAVE:SETup

www.siglent.com 321 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SAVE:BINary

Command

DESCRIPTION This command saves the binary data of the channel displayed
on the screen to an external USB memory device.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SAVE:BINary <path>,<src>

<path>:= Quoted string of path with an extension “.bin”

Users can save to local, net storage or U-disk according to
requirements
Path type Such as
local “local/SIGLENT/test.bin”
net storage “net_storage/test.bin”
U-disk “U-disk0/test.bin”

<src>:= {C<x>|F<x>|M<x>|D0_D15}
 C denotes an analog input channel. For example, C1 is
analog input 1.
 F denotes a math function. For example, F1 is math
function 1.
 M denotes a memory trace. For example, M1 is memory 1.
 D0_D15 denotes a digital waveform. Data display by bit.

Note:
• When save to internal, the default path is local.
• When save to external, if the path type is not set, it is
stored to u-disk0 by default
• The file format is not automatically determined by the file
name extension. You need to choose a file name with an
extension which is consistent with the selected file format.
• If the parameter <src> is not specified, the command is
invalid.

EXAMPLE Here is an example of saving a file to an external drive when

channel 1 is enabled. The following command will save their
waveform data to the external file "c1.bin".

Command message:
:SAVE:BINary "U-disk0/Siglent/c1.bin",C1
SAVE:BIN "U-disk0/Siglent/c1.bin",C1

322 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SAVE:CSV
Command

DESCRIPTION This command saves the waveform data of the specified

channel to an external U disk/USB memory device in CSV
format.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SAVE:CSV <path>,<source>,<state>

<path>:= Quoted string of path with an extension “.csv”.

Users can save to local, net storage or U-disk according to
requirements
Path type Such as
local “local/SIGLENT/test.csv”
net storage “net_storage/test.csv”
U-disk “U-disk0/test.csv”

<source>:= {C<x>|F<x>|M<x>|D0_D15|DIGital}
 C denotes an analog input channel. For example, C1 is
analog input 1.
 F denotes a math function. For example, F1 is math
function 1.
 M denotes a memory trace. For example, M1 is memory 1.
 D0_D15 denotes a digital waveform. Data display by bit.
 DIGital denotes a digital waveform. Data display by bus.

<state>:= {OFF|ON}
 ON enables parameter save. This adds vertical scale
values, horizontal timebase settings, and more instrument
configuration information to the file.
 OFF means to disables parameter save.

Note:
• When save to internal, the default path is local.
• When save to external, if the path type is not set, it is
stored to u-disk0 by default
• The file format is not automatically determined by the file
name extension. You need to choose a file name with an
extension which is consistent with the selected file format.

EXAMPLE The following command saves data and parameters of channel

1 to the local file “local/SIGLENT/channel1.csv”.

Command message:
:SAVE:CSV "local/SIGLENT/channel1.csv",C1,ON

www.siglent.com 323 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SAVE:DEFault
Command

DESCRIPTION This command saves the current settings or factory settings as

default settings.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SAVE:DEFault <set>

<set>:= {CUSTom|FACTory}
 CUSTom means the current settings.
 FACTory means factory settings.

EXAMPLE The following command saves the current settings to default

settings.

Command message:
:SAVE:DEFault CUSTom
SAVE:DEF CUST

RELATED COMMANDS :RECall:SETup

324 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SAVE:IMAGe

Command

DESCRIPTION This command saves the screenshot to external storage.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SAVE:IMAGe <path>,<type>,<invert>

<path>:= Quoted string of path with an extension “.bmp”

or ”.jpg” or”.png”.
Users can save to local, net storage or U-disk according to
requirements
Path type Such as
local “local/SIGLENT/test.bmp”
net storage “net_storage/test.jpg”
U-disk “U-disk0/test.png”

<type>:= {BMP|JPG|PNG}

<invert>:= {OFF|ON}}
 ON will store images that have inverted colors. This means
that a normally black background will be white when
inverted. This setting is recommended if you plan on
printing the image as an inverted image with a white
background will save on ink.
 OFF will store images that are identical to the display of
the instrument.

Note:
• When save to internal, the default path is local.
• When save to external, if the path type is not set, it is
stored to u-disk0 by default
• The file format is not automatically determined by the file
name extension. You need to choose a file name with an
extension which is consistent with the selected file format.

EXAMPLE The following command saves the screenshot in BMP format to

the external file “U-disk0/SIGLENT/screen.bmp”.

Command message:
:SAVE:IMAGe “U-disk0/SIGLENT/screen.bmp”,BMP,ON
SAVE:IMAG “U-disk0/SIGLENT/screen.bmp",BMP,ON

RELATED COMMANDS :PRINt

www.siglent.com 325 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SAVE:MATLab

Command

DESCRIPTION This command saves the waveform data of the specified

channel to an external USB memory device in Matlab format.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SAVE:MATLab <path>,<source>

<path>:= Quoted string of path with an extension “.mat”.

Users can save to local, net storage or U-disk according to
requirements
Path type Such as
local “local/SIGLENT/test.bin”
net storage “net_storage/test.bin”
U-disk “U-disk0/test.bin”

<source>:= {C<x>|F<x>|M<x>|D0_D15|DIGital}
 C denotes an analog input channel. For example, C1 is
analog input 1.
 F denotes a math function. For example, F1 is math
function 1.
 M denotes a memory trace. For example, M1 is memory 1.
 D0_D15 denotes a digital waveform. Data display by bit.
 DIGital denotes a digital waveform. Data display by bus.

Note:
• When save to internal, the default path is local.
• When save to external, if the path type is not set, it is
stored to u-disk0 by default
• The file format is not automatically determined by the file
name extension. You need to choose a file name with an
extension which is consistent with the selected file format.

EXAMPLE The following command saves data of channel 1 to the external

file “U-disk0/SIGLENT/channel1.mat”.

Command message:
:SAVE:MATLab "U-disk0/SIGLENT/channel.mat",C1
SAVE:MATL "U-disk0/SIGLENT/channel.mat",C1

326 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SAVE:REFerence

Command

DESCRIPTION This command saves the selected channel waveform to

external memory as reference.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SAVE:REFerence <path>,<source>

<path>:= Quoted string of path with an extension “.ref”.

Users can save to local, net storage or U-disk according to
requirements
Path type Such as
local “local/SIGLENT/test.ref”
net storage “net_storage/test.ref”
U-disk “U-disk0/test.ref”

<source>:= {C<x>|F<x>|D<n>}
 C denotes an analog input channel. For example, C1 is
analog input 1.
 F denotes a math function. For example, F1 is math
function 1.
 D denotes a digital waveform. For example, D1 denotes
digital input 1.

Note:
The file format is not automatically determined by the file name
extension. You need to choose a file name with an extension
which is consistent with the selected file format.

EXAMPLE The following command saves the waveform of channel 1 as a

reference to the local file “local/SIGLENT/channel.ref".

Command message:
:SAVE:REFerence "local/SIGLENT/channel.ref",C1
SAVE:REF "local/SIGLENT/channel.ref",C1

RELATED COMMANDS :RECall:REFerence

www.siglent.com 327 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SAVE:SETup

Command

DESCRIPTION This command saves the current settings to internal or external

memory locations.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SAVE:SETup <setup_num>

<setup_num>:= {INTernal,<num>|EXTernal,<path>}

<num>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 10].

<path>:= Quoted string of path with an extension “.xml”. Users

can recall from local,net storage or U-disk according to
requirements
Path type Such as
local “local/SIGLENT/default.xml”
net storage “net_storage/SIGLENT/default.xml”
U-disk “U-disk0/SIGLENT/default.xml”

Note:
• When save to internal, the default path is local. And the
setup file will be stored in local with the name
"SDS000x.xml"
• When save to external, if the path type is not set, it is
stored to u-disk0 by default
• The file format is not automatically determined by the file
name extension. You need to choose a file name with an
extension which is consistent with the selected file format.

EXAMPLE There are two ways to save the current settings to internal file
“SDS00001.xml”.

Command message:
:SAVE:SETup INTernal,1
SAVE:SET INT,1

:SAVE:SETup EXTernal,”local/SDS00001.xml”
:SAVE:SET EXT,”local/SDS00001.xml”

RELATED COMMANDS :SAVE:DEFault

:RECall:SETup

328 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

SEARch Commands

The :SEARch subsystem commands control the search functions of the oscilloscope.

 :SEARch

 :SEARch:MODE

 :SEARch:COUNt

 :SEARch:EVENt

 :SEARch:COPY

 :SEARch:EDGE: Commands

 :SEARch:SLOPe Commands

 :SEARch:PULSe Commands

 :SEARch:INTerval Commands

 :SEARch:RUNT Commands

www.siglent.com 329 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SEARch
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the switch of the search function.

This query returns the current status of the search function.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the search function.

Command message:
:SEARch ON
SEAR ON

Query message:
SEAR?

Response message:
ON

330 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SEARch:MODE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the mode of search.

The query returns the current mode of search.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:MODE <mode>

<mode>:= {EDGE|SLOPe|PULSE|INTerval|RUNT}

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:MODE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <mode>

<mode>:= {EDGE|SLOPe|PULSE|INTerval|RUNT}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the mode of search to edge

search.

Command message:
:SEARch:MODE EDGE
SEAR:MODE EDGE

Query message:
SEAR:MODE?

Command message:
EDGE

www.siglent.com 331 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SEARch:COUNt
Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the total number of search events in the
current screen.

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:COUNt?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following query returns the number of search events in the
current screen.

Query message:
SEARch:COUNt?
SEAR:COUN?

Response message:
10

332 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SEARch:EVENt
Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the index of the search event in the center of
the screen when the oscilloscope acquisition is stopped.

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:EVENt?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following query returns the central event index.

Query message:
SEARch:EVENt?
SEAR:EVEN?

Response message:
5

www.siglent.com 333 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SEARch:COPY
Command

DESCRIPTION The command synchronizes the search settings with the

trigger settings.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:COPY <operation>

<operation>:= {FROMtrigger|TOTRigger|CANCel}
 FROMtrigger means copy trigger settings to search.
 TOTRigger means copy search settings to trigger.
 CANCel can undo the above two copying operations.

EXAMPLE The following command copies the trigger settings to search.

Command message:
:SEARch:COPY FROMtrigger
SEAR:COPY FROM

334 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SEARch:EDGE Commands

The :SEARch:EDGE subsystem commands control the edge search parameters.

 :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce

 :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe

 :SEARch:EDGE:LEVel

www.siglent.com 335 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SEARch:EDGE:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the search source of the edge search.

The query returns the current search source of the edge

search.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the search source of the edge
search as C1.

Command message:
:SEARch:EDGE:SOURce C1
SEAR:EDGE:SOUR C1

Query message:
SEAR:EDGE:SOUR?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :SEARch:EDGE:LEVel

336 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the slope of the edge search.

The query returns the current slope setting of the edge search.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing|ALTernate}

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing|ALTernate}

EXAMPLE The following command set the rising slope to the edge search.

Command message:
:SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe RISing
SEAR:EDGE:SLOP RIS

Query message:
SEAR:EDGE:SLOP?

Response message:
RISing

www.siglent.com 337 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SEARch:EDGE:LEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the search level of the edge search.

The query returns the current search level value of the edge
search.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:EDGE:LEVel <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS6000L , 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS2000X Plus
, 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:EDGE:LEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the search level of the edge
search to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:SEARch:EDGE:LEVel 5.00E-01
SEAR:EDGE:LEV 5.00E-01

Query message:
SEAR:EDGE:LEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce

338 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SEARch:SLOPe Commands

The :SEARch:SLOPe subsystem commands control the slope search parameters.

 :SEARch:SLOPe:SOURce

 :SEARch:SLOPe:SLOPe

 :SEARch:SLOPe:HLEVel

 :SEARch:SLOPe:LLEVel

 :SEARch:SLOPe:LIMit

 :SEARch:SLOPe:TUPPer

 :SEARch:SLOPe:TLOWer

www.siglent.com 339 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SEARch:SLOPe:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the search source of the slope search.

The query returns the current search source of the slope

search.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:SLOPe:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:SLOPe:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the search source of the slope
search to C2 (channel 2).

Command message:
:SEARch:SLOPe:SOURce C2
SEAR:SLOP:SOUR C2

Query message:
SEAR:SLOP:SOUR?

Response message:
C2

340 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SEARch:SLOPe:SLOPe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the slope of the slope search.

The query returns the current slope of the slope search.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:SLOPe:SLOPe <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing|ALTernate}

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:SLOPe:SLOPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing|ALTernate}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the rising slope of the slope
search.

Command message:
:SEARch:SLOPe:SLOPe RISing
SEAR:SLOP:SLOP RIS

Query message:
SEAR:SLOP:SLOP?

Response message:
RISing

www.siglent.com 341 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SEARch:SLOPe:HLEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the high level of the slope search.

The query returns the current high level of the slope search.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:SLOPe:HLEVel <high_level_value>

<high_level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal

point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS6000L , 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS2000X Plus
, 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

Note:
The high level value cannot be less than the low level value
using by the command :SEARch:SLOPe:LLEVel.

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:SLOPe:HLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <high_level_value>

<high_level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal

point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the high level of the slope search
to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:SEARch:SLOPe:HLEVel 5.00E-01
SEAR:SLOP:HLEV 5.00E-01

Query message:
SEAR:SLOP:HLEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :SEARch:SLOPe:LLEVel

342 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SEARch:SLOPe:LLEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the low level of the slope search.

The query returns the current low level of the slope search.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:SLOPe:LLEVel <low_level_value>

<low_level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal

point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS6000L , 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS2000X Plus
, 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

Note:
The low level value cannot be greater than the low level value
using by the command :SEARch:SLOPe:HLEVel.

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:SLOPe:LLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <low_level_value>

<low_level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal

point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the low level of the slope search
to -0.5 V.

Command message:
:SEARch:SLOPe:LLEVel -5.00E-01
SEAR:SLOP:LLEV -5.00E-01

Query message:
SEAR:SLOP:LLEV?

Response message:
-5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :SEARch:SLOPe:HLEVel

www.siglent.com 343 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SEARch:SLOPe:LIMit
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the limit range type of the slope search.

The query returns the current limit range type of the slope
search.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:SLOPe:LIMit <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:SLOPe:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the limit of the slope search to
LESSthan.

Command message:
:SEARch:SLOPe:LIMit LESSthan
SEAR:SIOP:LIM LESS

Query message:
SEAR:SIOP:LIM?

Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS :SEARch:SLOPe:TUPPer

:SEARch:SLOPe:TLOWer

344 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SEARch:SLOPe:TUPPer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the upper value of the slope search limit
type.

The query returns the current upper value of the slope search
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:SLOPe:TUPPer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value varies by
model, see the table below for details.
Model Value Range
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS2000X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X [2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]

Note:
• The upper value cannot be less than the lower value using
by the command :SEARch:SLOPe:TLOWer.
• The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:SLOPe:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the upper value of the slope
search to 30 ns, when the limit range type is OUTer.

Command message:
:SEARch:SLOPe:TUPPer 3.00E-08
SEAR:SLOP:TUPP 3.00E-08

Query message:
SEAR:SLOP:TUPP?

Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :SEARch:SLOPe:LIMit

:SEARch:SLOPe:TLOWer

www.siglent.com 345 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SEARch:SLOPe:TLOWer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the lower value of the slope search limit
type.

The query returns the current lower value of the slope search
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:SLOPe:TLOWer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value varies by
model, see the table below for details.
Model Value Range
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS2000X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X [2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]

Note:
• The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :SEARch:SLOPe:TUPPer.
• The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:SLOPe:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the lower time of the slope search
to 10 ns.

Command message:
:SEARch:SLOPe:TLOWer 1.00E-08
SEAR:SLOP:TLOW 1.00E-08

Query message:
SEAR:SLOP:TLOW?

Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :SEARch:SLOPe:LIMit

:SEARch:SLOPe:TUPPer

346 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SEARch:PULSe Commands

The :SEARch:PULSe subsystem commands control the pulse search parameters.

 :SEARch:PULSe:SOURce

 :SEARch:PULSe:POLarity

 :SEARch:PULSe:LEVel

 :SEARch:PULSe:LIMit

 :SEARch:PULSe:TUPPer

 :SEARch:PULSe:TLOWer

www.siglent.com 347 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SEARch:PULSe:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the search source of the pulse search.

The query returns the current search source of the pulse

search.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:PULSe:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:PULSe:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the polarity of the pulse search as
channel 2.

Command message:
:SEARch:PULSe:SOURce C2
SEAR:PULS:SOUR C2

Query message:
SEAR:PULS:SOUR?

Response message:
C2

348 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SEARch:PULSe:POLarity
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the polarity of the pulse search.

The query returns the current polarity of the pulse search.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:PULSe:POLarity <polarity_type>

<polarity_type>:= {POSitive|NEGative}

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:PULSe:POLarity?

RESPONSE FORMAT <polarity_type>

<polarity_type>:= {POSitive|NEGative}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the polarity of the pulse search to
POSitive.

Command message:
:SEARch:PULSe:POLarity POSitive
SEAR:PULS:POL POS

Query message:
SEAR:PULS:POL?

Response message:
POSitive

www.siglent.com 349 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SEARch:PULSe:LEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the search level of the pulse search.

The query returns the current search level of the pulse search.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:PULSe:LEVel <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS6000L , 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS2000X Plus
, 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:PULSe:LEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the search level of the pulse
search to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:SEARch:PULSe:LEVel 5.00E-01
SEAR:PULS:LEV 5.00E-01

Query message:
SEAR:PULS:LEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :SEARch:PULSe:SOURce

350 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SEARch:PULSe:LIMit
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the limit range type of the pulse search.

The query returns the current limit range type of the pulse
search.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:PULSe:LIMit <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:PULSe:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the search limit of the pulse
search to inner.

Command message:
:SEARch:PULSe:LIMit INNer
SEAR:PULS:LIM INN

Query message:
SEAR:PULS:LIM?

Response message:
INNer

RELATED COMMANDS :SEARch:PULSe:TUPPer

:SEARch:PULSe:TLOWer

www.siglent.com 351 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SEARch:PULSe:TUPPer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the upper value of the pulse search limit
type.

The query returns the current upper value of the pulse search
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:PULse:TUPPer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.The range of the value varies

by model, see the table below for details.
Model Value Range
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS2000X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X [2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]

Note:
• The upper value cannot be less than the lower value using
by the command :SEARch:PULse:TLOWer.
• The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:PULSe:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLE The following command sets the upper time of the pulse search
to 30 ns.

Command message:
:SEARch:PULSe:TUPPer 3.00E-08
SEAR:PULS:TUPP 3.00E-08

Query message:
SEAR:PULS:TUPP?

Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :SEARch:PULSe:LIMit

:SEARch:PULSe:TLOWer

352 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SEARch:PULSe:TLOWer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the lower value of the pulse search limit
type.

The query returns the current lower value of the pulse search
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:PULSe:TLOWer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value varies by
model, see the table below for details.
Model Value Range
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS2000X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X [2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]

Note:
• The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :SEARch:PULSe:TUPPer.
• The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:PULSe:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the lower time of the pulse search
to 10 ns.

Command message:
:SEARch:PULSe:TLOWer 1.00E-08
SEAR:PULS:TLOW 1.00E-08

Query message:
SEAR:PULS:TLOW?

Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :SEARch:PULSe:LIMit

:SEARch:PULSe:TUPPer

www.siglent.com 353 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SEARch:INTerval Commands

The :SEARch:INTerval subsystem commands control the interval search parameters.

 :SEARch:INTerval:SOURce

 :SEARch:INTerval:SLOPe

 :SEARch:INTerval:LEVel

 :SEARch:INTerval:LIMit

 :SEARch:INTerval:TUPPer

 :SEARch:INTerval:TLOWer

354 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SEARch:INTerval:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the search source of the interval search.

The query returns the current search source of the interval

search.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:INTerval:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:INTerval:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the search source of the interval
search as channel 1.

Command message:
:SEARch:INTerval:SOURce C1
SEAR:INT:SOUR C1

Query message:
SEAR:INT:SOUR?

Response message:
C1

www.siglent.com 355 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SEARch:INTerval:SLOPe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the slope of the interval search.

The query returns the current slope of the interval search.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:INTerval:SLOPe <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:INTerval:SLOPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the rising slope of the interval
search.

Command message:
:SEARch:INTerval:SLOPe RISing
SEAR:INT:SLOP RIS

Query message:
SEAR:INT:SLOP?

Response message:
RISing

356 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SEARch:INTerval:LEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the search level of the interval search.

The query returns the current search level of the interval

search.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:INTerval:LEVel <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS6000L , 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS2000X Plus
, 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:INTerval:LEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLE The following command sets the search level of the interval
search to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:SEARch:INTerval:LEVel 5.00E-01
SEARr:INT:LEV 5.00E-01

Query message:
SEAR:INT:LEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

www.siglent.com 357 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SEARch:INTerval:LIMit
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the limit range type of the interval search.

The query returns the current limit range type of the interval
search.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:INTerval:LIMit <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:INTerval:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the limit of the interval search to
LESSthan.

Command message:
:SEARch:INTerval:LIMit LESSthan
SEAR:INT:LIM LESS

Query message:
SEAR:INT:LIM?

Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS :SEARch:INTerval:TUPPer

:SEARch:INTerval:TLOWer

358 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SEARch:INTerval:TUPPer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the upper value of the interval search limit
type.

The query returns the current upper value of the interval search
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:INTerval:TUPPer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format. The range of the value varies

by model, see the table below for details.
Model Value Range
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS2000X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X [2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]

Note:
• The upper value cannot be less than the lower value using
by the command :SEARch:INTerval:TLOWer.
• The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:INTerval:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <tupper_value>

<tupper_value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the time upper value of the
interval search to 30 ns.

Command message:
:SEARch:INTerval:TUPPer 3.00E-08
SEAR:INT:TUPP 3.00E-08

Query message:
SEAR:INT:TUPP?

Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :SEARch:INTerval:LIMit

:SEARch:INTerval:TLOWer

www.siglent.com 359 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SEARch:INTerval:TLOWer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the lower value of the interval search limit
type.

The query returns the current lower value of the interval search
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:INTerval:TLOWer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format. The range of the value varies

by model, see the table below for details.
Model Value Range
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS2000X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X [2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]

Note:
• The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :SEARch:INTerval:TUPPer.
• The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:INTerval:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLE The following command sets the time lower value of the interval
search to 10 ns.

Command message:
:SEARch:INTerval:TLOWer 1.00E-08
SEAR:INT:TLOW 1.00E-08

Query message:
SEAR:INT:TLOW?

Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :SEARch:INTerval:LIMit

:SEARch:INTerval:TUPPer

360 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SEARch:RUNT Commands

The :SEARch:RUNT subsystem commands control the runt search parameters.

 :SEARch:RUNT:SOURce

 :SEARch:RUNT:POLarity

 :SEARch:RUNT:HLEVel

 :SEARch:RUNT:LLEVel

 :SEARch:RUNT:LIMit

 :SEARch:RUNT:TUPPer

 :SEARch:RUNT:TLOWer

www.siglent.com 361 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SEARch:RUNT:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the search source of the runt search.

The query returns the current search source of the runt search.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:RUNT:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:RUNT:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the search source of the runt
search to channel 2

Command message:
:SEARch:RUNT:SOURce C2
SEAR:RUNT:SOUR C2

Query message:
SEAR:RUNT:SOUR?

Response message:
C2

362 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SEARch:RUNT:POLarity
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the polarity of the runt search.

The query returns the current polarity of the runt search.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:RUNT:POLarity <polarity_type>

<polarity_type>:= {POSitive|NEGative}

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:RUNT:POLarity?

RESPONSE FORMAT <polarity_type>

<polarity_type>:= {POSitive|NEGative}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the polarity of the runt search to
POSitive.

Command message:
:SEARch:RUNT:POLarity POSitive
SEAR:RUNT:POL POS

Query message:
SEAR:RUNT:POL?

Response message:
POSitive

www.siglent.com 363 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SEARch:RUNT:HLEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the high search level of the runt search.

The query returns the current high search level of the runt
search.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:RUNT:HLEVel <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS6000L , 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS2000X Plus
, 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

Note:
The high level value cannot be less than the low level value
using by the command :SEARch:RUNT:LLEVel.

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:RUNT:HLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the high search level of the runt
search to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:SEARch:RUNT:HLEVel 5.00E-01
SEAR:RUNT:HLEV 5.00E-01

Query message:
SEAR:RUNT:HLEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :SEARch:RUNT:LLEVel

364 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SEARch:RUNT:LLEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the low search level of the runt search.

The query returns the current low search level of the runt search.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:RUNT:LLEVel <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

Note:
The low level value cannot be greater than the high level value
using by the command :SEARch:RUNT:HLEVel.

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:RUNT:LLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the low search level of the runt
search to -0.5 V.

Command message:
:SEARch:RUNT:LLEVel - 5.00E-01
SEAR:RUNT:LLEV - 5.00E-01

Query message:
SEAR:RUNT:LLEV?

Response message:
-5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :SEARch:RUNT:HLEVel

www.siglent.com 365 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SEARch:RUNT:LIMit
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the limit range type of the runt search.

The query returns the current limit range type of the runt
search.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:RUNT:LIMit <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:RUNT:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the limit of the runt search to
LESSthan.

Command message:
:SEARch:RUNT:LIMit LESSthan
SEAR:RUNT:LIM LESS

Query message:
SEAR:RUNT:LIM?

Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS :SEARch:RUNT:TUPPer

:SEARch:RUNT:TLOWer

366 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SEARch:RUNT:TUPPer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the upper value of the runt search limit
type.

The query returns the current upper value of the runt search
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:PULse:RUNT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value varies by
model, see the table below for details.
Model Value Range
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS2000X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X [2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]

Note:
• The upper value cannot be less than the lower value using
by the command :SEARch:RUNT:TLOWer.
• The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:RUNT:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the upper time of the runt search
to 30 ns.

Command message:
:SEARch:RUNT:TUPPer 3.00E-08
SEAR:RUNT:TUPP 3.00E-08

Query message:
SEAR:RUNT:TUPP?

Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :SEARch:RUNT:LIMit

:SEARch:RUNT:TLOWer

www.siglent.com 367 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SEARch:RUNT:TLOWer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the lower value of the runt search limit type.

The query returns the current lower value of the runt search
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SEARch:RUNT:TLOWer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value varies by
model, see the table below for details.
Model Value Range
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS2000X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X [2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]

Note:
• The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :SEARch:RUNT:TUPPer.
• The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :SEARch:RUNT:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the lower time of the runt search
to 10 ns.

Command message:
:SEARch:RUNT:TLOWer 1.00E-08
SEAR:RUNT:TLOW 1.00E-08

Query message:
SEAR:RUNT:TLOW?

Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :SEARch:RUNT:LIMit

:SEARch:RUNT:TUPPer

368 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

SYSTem Commands

The :SYSTem subsystem commands control the basic system functions of the oscilloscope.

 :SYSTem:BUZZer

 :SYSTem:CLOCk

 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway

 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress

 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:MAC

 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk

 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TYPE

 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:VNCPort

 :SYSTem:DATE

 :SYSTem:EDUMode

 :SYSTem:MENU

 :SYSTem:NSTorage

 :SYSTem:NSTorage:CONNect

 :SYSTem:NSTorage:DISConnect

 :SYSTem:NSTorage:STATus

 :SYSTem:PON

 :SYSTem:REBoot

 :SYSTem:REMote

 :SYSTem:SELFCal

 :SYSTem:SHUTdown

 :SYSTem:SSAVer

 :SYSTem:TIME

 :SYSTem:TOUCh

www.siglent.com 369 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SYSTem:BUZZer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command the status of the buzzer.

The query returns the current status of the buzzer.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:BUZZer <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:BUZZer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables the oscilloscope buzzer.

Command message:
:SYSTem:BUZZer ON
SYST:BUZZ ON

Query message:
SYST:BUZZ?

Response message:
ON

370 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SYSTem:CLOCk
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the oscilloscope clock source and the state
of the 10 MHz clock output.

The query returns the oscilloscope current clock source and

the state of the 10 MHz clock output.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:CLOCk <source>

<source>:= {EXT|IN_ON|IN_OFF}
 EXT selects the external clock source. The 10 MHz output
will be automatically disabled.
 IN_ON selects the internal clock source and enables the
10 MHz output.
 IN_OFF selects the internal clock source and disables the
10M output.

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:CLOCk?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {EXT|IN_ON|IN_OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the oscilloscope clock source to

inner and turns on the 10 MHz output.

Command message:
:SYSTem:CLOCk IN_ON
SYST:CLOC IN_ON

Query message:
SYST:CLOC?

Response message:
IN_ON

www.siglent.com 371 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command is used to set the gateway of the internal

network of the oscilloscope.

The query returns the gateway of the network.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway <string>

<string>:=quoted string of ASCII text.

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway?

RESPONSE FORMAT <string>

EXAMPLE The following command sets the gateway of the oscilloscope’s

internal network to “10.12.0.1”.

Command message:
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:GATeway "10.12.0.1"
SYST:COMM:LAN:GAT "10.12.0.1"

Query message:
SYST:COMM:LAN:GAT?

Response message:
"10.12.0.1"

RELATED COMMANDS :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TYPE

372 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the IP address of the oscilloscope’s internal

network interface.

The query returns the IP address of the oscilloscope’s internal

network interface.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress <string>

<string>:=quoted string of ASCII text.

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress?

RESPONSE FORMAT <string>

EXAMPLE The following command sets the IP address of the

oscilloscope’s internal network interface to “10.12.255.229”.

Command message:
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:IPADdress "10.12.255.229"
SYST:COMM:LAN:IPAD "10.12.255.229"

Query message:
SYST:COMM:LAN:IPAD?

Response message:
"10.12.255.229"

RELATED COMMANDS :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TYPE

www.siglent.com 373 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:MAC
Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the MAC address of the oscilloscope.

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:MAC?

RESPONSE FORMAT <byte1>:<byte2>:<byte3>:<byte4>:<byte5>:<byte6>

EXAMPLE The following query returns the MAC address of the

oscilloscope.

Query message:
SYST:COMM:LAN:MAC?

Response message:
00:01:D2:0C:00:A0

374 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the subnet mask of the oscilloscope’s

internal network interface.

The query returns the subnet mask of the oscilloscope’s

internal network interface.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASK <string>

<string>:=quoted string of ASCII text.

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASK?

RESPONSE FORMAT <string>

EXAMPLE The following command sets the subnet mask of the

oscilloscope’s internal network interface to “10.12.255.229”.

Command message:
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:SMASk "255.255.0.0"
SYST:COMM:LAN:SMAS "255.255.0.0"

Query message:
SYST:COMM:LAN:SMAS?

Response message:
"255.255.0.0"

RELATED COMMANDS :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TYPE

www.siglent.com 375 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TYPE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the type of LAN configuration settings.

The query returns the current type of the LAN configuration

settings.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TYPE <state>

<state>:= {STATIC|DHCP}
 STATIC means that the Ethernet settings will be configured
manually, using
commands :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress, :SY
STem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASK,
and :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway
 DHCP means that the oscilloscope’s IP address, subnet
mask and gateway settings will be received from a DHCP
server on the local network.

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {STATIC|DHCP}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the type of the LAN configuration
to DHCP.

Command message:
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TYPE DHCP
SYST:COMM:LAN:TYPE DHCP

Query message:
SYST:COMM:LAN:TYPE?

Response message:
DHCP

RELATED COMMANDS :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk

376 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:VNCPort
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the VNC port of the oscilloscope.

The query returns the current VNC port of the oscilloscope.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:COMMunicate:VNCPort <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [5900, 5999].

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:COMMunicate:VNCPort?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the VNC port to 5903.

Command message:
:SYSTem:COMMunicate:VNVPort 5903
SYST:COMM:VNCP 5903

Query message:
SYST:COMM:VNCP?

Response message:
5903

www.siglent.com 377 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SYSTem:DATE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the system date of the oscilloscope.

This query returns the oscilloscope current date.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:DATE <date>

<date>:= 8-digit NR1 format, from high to low, is expressed as

a 4-digit year, 2-digit month, and 2-digit day.

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:DATE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <date>

EXAMPLE The following command sets the oscilloscope current date to

December 20, 2019.

Command message:
:SYSTem:DATE 20191220
SYST:DATE 20190819

Query message:
SYST:DATE?

Response message:
20190819

RELATED COMMANDS :SYSTem:TIME

378 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SYSTem:EDUMode
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the education mode (locks of AutoSetup,

measure and cursors) of the oscilloscope.

The query returns the education mode of the oscilloscope.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:EDUMode <func>,<lock>

<func>:= {AUTOSet|MEASure|CURSor}

<lock>:= {ON|OFF}
 ON means the enable the function.
 OFF means disable the function.

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:EDUMode?

:SYSTem:EDUMode? <func>

Note:
The query without parameters will return the lock status of all
functions.

RESPONSE FORMAT Format 1:

AUTOSet,<lock>;MEASure,<lock>;CURSor,<lock>

Format 2:
<lock>
<lock>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command disables the AutoSetup function.

Command message:
:SYSTem:EDUMode AUTOSet,OFF
SYST:EDUM AUTOS,OFF

Query message:
SYST:EDUM? AUTOS

Response message:
OFF

www.siglent.com 379 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SYSTem:LANGuage
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the oscilloscope language display.

This query returns the oscilloscope language display.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:LANGuage <language>

<language>:=
{SCHinese|TCHinese|ENGLish|FRENch|JAPanese|KORean|D
EUTsch|ESPan|RUSSian|ITALiana|PORTuguese}

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:LANGuage?

RESPONSE FORMAT <language>

<language>:=
{SCHinese|TCHinese|ENGLish|FRENch|JAPanese|KORean|D
EUTsch|ESPan|RUSSian|ITALiana|PORTuguese}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the Oscilloscope language to

English.

Command message:
:SYSTem:LANGuage ENGLish
SYST:LANG ENGL

Query message:
SYST:LANG?

Response message:
ENGLish

380 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SYSTem:MENU
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of the menu.

The query returns the current state of the menu.

Note:
This command is only valid for models with the menu switch.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:MENU <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:MENU?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the menu.

Command message:
:SYSTem:MENU ON
SYST:MENU ON

Query message:
SYST:MENU?

Response message:
ON

www.siglent.com 381 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SYSTem:NSTorage
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command attempts to mount the network drive specified

by the parameters.

This query returns the parameters of the mounted network

drive.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:NSTorage

<path>,<user>,<pwd>,<anon>,<auto_con>,<rem_path>,<rem_
user>,<rem_pwd>

<path>:= Quoted string of the server path to be mounted

<user>:= Quoted string of the user name.
<pwd>:= Quoted string of the user password
<anon>:= Anonymous flag, 1 for ON while 0 for OFF
<auto_con>:= Automatic connection flag, 1 for ON while 0 for
OFF
<rem_path>:= Remember path flag, 1 for ON while 0 for OFF
<rem_user>:= Remember user flag, 1 for ON while 0 for OFF
<rem pwd>:= Remember password flag, 1 for ON while 0 for
OFF

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:NSTorage?

RESPONSE FORMAT <path>,<user>,<pwd>,<anon>,<auto_con>,<rem_path>,<rem_

user>,<rem_pwd>

Note:
For security, the password is always returned “***”.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the network drive mount

information.

Command message:
:SYSTem:NSTorage "//10.12.255.239/nfs","","",0,0,1,0,0
SYST:NST "//10.12.255.239/nfs","","",0,0,1,0,0

Query message:
SYST:NST?

Response message:
"//10.12.255.239/nfs","","***",0,0,1,0,0

382 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SYSTem:NSTorage:CONNect
Command

DESCRIPTION This command attempts to mount the network drive.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:NSTorage:CONNect

EXAMPLE The following command mounts the network drive.

Command message:
:SYSTem:NSTorage:CONNect
SYST:NST:CONN

:SYSTem:NSTorage:DISConnect
Command

DESCRIPTION This command attempts to un-mount the network drive.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:NSTorage:DISConnect

EXAMPLE The following command unmounts the network drive.

Command message:
:SYSTem:NSTorage:DISConnect
SYST:NST:DISC

:SYSTem:NSTorage:STATus
Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the mount status of network drive.

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:NSTorage:STATus?

RESPONSE FORMAT <status>

<status>:= {ON|OFF}.

EXAMPLE The following query returns the mount status of network drive.

Query message:
SYST:NST:STAT?

Response message:
OFF

www.siglent.com 383 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SYSTem:PON
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of the Power-On-Line function.

When enabled, the instrument will reboot automatically if the
power is removed and re-established.

The query returns the current state of the Power-On-Line

function.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:PON <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:PON?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the state of the Power-On-Line to

on.

Command message:
:SYSTem:PON ON
SYST:PON ON

Query message:
SYST:PON?

Response message:
ON

:SYSTem:REBoot
Command

DESCRIPTION The command restarts the oscilloscope.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:REBoot

EXAMPLE The following command restarts the oscilloscope.

Command message:
:SYSTem:REBoot
SYST:REB

RELATED COMMANDS :SYSTem:SHUTdown

384 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SYSTem:REMote
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the status of the remote control. When the
remote control is turned on, the touch screen, the front panel
and the touch screen, front panel and peripheral will be locked,
and there will be a remote prompt on the screen.

This query returns the current status of the remote setting.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:REMote <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:REMote?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables the remote setting.

Command message:
:SYSTem:REMote ON
SYST:REM ON

Query message:
SYST:REM?

Response message:
ON

www.siglent.com 385 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SYSTem:SELFCal
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command instructs the oscilloscope to perform

self-calibration.

The query returns the oscilloscope self-calibration status.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:SELFCal

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:SELFCal?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {DOING|DONE}

EXAMPLE The following command asks for the oscilloscope self-cal

status.

Command message:
:SYSTem:SELFCal
SYST:SELFC

Query message:
SYST:SELFC?

Response message:
DONE

:SYSTem:SHUTdown
Command

DESCRIPTION The command shut down the oscilloscope.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:SHUTdown

EXAMPLE The following command shut down the oscilloscope.

Command message:
:SYSTem:SHUTdown
SYST:SHUT

RELATED COMMANDS :SYSTem:REBoot

386 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SYSTem:SSAVer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command controls the automatic screensaver, which

automatically shuts down the internal color monitor after a
preset time.

The query returns whether the automatic screensaver feature

is on.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:SSAVer <time>

<time>:= {OFF|1MIN|5MIN|10MIN|30MIN|60MIN}

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:SSAVer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <time>

<time>:= {OFF|1MIN|5MIN|10MIN|30MIN|60MIN}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the automatic screensaver to 10

minutes.

Command message:
:SYSTem:SSAVer 10MIN
SYST:SSAV 10MIN

Query message:
SYST:SSAV?

Response message:
10MIN

www.siglent.com 387 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:SYSTem:TIME
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the oscilloscope current time using a

24-hour format.

This query returns the oscilloscope current time.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:TIME <time>

<time>:= 8-digit NR1 format, from high to low, is expressed as
2-digit hour, 2-digit minute, and 2-digit second.

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:TIME?

RESPONSE FORMAT <time>

EXAMPLE The following command sets the current time of the

oscilloscope to 08:10:40.

Command message:
:SYSTem:TIME 081040
SYST:TIME 081040

Query message:
SYST:TIME?

Response message:
081040

RELATED COMMANDS :SYSTem:DATE

388 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:SYSTem:TOUCh
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the status of the touch screen.

The query returns the current status of the touch screen.

COMMAND SYNTAX :SYSTem:TOUCh <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :SYSTem:TOUCh?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command enables the touch setting.

Command message:
:SYSTem:TOUCh ON
SYST:TOUC ON

Query message:
SYST:TOUC?

Response message:
ON

www.siglent.com 389 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

TIMebase Commands

The :TIMEBASE subsystem commands control the horizontal (X-axis) functions. The time per
division, delay, and reference can be controlled for the main and window (zoomed) time bases.

 :TIMebase:DELay

 :TIMebase:REFerence

 :TIMebase:REFerence:POSition

 :TIMebase:SCALe

 :TIMebase:WINDow

 :TIMebase:WINDow:DELay

 :TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe

390 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TIMebase:DELay
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command specifies the main timebase delay. This delay is
the time between the trigger event and the delay reference
point on the screen.

The query returns the current delay value.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TIMebase:DELay <delay_value>

<delay_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is
[-5000div*timebase, 5div*timebase].

QUERY SYNTAX :TIMebase:DELay?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command specifies a 10 us delay of main time

base.

Command message:
:TIMebase:DELay 1.00E-05
TIM:DEL 1.00E-05

Query message:
TIM:DEL?

Response message:
1.00E-05

RELATED COMMANDS :TIMebase:SCALe

www.siglent.com 391 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TIMebase:REFerence
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the strategy for the delay value change in
the horizontal direction when the horizontal scale is changed.

The query returns the current horizontal reference strategy.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TIMebase:REFerence <type>

<type>:= {DELay|POSition}
 DELay means when the time base is changed, the
horizontal delay value remains fixed. As the horizontal
timebase scale is changed, the waveform
expands/contracts around the center of the display.
 POSition means When the time base is changed, the
horizontal delay remains fixed to the grid position on the
display. As the horizontal time base scale is changed, the
waveform expands/contracts around the position of the
horizontal display.

QUERY SYNTAX :TIMebase:REFerence?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {DELay|POSition}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the type of the horizontal

reference to DELay.

Command message:
:TIMebase:REFerence DELay
TIM:REF DEL

Query message:
TIM:REF?

Response message:
DELay

392 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TIMebase:REFerence:POSition
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the horizontal reference center when the
reference strategy is DELay.

The query returns the current horizontal reference center.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TIMebase:REFerence:POSition <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 100].

QUERY SYNTAX :TIMebase:REFerence:POSition?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command changes the horizontal reference

center to 20%.

Command message:
:TIMebase:REFerence:POSition 20
TIM:REF:POS 20

Query message:
TIM:REF:POS?

Response message:
20

RELATED COMMANDS :TIMebase:REFerence

www.siglent.com 393 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TIMebase:SCALe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the horizontal scale per division for the
main window.

The query returns the current horizontal scale setting in

seconds per division for the main window.

Note:
Due to the limitation of the expansion strategy, when the time
base is set from large to small, it will automatically adjust to the
minimum time base that can be set currently.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TIMebase:SCALe <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

Note:
The range of value varies from the models. See the datasheet
for details.

QUERY SYNTAX :TIMebase:SCALe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the horizontal scale to 100 ns/div.

Command message:
:TIMebase:SCALe 1.00E-07
TIM:SCAL 1.00E-07

Query message:
TIM:SCAL?

Response message:
1.00E-07

RELATED COMMANDS :TIMebase:DELay

394 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TIMebase:WINDow
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command turns on or off the zoomed window.

The query returns the state of the zoomed window.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TIMebase:WINDow <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX :TIMebase:WINDow?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the zoomed window.

Command message:
:TIMebase:WINDow ON
TIM:WIND ON

Query message:
TIM:WIND?

Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS :TIMebase:WINDow:DELay

:TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe

www.siglent.com 395 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TIMebase:WINDow:DELay
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the horizontal position in the zoomed view
of the main sweep.

The query returns the current delay value between the zoomed
window and the main sweep.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TIMebase:WINDow:DELay <delay_value>

<delay_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

Note:
• The main sweep range and the main sweep horizontal
position determine the range for the delay value of the
zoomed window. It must keep the zoomed view window
within the main sweep range.
• If you set the delay to a value outside of the legal range,
the delay value is automatically set to the nearest legal
value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TIMebase:WINDow:DELay?

RESPONSE FORMAT <delay_value>

<delay_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets 1 ms delay value to change the

position of the zoomed window.

Command message:
:TIMebase:WINDow:DELay 1.00E-03
TIM:WIND:DEL 1.00E-03

Query message:
TIM:WIND:DEL?

Response message:
1.00E-03

RELATED COMMANDS :TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe

:TIMebase:SCALe
:TIMebase:DELay

396 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the zoomed window horizontal scale

(seconds/division).

The query returns the current zoomed window scale setting.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe <scale_value>

<scale_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

Note:
The scale of the zoomed window cannot be greater than that of
the main window. If you set the value greater than, it will
automatically be set to the same value as the main window.

QUERY SYNTAX :TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <scale_value>

<scale_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets a 1 ms/div horizontal scale for the
zoomed window.

Command message:
:TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe 1.00E-03
TIM:WIND:SCAL 1.00E-03

Query message:
TIM:WIND:SCAL?

Response message:
1.00E-03

RELATED COMMANDS :TIMebase:WINDow:DELay

:TIMebase:SCALe
:TIMebase:DELay

www.siglent.com 397 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

TRIGger Commands

The :TRIGGER subsystem commands control the trigger modes and parameters for each trigger
type.

 :TRIGger:FREQuency

 :TRIGger:MODE

 :TRIGger:RUN

 :TRIGger:STATus

 :TRIGger:STOP

 :TRIGger:TYPE

 :TRIGger:EDGE Commands

 :TRIGger:SLOPe Commands

 :TRIGger:PULSe Commands

 :TRIGger:VIDeo Commands

 :TRIGger:WINDow Commands

 :TRIGger:INTerval Commands

 :TRIGger:DROPout Commands

 :TRIGger:PATTern Commands

 :TRIGger:QUALified Commands

 :TRIGger:DELay Commands

 :TRIGger:NEDGe Commands

 :TRIGger:DELay Commands

 :TRIGger:SHOLd Commands

 :TRIGger:IIC Commands

 :TRIGger:SPI Commands

 :TRIGger:UART Commands

 :TRIGger:CAN Commands

 :TRIGger:LIN Commands

 :TRIGger:FLEXray Commands [Option]

 :TRIGger:CANFd Commands [Option]

 :TRIGger:IIS Commands [Option]

398 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:FREQuency
Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the value of hardware frequency counter in

hertz if available. The default precision of the returned frequeny
is 3 digits, and the maximum valild precision is 7 digits. Use the
command “:FORMat:DATA” to set the data precision.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:FREQuency?

RESPONSE FORMAT <val>

<val>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command returns the value of hardware

frequency counter.

Command message:
:FORMat:DATA CUSTom,7
TRIG:FREQ?

Response message:
1.234561E+04

RELATED COMMANDS :FORMat:DATA

www.siglent.com 399 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:MODE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the mode of the trigger.

The query returns the current mode of trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:MODE <mode>

<mode>:= {SINGle|NORMal|AUTO|FTRIG}
 AUTO: The oscilloscope begins to search for the trigger
signal that meets the conditions. If the trigger signal is
satisfied, the running state on the top left corner of the user
interface shows Trig'd, and the interface shows stable
waveform. Otherwise, the running state always shows
Auto, and the interface shows unstable waveform.
 NORMal: The oscilloscope enters the wait trigger state
and begins to search for trigger signals that meet the
conditions. If the trigger signal is satisfied, the running
state shows Trig'd, and the interface shows stable
waveform. Otherwise, the running state shows Ready, and
the interface displays the last triggered waveform
(previous trigger) or does not display the waveform (no
previous trigger).
 SINGle: The backlight of SINGLE key lights up, the
oscilloscope enters the waiting trigger state and begins to
search for the trigger signal that meets the conditions. If
the trigger signal is satisfied, the running state shows
Trig'd, and the interface shows stable waveform. Then, the
oscilloscope stops scanning, the RUN/STOP key becomes
red, and the running status shows Stop. Otherwise, the
running state shows Ready, and the interface does not
display the waveform.
 FTRIG: Force to acquire a frame regardless of whether the
input signal meets the trigger conditions or not.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:MODE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <mode>

<mode>:= {SINGle|NORMal|AUTO|FTRIG}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the oscilloscope to SINGLE

trigger mode.

Command message:
:TRIGger:MODE SINGle
TRIG:MODE SING

Query message:
TRIG:MODE?

Response message:
SINGle

400 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:RUN
Command

DESCRIPTION The command sets the oscilloscope to run.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUN

EXAMPLE The following command sets the oscilloscope to run.

Command message:
:TRIGger:RUN
TRIG:RUN

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:STOP

:TRIGger:STATus
Query

DESCRIPTION The command query returns the current state of the trigger.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:STATus?

RESPONSE FORMAT <status>

<status>:= {Arm|Ready|Auto|Trig'd|Stop|Roll}

EXAMPLE The following command queries the state of trigger mode.

Query message:
TRIG:STAT?

Response message:
Stop

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:MODE

www.siglent.com 401 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:STOP
Command

DESCRIPTION The command sets the oscilloscope from run to stop.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:STOP

EXAMPLE The following command stops the oscilloscope.

Command message:
:TRIGger:STOP
TRIG:STOP

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:RUN

:TRIGger:TYPE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the type of trigger.

The query returns the current type of trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:TYPE <type>

<type>:= {EDGE|PULSE|SLOPe|INTerval|PATTern|RUNT|
WINDow|DROPout|VIDeo|QUALified|NTHEdge|DELay|SETup
hold|IIC|SPI|UART|LIN|CAN|FLEXray|CANFd|IIS|1553B|SENT
}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {EDGE|PULSE|SLOPe|INTerval|PATTern|RUNT|
WINDow|DROPout|VIDeo|QUALified|NTHEdge|DELay|SETup
hold|IIC|SPI|UART|LIN|CAN|FLEXray|CANFd|IIS|1553B|SENT
}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the type of trigger to edge trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:TYPE EDGE
TRIG:TYPE EDGE

Query message:
TRIG:TYPE?

Command message:
EDGE

402 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:EDGE Commands

The :TRIGGER:EDGE subsystem commands control the edge trigger parameters.

 :TRIGger:EDGE:COUPling

 :TRIGger:EDGE:HLDEVent

 :TRIGger:EDGE:HLDTime

 :TRIGger:EDGE:HOLDoff

 :TRIGger:EDGE:HSTart

 :TRIGger:EDGE:IMPedance

 :TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel

 :TRIGger:EDGE:NREJect

 :TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe

 :TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce

www.siglent.com 403 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:EDGE:COUPling
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the coupling mode of the edge trigger.

The query returns the current coupling mode of the edge

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:COUPling <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}
 DC coupling allows dc and ac signals into the trigger path.
 AC coupling places a high-pass filter in the trigger path,
removing dc offset voltage from the trigger waveform. Use
AC coupling to get a stable edge trigger when your
waveform has a large dc offset.
 HFREJect which is a high-frequency rejection filter that
adds a low-pass filter in the trigger path to remove
high-frequency components from the trigger waveform.
Use the high-frequency rejection filter to remove
high-frequency noise, such as AM or FM broadcast
stations, from the trigger path.
 LFREJect which is a low frequency rejection filter adds a
high-pass filter in series with the trigger waveform to
remove any unwanted low-frequency components from a
trigger waveform, such as power line frequencies, that can
interfere with proper triggering.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:COUPling?

RESPONSE FORMAT <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the coupling mode of the edge
trigger to DC.

Command message:
:TRIGger:EDGE:COUPling DC
TRIG:EDGE:COUP DC

Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:COUP?

Response message:
DC

404 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:EDGE:HLDEVent
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the number of holdoff events of the edge
trigger.

The query returns the current number of holdoff events of the

edge trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:HLDEVent <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 100000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:HLDEVent?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the number of holdoff events of

the edge trigger to 3.

Command message:
:TRIGger:EDGE:HLDEVent 3
TRIG:EDGE:HLDEV 3

Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:HLDEV?

Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:EDGE:HOLDoff

www.siglent.com 405 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:EDGE:HLDTime
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the holdoff time of the edge trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff time of the edge trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:HLDTime <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
[8.00E-09, 3.00E+01]
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS2000X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X [80.00E-09, 1.5E+00]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:HLDTime?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the holdoff time of the edge
trigger to 15 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:EDGE:HLDTime 1.50E-08
TRIG:EDGE:HLDT 1.50E-08

Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:HLDT?

Response message:
1.50E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff

406 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:EDGE:HOLDoff
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the holdoff type of the edge trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff type of the edge trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:HOLDoff <holdoff_type>

<holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}
 OFF means to turn off the holdoff.
 EVENts means the number of trigger events that the
oscilloscope counts before re-arming the trigger circuitry.
 TIME means the amount of time that the oscilloscope
waits before re-arming the trigger circuitry.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:HOLDoff?

RESPONSE FORMAT <holdoff_type>

<holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}

EXAMPLE The following command turns off the holdoff of the edge trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:EDGE:HOLDoff OFF
TRIG:EDGE:HOLD OFF

Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:HOLD?

Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:EDGE:HLDEVent

:TRIGger:EDGE:HLDTime
:TRIGger:EDGE:HSTart

www.siglent.com 407 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:EDGE:HSTart
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command defines the initial position of the edge trigger
holdoff.

The query returns the initial position of the edge trigger holdoff.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:HSTart <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}
 LAST_TRIG means the initial position of holdoff is the first
time point satisfying the trigger condition.
 ACQ_START means the initial position of holdoff is the
time of the last trigger.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:HSTart?

RESPONSE FORMAT <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the start holdoff mode to last
trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:EDGE:HSTart LAST_TRIG
TRIG:EDGE:HST LAST_TRIG

Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:HST?

Response message:
LAST_TRIG

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:EDGE:HOLDoff

408 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:EDGE:IMPedance
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the edge trigger source impedance, which
is only valid when the source is EXT or EXT/5.

The query returns the impedance of external trigger source.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:IMPedance <ohm>

<ohm>:= {ONEMeg|FIFTy}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:IMPedance?

RESPONSE FORMAT <ohm >

<ohm>:= {ONEMeg|FIFTy}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the impedance of ext trigger

source to 50 ohm.

Command message:
:TRIGger:EDGE:IMPedance FIFTy
TRIG:EDGE:IMP FIFT

Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:IMP?

Response message:
FIFTy

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce

www.siglent.com 409 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger level of the edge trigger.

The query returns the current trigger level value of the edge
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS6000L , 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS2000X Plus
, 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger level of the edge
trigger to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:EDGE:LEV 5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:LEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce

410 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:EDGE:NREJect
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of the noise rejection.

The query returns the current state of the noise rejection.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:NREJect <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:NREJect?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on noise rejection.

Command message:
:TRIGger:EDGE:NREJect ON
TRIG:EDGE:NREJ ON

Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:NREJ?

Response message:
ON

www.siglent.com 411 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the slope of the edge trigger.

The query returns the current slope setting of the edge trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing|ALTernate}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing|ALTernate}

EXAMPLE The following command set the rising slope as trigger edge.

Command message:
:TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe RISing
TRIG:EDGE:SLOP RIS

Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:SLOP?

Response message:
RISing

412 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger source of the edge trigger.

The query returns the current trigger source of the edge trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>|EX|EX5|LINE}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>|EX|EX5|LINE}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger source of the edge
trigger as C1.

Command message:
:TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce C1
TRIG:EDGE:SOUR C1

Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:SOUR?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel

www.siglent.com 413 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:SLOPe Commands

The :TRIGGER:SLOPe subsystem commands control the slope trigger parameters.

 :TRIGger:SLOPe:COUPling

 :TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDEVent

 :TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDTime

 :TRIGger:SLOPe:HLEVel

 :TRIGger:SLOPe:HOLDoff

 :TRIGger:SLOPe:HSTart

 :TRIGger:SLOPe:LIMit

 :TRIGger:SLOPe:LLEVel

 :TRIGger:SLOPe:NREJect

 :TRIGger:SLOPe:SLOPe

 :TRIGger:SLOPe:SOURce

 :TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer

 :TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer

414 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:SLOPe:COUPling
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the coupling mode of the slope trigger.

The query returns the current the coupling mode of the slope
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:COUPling <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}
 DC coupling allows dc and ac signals into the trigger path.
 AC coupling places a high-pass filter in the trigger path,
removing dc offset voltage from the trigger waveform. Use
AC coupling to get a stable edge trigger when your
waveform has a large dc offset.
 HFREJect which is a high-frequency rejection filter adds a
low-pass filter in the trigger path to remove high frequency
components from the trigger waveform. Use the
high-frequency reject filter to remove high-frequency
noise, such as AM or FM broadcast stations, from the
trigger path.
 LFREJect which is a low frequency rejection filter adds a
high-pass filter in series with the trigger waveform to
remove any unwanted low frequency components from a
trigger waveform, such as power line frequencies, that can
interfere with proper triggering.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:COUPling?

RESPONSE FORMAT <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the coupling mode of the slope
trigger to DC.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SLOPe:COUPling DC
TRIG:SLOP:COUP DC

Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:COUP?

Response message:
DC

www.siglent.com 415 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDEVent
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the number of holdoff events of the slope
trigger.

The query returns the current number of holdoff events of the

slope trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDEVent <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 100000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDEVent?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the number of holdoff events of

the slope trigger to 3.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDEVent 3
TRIG:SLOP:HLDEV 3

Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:HLDEV?

Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SLOPe:HOLDoff

416 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDTime
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This This command sets the holdoff time of the slope trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff time of the slope trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDTime <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
[8.00E-09, 3.00E+01]
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDTime?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the holdoff time of the slope
trigger to 15 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDTime 1.50E-08
TRIG:SLOP:HLDT 1.50E-08

Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:HLDT?

Response message:
1.50E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SLOPe:HOLDoff

www.siglent.com 417 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the high level of the slope trigger.

The query returns the current high level of the slope trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:HLEVel <high_level_value>

<high_level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal

point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS6000L , 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS2000X Plus
, 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

Note:
The high level value cannot be less than the low level value
using by the command :TRIGger:SLOPe:LLEVel.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:HLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <high_level_value>

<high_level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal

point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the high level of the slope trigger
to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:SLOP:HLEV 5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:HLEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SLOPe:LLEVel

418 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:SLOPe:HOLDoff
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the holdoff type of the slope trigger.

The query returns the curent holdoff type of the slope trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:HOLDoff <holdoff_type>

<holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}
 OFF means to turn off the holdoff
 EVENts means the amount of events that the oscilloscope
counts before re-arming the trigger circuitry
 TIME means the amount of time that the oscilloscope waits
before re-arming the trigger circuitry

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:HOLDoff?

RESPONSE FORMAT <holdoff_type>

< holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}

EXAMPLE The following command turns off the holdoff of the slope trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SLOPe:HOLDoff OFF
TRIG:SLOP:HOLD OFF

Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:HOLD?

Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDTime

:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDEVent
:TRIGger:SLOPe:HSTart

www.siglent.com 419 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:SLOPe:HSTart
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command defines the initial position of the slope trigger
holdoff.

The query returns the initial position of the slope trigger holdoff.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:HSTart <type>

<start_type>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}
 LAST_TRIG means the initial position of holdoff is the first
time point satisfying the trigger condition.
 ACQ_START means the initial position of holdoff is the
time of the last trigger.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:HSTart?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the start holdoff mode to

LAST_TRIG (last trigger).

Command message:
:TRIGger:SLOPe:HSTart LAST_TRIG
TRIG:SLOP:HST LAST_TRIG

Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:HST?

Response message:
LAST_TRIG

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SLOPe:HOLDoff

420 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:SLOPe:LIMit
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the limit range type of the slope trigger.

The query returns the current limit range type of the slope
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:LIMit <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the limit of the slope trigger to
LESSthan.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SLOPe:LIMit LESSthan
TRIG:SIOP:LIM LESS

Query message:
TRIG:SIOP:LIM?

Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer

:TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer

www.siglent.com 421 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:SLOPe:LLEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the low level of the slope trigger.

The query returns the current low level of the slope trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:LLEVel <low_level_value>

<low_level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal

point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS6000L , 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS2000X Plus
, 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

Note:
The low level value cannot be greater than the low level value
using by the command :TRIGger:SLOPe:HLEVel.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:LLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <low_level_value>

<low_level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal

point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the low level of the slope trigger to
-0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SLOPe:LLEVel -5.00E-01
TRIG:SLOP:LLEV -5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:LLEV?

Response message:
-5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SLOPe:HLEVel

422 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:SLOPe:NREJect
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of noise rejection.

The query returns the current state of noise rejection.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:NREJect <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:NREJect?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the noise rejection.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SLOPe:NREJect ON
TRIG:SLOP:NREJ ON

Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:NREJ?

Response message:
ON

www.siglent.com 423 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:SLOPe:SLOPe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the slope of the slope trigger.

The query returns the current slope of the slope trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:SLOPe <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing|ALTernate}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:SLOPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing|ALTernate}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the rising slope of the slope
trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SLOPe:SLOPe RISing
TRIG:SLOP:SLOP RIS

Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:SLOP?

Response message:
RISing

424 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:SLOPe:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger source of the slope trigger.

The query returns the current trigger source of the slope trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger source of the slope
trigger to C2 (channel 2).

Command message:
:TRIGger:SLOPe:SOURce C2
TRIG:SLOP:SOUR C2

Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:SOUR?

Response message:
C2

www.siglent.com 425 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the lower value of the slope trigger limit
type.

The query returns the current lower value of the slope trigger
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value varies by
model, see the table below for details.
Model Value Range
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS2000X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X [2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]

Note:
• The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer.
• The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the lower time of the slope trigger
to 10 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer 1.00E-08
TRIG:SLOP:TLOW 1.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:TLOW?

Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SLOPe:LIMit

:TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer

426 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the upper value of the slope trigger limit
type.

The query returns the current upper value of the slope trigger
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value varies by
model, see the table below for details.
Model Value Range
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS2000X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X [2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]

Note:
• The upper value cannot be less than the lower value using
by the command :TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer.
• The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the upper value of the slope
trigger to 30 ns, when the limit range type is OUTer.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer 3.00E-08
TRIG:SLOP:TUPP 3.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:TUPP?

Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SLOPe:LIMit

:TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer

www.siglent.com 427 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:PULSe Commands

The :TRIGGER:PULSe subsystem commands control the pulse trigger parameters.

 :TRIGger:PULSe:COUPling

 :TRIGger:PULSe:HLDEVent

 :TRIGger:PULSe:HLDTime

 :TRIGger:PULSe:HOLDoff

 :TRIGger:PULSe:HSTart

 :TRIGger:PULSe:LEVel

 :TRIGger:PULSe:LIMit

 :TRIGger:PULSe:NREJect

 :TRIGger:PULSe:POLarity

 :TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce

 :TRIGger:PULSe:TLOWer

 :TRIGger:PULSe:TUPPer

428 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:PULSe:COUPling
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the coupling mode of the pulse trigger.

The query returns the coupling mode of the pulse trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:COUPling <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}
 DC coupling allows dc and ac signals into the trigger path.
 AC coupling places a high-pass filter in the trigger path,
removing dc offset voltage from the trigger waveform. Use
AC coupling to get a stable edge trigger when your
waveform has a large dc offset.
 HFREJect which is a high-frequency rejection filter adds a
low-pass filter in the trigger path to remove high frequency
components from the trigger waveform. Use the
high-frequency rejection filter to remove high-frequency
noise, such as AM or FM broadcast stations, from the
trigger path.
 LFREJect which is a low frequency rejection filter adds a
high-pass filter in series with the trigger waveform to
remove any unwanted low frequency components from a
trigger waveform, such as power line frequencies, that can
interfere with proper triggering.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:COUPling?

RESPONSE FORMAT <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}

EXAMPLE The following command sets coupling mode of the pulse trigger
to DC.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PULSe:COUPling DC
TRIG:PULS:COUP DC

Query message:
TRIG:PULS:COUP?

Response message:
DC

www.siglent.com 429 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:PULSe:HLDEVent
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the number of holdoff events of the pulse
trigger.

The query returns the current number of holdoff events of the

pulse trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:HLDEVent <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 100000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:HLDEVent?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the number of holdoff events of

the pulse trigger to 3.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PULSe:HLDEVent 3
TRIG:PULS:HLDEV 3

Query message:
TRIG:PULS:HLDEV?

Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PULSe:HOLDoff

430 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:PULSe:HLDTime
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This This command sets the holdoff time of the pulse trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff time of the pulse trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:HLDTime <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
[8.00E-09, 3.00E+01]
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:HLDTime?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the holdoff time of the pulse
trigger to 15 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PULSe:HLDTime 1.50E-08
TRIG:PULS:HLDT 1.50E-08

Query message:
TRIG:PULS:HLDT?

Response message:
1.50E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PULSe:HOLDoff

www.siglent.com 431 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:PULSe:HOLDoff
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the holdoff type of the pulse trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff type of the pulse trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:HOLDoff <holdoff_type>

<holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}
 OFF means to turn off the holdoff.
 EVENts means the amount of events that the oscilloscope
counts before re-arming the trigger circuitry.
 TIME means the amount of time that the oscilloscope waits
before re-arming the trigger circuitry.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:HOLDoff?

RESPONSE FORMAT <holdoff_type>

< holdoff_type >:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}

EXAMPLE The following command turns off the holdoff of the pulse trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PULSe:HOLDoff OFF
TRIG:PULS:HOLD OFF

Query message:
TRIG:PULS:HOLD?

Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PULSe:HLDEVent

:TRIGger:PULSe:HLDTime
:TRIGger:PULSe:HSTart

432 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:PULSe:HSTart
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command defines the initial position of the pulse trigger
holdoff.

The query returns the initial position of the pulse trigger holdoff.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:HSTart <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}
 LAST_TRIG means the initial position of holdoff is the first
time point satisfying the trigger condition.
 ACQ_START means the initial position of holdoff is the
time of the last trigger.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:HSTart?

RESPONSE FORMAT <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the start holdoff mode of pulse
trigger to LAST_TRIG (last trigger).

Command message:
:TRIGger:PULSe:HSTart LAST_TRIG
TRIG:PULS:HST LAST_TRIG

Query message:
TRIG:PULS:HST?

Response message:
LAST_TRIG

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PULSe:HOLDoff

www.siglent.com 433 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:PULSe:LEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger level of the pulse trigger.

The query returns the current trigger level of the pulse trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:LEVel <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS6000L , 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS2000X Plus
, 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:LEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger level of the pulse
trigger to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PULSe:LEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:PULS:LEV 5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:PULS:LEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce

434 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:PULSe:LIMit
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the limit range type of the pulse trigger.

The query returns the current limit range type of the pulse
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:LIMit <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger limit of the pulse trigger
to inner.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PULSe:LIMit INNer
TRIG:PULS:LIM INN

Query message:
TRIG:PULS:LIM?

Response message:
INNer

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PULSe:TLOWer

:TRIGger:PULSe:TUPPer

www.siglent.com 435 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:PULSe:NREJect
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of noise rejection.

The query returns the current state of the noise rejection

function.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:NREJect <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:NREJect?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on noise rejection.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PULSe:NREJect ON
TRIG:PULS:NREJ ON

Query message:
TRIG:PULS:NREJ?

Response message:
ON

436 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:PULSe:POLarity
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the polarity of the pulse trigger.

The query returns the current polarity of the pulse trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:POLarity <polarity_type>

<polarity_type>:= {POSitive|NEGative}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:POLarity?

RESPONSE FORMAT <polarity_type>

<polarity_type>:= {POSitive|NEGative}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the polarity of the pulse trigger to
POSitive.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PULSe:POLarity POSitive
TRIG:PULS:POL POS

Query message:
TRIG:PULS:POL?

Response message:
POSitive

www.siglent.com 437 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger source of the pulse trigger.

The query returns the current trigger source of the pulse trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the polarity of the pulse trigger as
channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce C2
TRIG:PULS:SOUR C2

Query message:
TRIG:PULS:SOUR?

Response message:
C2

438 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:PULSe:TLOWer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the lower value of the pulse trigger limit
type.

The query returns the current lower value of the pulse trigger
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:TLOWer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value varies by
model, see the table below for details.
Model Value Range
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS2000X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X [2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]

Note:
• The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :TRIGger:PULSe:TUPPer.
• The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the lower time of the pulse trigger
to 10 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PULSe:TLOWer 1.00E-08
TRIG:PULS:TLOW 1.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:PULS:TLOW?

Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PULSe:LIMit

:TRIGger:PULSe:TUPPer

www.siglent.com 439 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:PULSe:TUPPer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the upper value of the pulse trigger limit
type.

The query returns the current upper value of the pulse trigger
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULse:TUPPer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.The range of the value varies

by model, see the table below for details.
Model Value Range
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS2000X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X [2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]

Note:
• The upper value cannot be less than the lower value using
by the command :TRIGger:PULse:TLOWer.
• The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULSe:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLE The following command sets the upper time of the pulse trigger
to 30 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PULSe:TUPPer 3.00E-08
TRIG:PULS:TUPP 3.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:PULS:TUPP?

Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PULSe:LIMit

:TRIGger:PULSe:TLOWer

440 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:VIDeo Commands

The :TRIGGER:VIDeo subsystem commands control the video trigger parameters.

 :TRIGger:VIDeo:FCNT

 :TRIGger:VIDeo:FIELd

 :TRIGger:VIDeo:FRATe

 :TRIGger:VIDeo:INTerlace

 :TRIGger:VIDeo:LCNT

 :TRIGger:VIDeo:LEVel

 :TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE

 :TRIGger:VIDeo:SOURce

 :TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard

 :TRIGger:VIDeo:SYNC

www.siglent.com 441 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:VIDeo:FCNT
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the fields of the custom video trigger.

The query returns the current fields of the custom video trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:FCNT <field_cnt>

<field_cnt>:= {1|2|4|8}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:FCNT?

RESPONSE FORMAT <field_cnt>

<field_cnt>:= {1|2|4|8}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the fields of the custom video
trigger to 8.

Command message:
:TRIGger:VIDeo:FCNT 8
TRIG:VID:FCNT 8

Query message:
TRIG:VID:FCNT?

Response message:
8

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard

442 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:VIDeo:FIELd
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the synchronous trigger field when the
video standard is NTSC, PAL, 1080i/50 or 1080i/60.

The query returns the current synchronous trigger field when

the video standard is NTSC, PAL, 1080i/50 or 1080i/60.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:FIELd <field>

<field>:= {1|2}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:FIELd?

RESPONSE FORMAT <field>

<field>:= {1|2}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the synchronous trigger field to

field 2 when the video standard is NTSC.

Command message:
:TRIGger:VIDeo:FIELd 2
TRIG:VID:FIEL 2

Query message:
TRIG:VID:FIEL?

Response message:
2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard

:TRIGger:VIDeo:SYNC

www.siglent.com 443 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:VIDeo:FRATe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the frame rate of the custom video trigger.

The query returns the current frame rate of the custom video
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:FRATe <frate>

<frate>:= {25Hz|30Hz|50Hz|60Hz}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:FRATe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <frate>

<frate>:= {25Hz|30Hz|50Hz|60Hz}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the frame rate of the custom video
trigger to 50Hz.

Command message:
:TRIGger:VIDeo:FRATe 50Hz
TRIG:VID:FRAT 50Hz

Query message:
TRIG:VID:FRAT?

Response message:
50Hz

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard

444 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:VIDeo:INTerlace
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the interlace of the custom video trigger.

The query returns the current interlace of the custom video

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:INTerlace <interlace>

<interlace>:= {1|2|4|8}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:INTerlace?

RESPONSE FORMAT <interlace>

<interlace>:= {1|2|4|8}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the interlace of the custom video
trigger to 8:1.

Command message:
:TRIGger:VIDeo:INTerlace 8
TRIG:VID:INT 8

Query message:
TRIG:VID:INT?

Response message:
8

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard

www.siglent.com 445 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:VIDeo:LCNT
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the lines of the custom video trigger.

The query returns the current of lines of the custom video

trigger.

If the "Of Lines" is set to 800, the correct relationship between

the interface, of fields, trigger line and trigger field is as follows:

Of Of Trigger
Interlace Trigger Field
Lines Fields Line
800 1:1 1 800 1

800 2:1 1/2/4/8 400 1/1~2/1~4/1~8

800 4:1 1/2/4/8 300 1/1~2/1~4/1~8

800 8:1 1/2/4/8 100 1/1~2/1~4/1~8

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:LCNT <line_cnt>

<line_cnt>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [300, 2000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:LCNT?

RESPONSE FORMAT <line_cnt>

<line_cnt>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the lines of the custom video
trigger to 500.

Command message:
:TRIGger:VIDeo:LCNT 500
TRIG:VID:LCNT 500

Query message:
TRIG:VID:LCNT?

Response message:
500

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard

446 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:VIDeo:LEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger level of the video trigger.

The query returns the current trigger level of the video trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:LEVel <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offse
SDS6000A t,
SDS6000L 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X [-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offse
SDS2000X Plus t,
SDS2000X HD 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:LEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger level of the video
trigger to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:VIDeo:LEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:VID:LEV 5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:VID:LEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

www.siglent.com 447 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the synchronous trigger line when the video
standard is not custom.

The query returns the current synchronous trigger line when

the video standard is not custom.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE <line>

<line>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

The following table shows the corresponding relations between

line and field for all video standards(except for custom)
Standard Field 1 Field 2
NTSC [1, 263] [1, 262]
PAL [1, 313] [1, 312]
HDTV 720P/50,
[1, 750]
720P/60
HDTV 1080P/50,
[1, 1125]
1080P/60
HDTV 1080i/50,
[1, 563] [1, 562]
1080i/60

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <line>

<line>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the synchronous trigger line to 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE 2
TRIG:VID:LINE 2

Query message:
TRIG:VID:LINE?

Response message:
2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard

:TRIGger:VIDeo:SYNC

448 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:VIDeo:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger source of the video trigger.

The query returns the current trigger source of the video trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger source of the video
trigger to channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:VIDeo:SOURce C2
TRIG:VID:SOUR C2

Query message:
TRIG:VID:SOUR?

Response message:
C2

www.siglent.com 449 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the standard of the video trigger.

The query returns the current standard of the video trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard <standard>

<standard>:=
{NTSC|PAL|P720L50|P720L60|P1080L50|P1080L60|I1080L50
|I1080L60|CUSTom}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard?

RESPONSE FORMAT <standard>

<standard>:=
{NTSC|PAL|P720L50|P720L60|P1080L50|P1080L60|I1080L50
|I1080L60|CUSTom}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the standard of the video trigger
to NTSC.

Command message:
:TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard NTSC
TRIG:VID:STAN NTSC

Query message:
TRIG:VID:STAN?

Response message:
NTSC

450 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:VIDeo:SYNC
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the sync mode of the video trigger.

The query returns the current sync mode of the video trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:SYNC <sync>

<sync>:= {SELect|ANY}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:VIDeo:SYNC?

RESPONSE FORMAT <sync>

<sync>:= {SELect|ANY}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the sync mode of the video trigger
to select.

Command message:
:TRIGger:VIDeo:SYNC SELect
TRIG:VID:SYNC SEL

Query message:
TRIG:VID:SYNC?

Response message:
SELect

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard

:TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE
:TRIGger:VIDeo:FIELd

www.siglent.com 451 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:WINDow Commands

The :TRIGGER:WINDow subsystem commands control the window trigger parameters.

 :TRIGger:WINDow:CLEVel

 :TRIGger:WINDow:COUPling

 :TRIGger:WINDow:DLEVel

 :TRIGger:WINDow:HLDEVent

 :TRIGger:WINDow:HLDTime

 :TRIGger:WINDow:HLEVel

 :TRIGger:WINDow:HOLDoff

 :TRIGger:WINDow:HSTart

 :TRIGger:WINDow:LLEVel

 :TRIGger:WINDow:NREJect

 :TRIGger:WINDow:SOURce

 :TRIGger:WINDow:TYPE

452 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:WINDow:CLEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the center level of the window trigger.

The query returns the current center level of the window trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:CLEVel <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS6000L , 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS2000X Plus
, 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:CLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLE The following command sets the center level of the window
trigger to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:WINDow:CLEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:WIND:CLEV 5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:WIND:CLEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:WINDow:DLEVel

www.siglent.com 453 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:WINDow:COUPling
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the coupling mode of the window trigger.

The query returns the current coupling mode of the window

trigger

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:COUPling <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}
 DC coupling allows dc and ac signals into the trigger path.
 AC coupling places a high-pass filter in the trigger path,
removing dc offset voltage from the trigger waveform. Use
AC coupling to get a stable edge trigger when your
waveform has a large dc offset.
 HFREJect which is a high-frequency rejection filter adds a
low-pass filter in the trigger path to remove high-frequency
components from the trigger waveform. Use the high
frequency rejection filter to remove high-frequency noise,
such as AM or FM broadcast stations, from the trigger
path.
 LFREJect which is a low frequency rejection filter adds a
high-pass filter in series with the trigger waveform to
remove any unwanted low frequency components from a
trigger waveform, such as power line frequencies, that can
interfere with proper triggering.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:COUPling?

RESPONSE FORMAT <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the coupling mode of the window
trigger to DC.

Command message:
:TRIGger:WINDow:COUPling DC
TRIG:WIND:COUP DC

Query message:
TRIG:WIND:COUP?

Response message:
DC

454 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:WINDow:DLEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the delta level of window trigger.

The query returns the current delta level of window trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:DLEVel <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS6000L , 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS2000X Plus
, 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:DLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the delta level of window trigger to
0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:WINDow:DLEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:WIND:DLEV 5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:WIND:DLEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:WINDow:CLEVel

www.siglent.com 455 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:WINDow:HLDEVent
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the number of holdoff events of the window
trigger.

The query returns the current number of holdoff events of the

window trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:HLDEVent <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 100000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:HLDEVent?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the number of holdoff events of

the window trigger to 3.

Command message:
:TRIGger:WINDow:HLDEVent 3
TRIG:WIND:HLDEV 3

Query message:
TRIG:WIND:HLDEV?

Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:WINDow:HOLDoff

456 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:WINDow:HLDTime
Command/Query
DESCRIPTION This This command sets the holdoff time of the window trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff time of the window trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:HLDTime <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
[8.00E-09, 3.00E+01]
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:HLDTime?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the holdoff time of the window
trigger to 15 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:WINDow:HLDTime 1.50E-08
TRIG:WIND:HLDT 1.50E-08

Query message:
TRIG:WIND:HLDT?

Response message:
1.50E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:WINDow:HOLDoff

www.siglent.com 457 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:WINDow:HLEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the high trigger level of window trigger.

The query returns the current high trigger level of window

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:HLEVel <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS6000L , 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS2000X Plus
, 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

Note:
The high level value cannot be less than the low level value
using by the command :TRIGger:WINDow:LLEVel.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:HLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLE The following command sets the high trigger level of window
trigger to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:WINDow:HLEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:WIND:HLEV 5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:WIND:HLEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:WINDow:LLEVel

458 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:WINDow:HOLDoff
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the holdoff type of the window trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff type of the window trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:HOLDoff <holdoff_type>

<holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}
 OFF means to turn off the holdoff.
 EVENts means the amount of events that the oscilloscope
counts before re-arming the trigger circuitry.
 TIME means the amount of time that the oscilloscope waits
before re-arming the trigger circuitry.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:HOLDoff?

RESPONSE FORMAT <holdoff_type>

< holdoff_type >:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}

EXAMPLE The following command turns off the holdoff of the window
trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:WINDow:HOLDoff OFF
TRIG:WIND:HOLD OFF

Query message:
TRIG:WIND:HOLD?

Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:WINDow:HLDEVent

:TRIGger:WINDow:HLEVel
:TRIGger:WINDow:HSTart

www.siglent.com 459 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:WINDow:HSTart
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command defines the initial position of the window trigger
holdoff.

The query returns the initial position of the window trigger

holdoff.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:HSTart <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}
 LAST_TRIG means the initial position of holdoff is the first
time point satisfying the trigger condition.
 ACQ_START means the initial position of holdoff is the time
of the last trigger.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:HSTart?

RESPONSE FORMAT <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the start holdoff mode to

LAST_TRIG (last trigger).

Command message:
:TRIGger:WINDow:HSTart LAST_TRIG
TRIG:WIND:HST LAST_TRIG

Query message:
TRIG:PULS:HST?

Response message:
LAST_TRIG

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:WINDow:HOLDoff

460 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:WINDow:LLEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the low trigger level of the window trigger.

The query returns the current low trigger level of the window
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:LLEVel <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

Note:
The low level value cannot be greater than the high level value
using by the command :TRIGger:WINDow:HLEVel.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:LLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLE The following command sets the low trigger level of runt trigger
to -0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:WINDowLLEVel -5.00E-01
TRIG:WIND:LLEV -5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:WIND:LLEV?

Response message:
-5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:WINDow:HLEVel

www.siglent.com 461 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:WINDow:NREJect
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command the state of noise reject.

The query returns the current state of noise reject.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:NREJect <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:NREJect?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the noise rejection.

Command message:
:TRIGger:WINDow:NREJect ON
TRIG:WIND:NREJ ON

Query message:
TRIG:WIND:NREJ?

Response message:
ON

462 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:WINDow:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger source of the window trigger.

The query returns the current trigger source of the window

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger source of the window
trigger to channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:WINDow:SOURce C2
TRIG:WIND:SOUR C2

Query message:
TRIG:WIND:SOUR?

Response message:
C2

www.siglent.com 463 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:WINDow:TYPE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the window type of the window trigger.

The query returns the current window type of the window

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:TYPE <type>

<type>:= {ABSolute|RELative}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:WINDow:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {ABSolute|RELative}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the absolute type to window

trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:WINDow:TYPE ABSolute
TRIG:WIND:TYPE ABS

Query message:
TRIG:WIND:TYPE?

Response message:
ABSolute

464 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:INTerval Commands

The :TRIGGER:INTerval subsystem commands control the interval trigger parameters.

 :TRIGger:INTerval:COUPling

 :TRIGger:INTerval:HLDEVent

 :TRIGger:INTerval:HLDTime

 :TRIGger:INTerval:HOLDoff

 :TRIGger:INTerval:HSTart

 :TRIGger:INTerval:LEVel

 :TRIGger:INTerval:LIMit

 :TRIGger:INTerval:NREJect

 :TRIGger:INTerval:SLOPe

 :TRIGger:INTerval:SOURce

 :TRIGger:INTerval:TLOWer

 :TRIGger:INTerval:TUPPer

www.siglent.com 465 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:INTerval:COUPling
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the coupling mode of the interval trigger.

The query returns the current coupling mode of the interval

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:COUPling <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}
 DC coupling allows dc and ac signals into the trigger path.
 AC coupling places a high-pass filter in the trigger path,
removing dc offset voltage from the trigger waveform. Use
AC coupling to get a stable edge trigger when your
waveform has a large dc offset.
 HFREJect which is a high-frequency rejection filter adds a
low-pass filter in the trigger path to remove high-frequency
components from the trigger waveform. Use the
high-frequency reject filter to remove high-frequency
noise, such as AM or FM broadcast stations, from the
trigger path.
 LFREJect which is a low frequency rejection filter adds a
high-pass filter in series with the trigger waveform to
remove any unwanted low frequency components from a
trigger waveform, such as power line frequencies, that can
interfere with proper triggering.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:COUPling?

RESPONSE FORMAT <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the coupling mode of the interval
trigger to DC.

Command message:
:TRIGger:INTerval:COUPling DC
TRIG:INT:COUP DC

Query message:
TRIG:INT:COUP?

Response message:
DC

466 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:INTerval:HLDEVent
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the number of holdoff events of the interval
trigger.

The query returns the current number of holdoff events of the

interval trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:HLDEVent <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 100000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:HLDEVent?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the number of holdoff events of the
interval trigger to 3.

Command message:
:TRIGger:INTerval:HLDEVent 3
TRIG:INT:HLDEV 3

Query message:
TRIG:INT:HLDEV?

Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:INTerval:HOLDoff

www.siglent.com 467 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:INTerval:HLDTime
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This This command sets the holdoff time of the interval trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff time of the interval trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:HLDTime <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
[8.00E-09, 3.00E+01]
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:HLDTime?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLE The following command sets the holdoff time of the interval
trigger to 15 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:INTerval:HLDTime 1.50E-08
TRIG:INT:HLDT 1.50E-08

Query message:
TRIG:INT:HLDT?

Response message:
1.50E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:INTerval:HOLDoff

468 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:INTerval:HOLDoff
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the holdoff type of the interval trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff type of the interval trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:HOLDoff <holdoff_type>

<holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}
 OFF means to turn off the holdoff.
 EVENts means the amount of events that the oscilloscope
counts before re-arming the trigger circuitry
 TIME means the amount of time that the oscilloscope waits
before re-arming the trigger circuitry.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:HOLDoff?

RESPONSE FORMAT <holdoff_type>

< holdoff_type >:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}

EXAMPLE The following command turns off the holdoff of the interval
trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:INTerval:HOLDoff OFF
TRIG:INT:HOLD OFF

Query message:
TRIG:INT:HOLD?

Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:INTerval:HLDEVent

:TRIGger:INTerval:HLDTime
:TRIGger:INTerval:HSTart

www.siglent.com 469 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:INTerval:HSTart
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the start holdoff mode of the interval trigger.

The query returns the current start holdoff mode of the interval
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:HSTart <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}
LAST_TRIG means the initial position of holdoff is the first time
point satisfying the trigger condition.
ACQ_START means the initial position of holdoff is the time of
the last trigger.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:HSTart?

RESPONSE FORMAT <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the start holdoff mode of the
interval trigger as LAST_TRIG (last trigger).

Command message:
:TRIGger:INTerval:HSTart LAST_TRIG
TRIG:INT:HST LAST_TRIG

Query message:
TRIG:INT:HST?

Response message:
LAST_TRIG

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:INTerval:HOLDoff

470 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:INTerval:LEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger level of the interval trigger.

The query returns the current trigger level of the interval trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:LEVel <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS6000L , 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS2000X Plus
, 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:LEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger level of the interval
trigger to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:INTerval:LEVel 5.00E-01
TRIGr:INT:LEV 5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:INT:LEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

www.siglent.com 471 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:INTerval:LIMit
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the limit range type of the interval trigger.

The query returns the current limit range type of the interval
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:LIMit <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the limit of the interval trigger to
LESSthan.

Command message:
:TRIGger:INTerval:LIMit LESSthan
TRIG:INT:LIM LESS

Query message:
TRIG:INT:LIM?

Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:INTerval:TLOWer

:TRIGger:INTerval:TUPPer

472 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:INTerval:NREJect
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of the noise rejection.

The query returns the current state of the noise rejection

function.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:NREJect <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:NREJect?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the noise rejection.

Command message:
:TRIGger:INTerval:NREJect ON
TRIG:INT:NREJ ON

Query message:
TRIG:INT:NREJ?

Response message:
ON

www.siglent.com 473 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:INTerval:SLOPe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the slope of the interval trigger.

The query returns the current slope of the interval trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:SLOPe <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:SLOPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the rising slope of the interval
trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:INTerval:SLOPe RISing
TRIG:INT:SLOP RIS

Query message:
TRIG:INT:SLOP?

Response message:
RISing

474 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:INTerval:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger source of the interval trigger.

The query returns the current trigger source of the interval

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger source of the interval
trigger as channel 1.

Command message:
:TRIGger:INTerval:SOURce C1
TRIG:INT:SOUR C1

Query message:
TRIG:INT:SOUR?

Response message:
C1

www.siglent.com 475 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:INTerval:TLOWer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the lower value of the interval trigger limit
type.

The query returns the current lower value of the interval trigger
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:TLOWer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format. The range of the value varies

by model, see the table below for details.
Model Value Range
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS2000X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X [2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]

Note:
• The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :TRIGger:INTerval:TUPPer.
• The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLE The following command sets the time lower value of the interval
trigger to 10 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:INTerval:TLOWer 1.00E-08
TRIG:INT:TLOW 1.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:INT:TLOW?

Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:INTerval:LIMit

:TRIGger:INTerval:TUPPer

476 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:INTerval:TUPPer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the upper value of the interval trigger limit
type.

The query returns the current upper value of the interval trigger
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:TUPPer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format. The range of the value varies

by model, see the table below for details.
Model Value Range
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS2000X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X [2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]

Note:
• The upper value cannot be less than the lower value using
by the command :TRIGger:INTerval:TLOWer.
• The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:INTerval:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <tupper_value>

<tupper_value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the time upper value of the
interval trigger to 30 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:INTerval:TUPPer 3.00E-08
TRIG:INT:TUPP 3.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:INT:TUPP?

Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:INTerval:LIMit

:TRIGger:INTerval:TLOWer

www.siglent.com 477 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:DROPout Commands

The :TRIGGER:DROPout subsystem commands control the dropout trigger parameters.

 :TRIGger:DROPout:COUPling

 :TRIGger:DROPout:HLDEVent

 :TRIGger:DROPout:HLDTime

 :TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff

 :TRIGger:DROPout:HSTart

 :TRIGger:DROPout:LEVel

 :TRIGger:DROPout:NREJect

 :TRIGger:DROPout:SLOPe

 :TRIGger:DROPout:SOURce

 :TRIGger:DROPout:TIME

 :TRIGger:DROPout:TYPE

478 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:DROPout:COUPling
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the coupling mode of the dropout trigger.

The query returns the current coupling mode of the dropout

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:COUPling <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}
 DC coupling allows dc and ac signals into the trigger path.
 AC coupling places a high-pass filter in the trigger path,
removing dc offset voltage from the trigger waveform. Use
AC coupling to get a stable edge trigger when your
waveform has a large dc offset.
 HFREJect which is a high-frequency rejection filter adds a
low-pass filter in the trigger path to remove high-frequency
components from the trigger waveform. Use the
high-frequency rejection filter to remove high-frequency
noise, such as AM or FM broadcast stations, from the
trigger path.
 LFREJect which is a low frequency rejection filter adds a
high-pass filter in series with the trigger waveform to
remove any unwanted low frequency components from a
trigger waveform, such as power line frequencies, that can
interfere with proper triggering.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:COUPling?

RESPONSE FORMAT <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}

EXAMPLE The following command sets coupling mode of the dropout

trigger to DC.

Command message:
:TRIGger:DROPout:COUPling DC
TRIG:DROP:COUP DC

Query message:
TRIG:DROP:COUP?

Response message:
DC

www.siglent.com 479 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:DROPout:HLDEVent
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the number of holdoff events of the dropout
trigger.

The query returns the current number of holdoff events of the

dropout trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:HLDEVent <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 100000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:HLDEVent?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the number of holdoff events of

the dropout trigger to 3.

Command message:
:TRIGger:DROPout:HLDEVent 3
TRIG:DROP:HLDEV 3

Query message:
TRIG:DROP:HLDEV?

Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff

480 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:DROPout:HLDTime
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This This command sets the holdoff time of the dropout trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff time of the dropout trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:HLDTime <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
[8.00E-09, 3.00E+01]
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:HLDTime?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the holdoff time of the dropout
trigger to 15 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:DROPout:HLDTime 1.50E-08
:TRIG:DROP:HLDT 1.50E-08

Query message:
TRIG:DROP:HLDT?

Response message:
1.50E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff

www.siglent.com 481 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the holdoff type of the dropout trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff type of the dropout

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff <holdoff_type>

<holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}
 OFF means to turn off the holdoff.
 EVENts means the amount of events that the oscilloscope
counts before re-arming the trigger circuitry.
 TIME means the amount of time that the oscilloscope waits
before re-arming the trigger circuitry.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff?

RESPONSE FORMAT <holdoff_type>

< holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}

EXAMPLE The following command turns off the holdoff of the dropout
trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff OFF
TRIG:DROP:HOLD OFF

Query message:
TRIG:DROP:HOLD?

Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:DROPout:HLDEVent

:TRIGger:DROPout:HLDTime
:TRIGger:DROPout:HSTart

482 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:DROPout:HSTart
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the start holdoff mode of the dropout
trigger.

The query returns the current start holdoff mode of the dropout
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:HSTart <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}
 LAST_TRIG means the initial position of holdoff is the first
time point satisfying the trigger condition.
 ACQ_START means the initial position of holdoff is the
time of the last trigger.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:HSTart?

RESPONSE FORMAT <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the start hold off mode to
LAST_TRIG (last trigger).

Command message:
:TRIGger:DROPout:HSTart LAST_TRIG
TRIG:DROP:HST LAST_TRIG

Query message:
TRIG:DROP:HST?

Response message:
LAST_TRIG

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff

www.siglent.com 483 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:DROPout:LEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger level of the dropout trigger.

The query returns the current trigger level of the dropout

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:LEVel <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS6000L , 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS2000X Plus
, 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:LEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger level of the dropout
trigger to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:DROPout:LEVel 5.00E-1
TRIG:DROP:LEV 5.00E-1

Query message:
TRIG:DROP:LEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

484 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:DROPout:NREJect
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of the noise rejection.

The query returns the current state of the noise rejection

function.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:NREJect <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:NREJect?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the noise rejection.

Command message:
:TRIGger:DROPout:NREJect ON
TRIG:DROP:NREJ ON

Query message:
TRIG:DROP:NREJ?

Response message:
ON

www.siglent.com 485 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:DROPout:SLOPe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the slope of the dropout trigger.

The query returns the current slope of the dropout trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:SLOPe <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:SLOPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the rising slope of the dropout
trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:DROPout:SLOPe RISing
TRIG:DROP:SLOP RIS

Query message:
TRIG:DROP:SLOP?

Response message:
RISing

486 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:DROPout:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger source of the dropout trigger.

The query returns the current trigger source of the dropout

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger source of the dropout
trigger to channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:DROPout:SOURce C2
TRIG:DROP:SOUR C2

Query message:
TRIG:DROP:SOUR?

Response message:
C2

www.siglent.com 487 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:DROPout:TIME
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the dropout time of the dropout trigger.

The query returns the current time of the dropout trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:TIME <time>

<time>:= Value in NR3 format. The range of the value varies by

model, see the table below for details.
Model Value Range
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS2000X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X [2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:TIME?

RESPONSE FORMAT <time>

<time>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLE The following command sets the time of the dropout trigger to
10 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:DROPout:TIME 1.00E-08
TRIG:DROP:TIME 1.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:DROP:TIME?

Response message:
1.00E-08

488 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:DROPout:TYPE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the over time type of the dropout trigger.

The query returns the current over time type of the dropout
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:TYPE <type>

<type>:= {EDGE|STATe}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DROPout:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {EDGE|STATe}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the over time type of the dropout
trigger to EDGE.

Command message:
:TRIGger:DROPout:TYPE EDGE
TRIG:DROP:TYPE EDGE

Query message:
TRIG:DROP:TYPE?

Response message:
EDGE

www.siglent.com 489 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:RUNT Commands

The :TRIGGER:RUNT subsystem commands control the runt trigger parameters.

 :TRIGger:RUNT:COUPling

 :TRIGger:RUNT:HLDEVent

 :TRIGger:RUNT:HLDTime

 :TRIGger:RUNT:HLEVel

 :TRIGger:RUNT:HOLDoff

 :TRIGger:RUNT:HSTart

 :TRIGger:RUNT:LIMit

 :TRIGger:RUNT:LLEVel

 :TRIGger:RUNT:NREJect

 :TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity

 :TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce

 :TRIGger:RUNT:TLOWer

 :TRIGger:RUNT:TUPPer

490 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:RUNT:COUPling
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the coupling mode of the runt trigger.

The query returns the current coupling mode of the runt trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:COUPling <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}
 DC coupling allows dc and ac signals into the trigger path.
 AC coupling places a high-pass filter in the trigger path,
removing dc offset voltage from the trigger waveform. Use
AC coupling to get a stable edge trigger when your
waveform has a large dc offset.
 HFREJect which is a high-frequency rejection filter adds a
low-pass filter in the trigger path to remove high frequency
components from the trigger waveform. Use the
high-frequency reject filter to remove high-frequency
noise, such as AM or FM broadcast stations, from the
trigger path.
 LFREJect which is a low frequency rejection filter adds a
high-pass filter in series with the trigger waveform to
remove any unwanted low frequency components from a
trigger waveform, such as power line frequencies, that can
interfere with proper triggering.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:COUPling?

RESPONSE FORMAT <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}

EXAMPLE The following command sets coupling mode of the runt trigger
to DC.

Command message:
:TRIGger:RUNT:COUPling DC
TRIG:RUNT:COUP DC

Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:COUP?

Response message:
DC

www.siglent.com 491 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:RUNT:HLDEVent
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the number of holdoff events of the runt
trigger.

The query returns the current number of holdoff events of the

runt trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:HLDEVent <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 100000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:HLDEVent?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the number of holdoff events of the
runt trigger to 3.

Command message:
:TRIGger:RUNT:HLDEVent 3
TRIG:RUNT:HLDEV 3

Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:HLDEV?

Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:RUNT:HOLDoff

492 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:RUNT:HLDTime
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This This command sets the holdoff time of the runt trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff time of the runt trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:HLDTime <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
[8.00E-09, 3.00E+01]
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:HLDTime?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the holdoff time of the runt trigger
to 15 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:RUNT:HLDTime 1.50E-08
TRIG:RUNT:HLDT 1.50E-08

Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:HLDT?

Response message:
1.50E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff

www.siglent.com 493 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:RUNT:HLEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the high trigger level of the runt trigger.

The query returns the current high trigger level of the runt
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:HLEVel <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS6000L , 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS2000X Plus
, 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

Note:
The high level value cannot be less than the low level value
using by the command :TRIGger:RUNT:LLEVel.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:HLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the high trigger level of the runt
trigger to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:RUNT:HLEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:RUNT:HLEV 5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:HLEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:RUNT:LLEVel

494 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:RUNT:HOLDoff
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the holdoff type of the runt trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff type of the runt trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:HOLDoff <holdoff_type>

<holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}
 OFF means to turn off the holdoff.
 EVENts means the amount of events that the oscilloscope
counts before re-arming the trigger circuitry.
 TIME means the amount of time that the oscilloscope waits
before re-arming the trigger circuitry.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:HOLDoff?

RESPONSE FORMAT <holdoff_type>

< holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}

EXAMPLE The following command turns off the holdoff of the runt trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:RUNT:HOLDoff OFF
TRIG:RUNT:HOLD OFF

Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:HOLD?

Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:RUNT:HLDEVent

:TRIGger:RUNT:HLDTime
:TRIGger:RUNT:HSTart

www.siglent.com 495 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:RUNT:HSTart
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the start holdoff mode of the runt trigger.

The query returns the current start holdoff mode of the runt
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger: RUNT:HSTart <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}
 LAST_TRIG means the initial position of holdoff is the first
time point satisfying the trigger condition.
 ACQ_START means the initial position of holdoff is the
time of the last trigger.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:HSTart?

RESPONSE FORMAT <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the start holdoff mode to

LAST_TRIG (last trigger).

Command message:
:TRIGger:RUNT:HSTart LAST_TRIG
TRIG:RUNT:HST LAST_TRIG

Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:HST?

Response message:
LAST_TRIG

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:RUNT:HOLDoff

496 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:RUNT:LIMit
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the limit range type of the runt trigger.

The query returns the current limit range type of the runt trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:LIMit <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the limit of the runt trigger to
LESSthan.

Command message:
:TRIGger:RUNT:LIMit LESSthan
TRIG:RUNT:LIM LESS

Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:LIM?

Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:RUNT:TLOWer

:TRIGger:RUNT:TUPPer

www.siglent.com 497 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:RUNT:LLEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the low trigger level of the runt trigger.

The query returns the current low trigger level of the runt
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:LLEVel <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

Note:
The low level value cannot be greater than the high level value
using by the command :TRIGger:RUNT:HLEVel.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:LLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the low trigger level of the runt
trigger to -0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:RUNT:LLEVel - 5.00E-01
TRIG:RUNT:LLEV - 5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:LLEV?

Response message:
-5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:RUNT:HLEVel

498 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:RUNT:NREJect
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of noise rejection.

The query returns the current state of noise rejection function.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:NREJect <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:NREJect?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on the noise rejection.

Command message:
:TRIGger:RUNT:NREJect ON
TRIG:RUNT:NREJ ON

Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:NREJ?

Response message:
ON

www.siglent.com 499 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the polarity of the runt trigger.

The query returns the current polarity of the runt trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity <polarity_type>

<polarity_type>:= {POSitive|NEGative}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity?

RESPONSE FORMAT <polarity_type>

<polarity_type>:= {POSitive|NEGative}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the polarity of the runt trigger to
POSitive.

Command message:
:TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity POSitive
TRIG:RUNT:POL POS

Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:POL?

Response message:
POSitive

500 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger source of the runt trigger.

The query returns the current trigger source of the runt trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger source of the runt
trigger to channel 2

Command message:
:TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce C2
TRIG:RUNT:SOUR C2

Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:SOUR?

Response message:
C2

www.siglent.com 501 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:RUNT:TLOWer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the lower value of the runt trigger limit type.

The query returns the current lower value of the runt trigger
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:TLOWer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value varies by
model, see the table below for details.
Model Value Range
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS2000X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X [2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]

Note:
• The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :TRIGger:RUNT:TUPPer.
• The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the lower time of the runt trigger
to 10 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:RUNT:TLOWer 1.00E-08
TRIG:RUNT:TLOW 1.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:TLOW?

Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:RUNT:TUPPer

:TRIGger:RUNT:LIMit

502 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:RUNT:TUPPer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the upper value of the runt trigger limit type.

The query returns the current upper value of the runt trigger
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULse:RUNT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value varies by
model, see the table below for details.
Model Value Range
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS2000X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X [2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]

Note:
• The upper value cannot be less than the lower value using
by the command :TRIGger:RUNT:TLOWer.
• The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:RUNT:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the upper time of the runt trigger
to 30 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:RUNT:TUPPer 3.00E-08
TRIG:RUNT:TUPP 3.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:TUPP?

Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:RUNT:LIMit

:TRIGger:RUNT:TLOWer

www.siglent.com 503 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:PATTern Commands

The :TRIGGER:PATTern subsystem commands control the pattern trigger parameters.

 :TRIGger:PATTern:HLDEVent

 :TRIGger:PATTern:HLDTime

 :TRIGger:PATTern:HOLDoff

 :TRIGger:PATTern:HSTart

 :TRIGger:PATTern:INPut

 :TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel

 :TRIGger:PATTern:LIMit

 :TRIGger:PATTern:LOGic

 :TRIGger:PATTern:TLOWer

 :TRIGger:PATTern:TUPPer

504 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:PATTern:HLDEVent
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the number of holdoff events of the pattern
trigger.

The query returns the current number of holdoff events of the

pattern trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:HLDEVent <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 100000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:HLDEVent?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the number of holdoff events of the
pattern trigger to 3.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PATTern:HLDEVent 3
TRIG:PATT:HLDEV 3

Query message:
TRIG:PATT:HLDEV?

Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PATTern:HOLDoff

www.siglent.com 505 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:PATTern:HLDTime
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This This command sets the holdoff time of the pattern trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff time of the pattern trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:HLDTime <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Mode value
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
[8.00E-09, 3.00E+01]
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS2000X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X [80.00E-09, 1.50E+00]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:HLDTime?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the holdoff time of the pattern
trigger to 15 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PATTern:HLDTime 1.50E-08
TRIG:PATT:HLDT 1.50E-08

Query message:
TRIG:PATT:HLDT?

Response message:
1.50E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PATTern:HOLDoff

506 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:PATTern:HOLDoff
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the holdoff type of the pattern trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff type of the pattern trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:HOLDoff <holdoff_type>

<holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}
 OFF means to turn off the holdoff
 EVENts means the amount of events that the oscilloscope
counts before re-arming the trigger circuitry
 TIME means the amount of time that the oscilloscope waits
before re-arming the trigger circuitry

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:HOLDoff?

RESPONSE FORMAT <holdoff_type>

< holdoff_type >:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}

EXAMPLE The following command turns off the holdoff of the pattern
trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PATTern:HOLDoff OFF
TRIG:PATT:HOLD OFF

Query message:
TRIG:PATT:HOLD?

Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PATTern:HLDEVent

:TRIGger:PATTern:HLDTime
:TRIGger:PATTern:HSTart

www.siglent.com 507 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:PATTern:HSTart
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the start holdoff mode of the pattern trigger.

The query returns the current start holdoff mode of the pattern
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:HSTart <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}
 LAST_TRIG means the initial position of holdoff is the first
time point satisfying the trigger condition.
 ACQ_START means the initial position of holdoff is the
time of the last trigger.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:HSTart?

RESPONSE FORMAT <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the start holdoff mode to

LAST_TRIG (last trigger).

Command message:
:TRIGger:PATTern:HSTart LAST_TRIG
TRIG:PATT:HST LAST_TRIG

Query message:
TRIG:PATT:HST?

Response message:
LAST_TRIG

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PATTern:HOLDoff

508 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:PATTern:INPut
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command specifies the logical input condition for the
channel (Cx) and digital channel (Dx) of the pattern trigger.

The query returns the logical input condition of pattern trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:INPut <logic>[...[,<logic>]]

<logic>:= {X|L|H}
 X means the "don't care" state.
 H means the logic high state.
 L means the logic low state.

Note:
Parameters are configured to corresponding sources in the order
of C1-C<n>, D0-D15.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:INPut?

RESPONSE FORMAT <input>

<input>:= {X|L|H}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the logic input for channel 1 to H,
for channel 2 to H, for channel 3 to L, for channel 4 to X and for
all digital channel to X.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PATTern:INPut
H,H,L,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X
TRIG:PATT:INP H,H,L,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X

Query message:
TRIG:PATT:INP?

Response message:
H,H,L,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X

www.siglent.com 509 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger level of source in the pattern
trigger.

The query returns the current trigger level of source in the

pattern trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel <source>,<value>

<source>:= {C<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS6000L , 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS2000X Plus
, 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel? <source>

<source>:= {C<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>,<value>

<source>:= {C<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the pattern trigger level to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel C2,5.00E-01
TRIG:PATT:LEV C2,5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:PATT:LEV? C2

Response message:

510 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

C2,5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PATTern:INPut

www.siglent.com 511 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:PATTern:LIMit
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the limit range type of the pattern trigger
when the logic combination is AND or NOR.

The query returns the current limit range type of the pattern
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:LIMit <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the limit of pattern trigger to

LESSthan.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PATTern:LIMit LESSthan
TRIG:PATT:LIM LESS

Query message:
TRIG:PATT:LIM?

Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PATTern:TLOWer

:TRIGger:PATTern:TUPPer

512 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:PATTern:LOGic
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the logical combination of the input

channels for the pattern trigger.

The query returns the current logical combination of the pattern

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:LOGic <type>

<type>:= {AND|OR|NAND|NOR}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:LOGic?

RESPONSE FORMAT <logic_type>

<logic_type>:= {AND|OR|NAND|NOR}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the logic mode of the pattern
trigger to AND.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PATTern:LOGic AND
TRIG:PATT:LOG AND

Query message:
TRIG:PATT:LOG?

Response message:
AND

www.siglent.com 513 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:PATTern:TLOWer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the lower value of the pattern trigger limit
type when the logic combination is AND or NOR.

The query returns the current lower value of the pattern trigger
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:TLOWer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [2.00E-09,
2.00E+01].

Note:
 The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :TRIGger:PATTern:TUPPer.
 The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the lower time of the pattern
trigger to 10 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PATTern:TLOWer 1.00E-08
TRIG:PATT:TLOW 1.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:PATT:TLOW?

Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PATTern:LIMit

:TRIGger:PATTern:TUPPer

514 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:PATTern:TUPPer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the upper value of the pattern trigger limit
type when the logic combination is AND or NOR.

The query returns the current upper value of the pattern trigger
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:PULse:PATTern <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [3.00E-09,
2.00E+01].

Note:
• The upper value cannot be less than the lower value using
by the command :TRIGger:PATTern:TLOWer.
• The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:PATTern:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the upper time of the pattern
trigger to 30 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:PATTern:TUPPer 3.00E-08
TRIG:PATT:TUPP 3.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:PATT:TUPP?

Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:PATTern:LIMit

:TRIGger:PATTern:TLOWer

www.siglent.com 515 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:QUALified Commands

The :TRIGGER:QUALified subsystem commands control the qualified trigger parameters.

 :TRIGger:QUALified:ELEVel

 :TRIGger:QUALified:ESLope

 :TRIGger:QUALified:ESource

 :TRIGger:QUALified:LIMit

 :TRIGger:QUALified:QLEVel

 :TRIGger:QUALified:QSource

 :TRIGger:QUALified:TLOWer

 :TRIGger:QUALified:TUPPer

 :TRIGger:QUALified:TYPE

516 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:QUALified:ELEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the edge trigger level of the edge source in
the qualified trigger.

The query returns the current edge trigger level in the qualified
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:ELEVel <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS6000A
, 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS2000X Plus
, 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD
QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:ELEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the edge trigger level value of the
qualified trigger to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:QUALified:ELEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:QUAL:ELEV 5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:QUAL:ELEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:QUALified:QLEVel

www.siglent.com 517 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:QUALified:ESLope
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the edge trigger slope in the qualified
trigger.

The query returns the current edge trigger slope in the qualified
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:ESLope <type>

<type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:ESLope?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the edge trigger slope in the
qualified trigger to RISing.

Command message:
:TRIGger:QUALified:ESLope RISing
TRIG:QUAL:ESL RIS

Query message:
TRIG:QUAL:ESL?

Response message:
RISing

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:QUALified:TYPE

518 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:QUALified:ESource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the edge trigger source in the qualified
trigger.

The query returns the current edge trigger source in the

qualified trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:ESource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:ESource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the edge trigger source of the
qualified trigger to channel 1.

Command message:
:TRIGger:QUALified:ESource C1
TRIG:QUAL:ES C1

Query message:
TRIG:QUAL:ES?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:QUALified:QSource

www.siglent.com 519 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:QUALified:LIMit
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the limit range type when the qualified type
is “State with Delay” or “Edge with Delay” in the qualified
trigger.

The query returns the current limit range type in the qualified
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:LIMit <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the limit range type to LESSthan
in the qualified trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:QUALified:LIMit LESSthan
TRIG:QUAL:LIM LESS

Query message:
TRIG:QUAL:LIM?

Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:QUALified:TLOWer

:TRIGger:QUALified:TUPPer

520 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:QUALified:QLEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the level of the qualify source in the
qualified trigger.

The query returns the current level of the qualify source in the
qualified trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:QLEVel <level>

<level>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:QLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <level>

<level>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the level of the qualify source in
the qualified trigger to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:QUALified:QLEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:QUAL:QLEV 5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:QUAL:QLEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:QUALified:ELEVel

www.siglent.com 521 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:QUALified:QSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the qualify source of the qualified trigger.

The query returns the current qualify source of the qualified

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:QSource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:QSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the qualify source of the qualified
trigger as channel 1.

Command message:
:TRIGger:QUALified:QSource C1
TRIG:QUAL:QS C1

Query message:
TRIG:QUAL:QS?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:QUALified:ESource

522 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:QUALified:TLOWer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the limit lower value when the qualified type
is “Edge with Delay” or “State with Delay” in the qualified
trigger.

The query returns the current delay lower value in the qualified
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:TLOWer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [2.00E-09,
2.00E+01].

Note:
• The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :TRIGger:QUALified:TUPPer.
• The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the lower time of the qualified
trigger to 10 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:QUALified:TLOWer 1.00E-08
TRIG:QUAL:TLOW 1.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:QUAL:TLOW?

Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:QUALified:LIMit

:TRIGger:QUALified:TUPPer

www.siglent.com 523 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:QUALified:TUPPer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets limit upper value when the qualified type is
“Edge with Delay” or “State with Delay” in the qualified trigger.

The query returns the current delay upper value in the qualified
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:TUPPer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [3.00E-09,
2.00E+01].

Note:
• The upper value cannot be less than the lower value using
by the command :TRIGger:QUALified:TLOWer.
• The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the delay upper value of the
qualified trigger to 30 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:QUALified:TUPPer 3.00E-08
TRIG:QUAL:TUPP 3.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:QUAL:TUPP?

Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:QUALified:LIMit

:TRIGger:QUALified:TLOWer

524 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:QUALified:TYPE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the qualified type of the qualified trigger.

The query returns the current qualified type of the qualified

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:TYPE <type>[,<option>]

<type>:= {STATe|STATE_DLY|EDGE|EDGE_DLY}

<option>:= {LOW|HIGH} when <type> is STATe or STATE_DLY

<option>:= {RISing|FALLing} when <type> is EDGE or
EDGE_DLY

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:QUALified:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>[,<option>]

<type>:= {STATe|STATE_DLY|EDGE|EDGE_DLY}

<option>:= {LOW|HIGH} when <type> is STATe or STATE_DLY

<option>:= {RISing|FALLing} when <type> is EDGE or
EDGE_DLY

EXAMPLE The following command sets the qualified type of the qualified
trigger to edge.

Command message:
:TRIGger:QUALified:TYPE EDGE
TRIG:QUAL:TYPE EDGE

Query message:
TRIG:QUAL:TYPE?

Response message:
EDGE

www.siglent.com 525 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:DELay Commands

The :TRIGGER:DELay subsystem commands control the delay trigger parameters.

 :TRIGger:DELay:COUPling

 :TRIGger:DELay:SOURce

 :TRIGger:DELay:SOURce2

 :TRIGger:DELay:SLOPe

 :TRIGger:DELay:SLOPe2

 :TRIGger:DELay:LEVel

 :TRIGger:DELay:LEVel2

 :TRIGger:DELay:LIMit

 :TRIGger:DELay:TUPPer

 :TRIGger:DELay:TLOWer

526 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:DELay:COUPling
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the coupling mode of the delay trigger.

The query returns the current coupling mode of the delay

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DELay:COUPling <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}
 DC coupling allows dc and ac signals into the trigger path.
 AC coupling places a high-pass filter in the trigger path,
removing dc offset voltage from the trigger waveform. Use
AC coupling to get a stable edge trigger when your
waveform has a large dc offset.
 HFREJect which is a high-frequency rejection filter that
adds a low-pass filter in the trigger path to remove
high-frequency components from the trigger waveform.
Use the high-frequency rejection filter to remove
high-frequency noise, such as AM or FM broadcast
stations, from the trigger path.
 LFREJect which is a low frequency rejection filter adds a
high-pass filter in series with the trigger waveform to
remove any unwanted low-frequency components from a
trigger waveform, such as power line frequencies, that can
interfere with proper triggering.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DELay:COUPling?

RESPONSE FORMAT <mode>

<mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the coupling mode of the delay
trigger to DC.

Command message:
:TRIGger:DELay:COUPling DC
TRIG:DEL:COUP DC

Query message:
TRIG:DEL:COUP?

Response message:
DC

www.siglent.com 527 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:DELay:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the level state of trigger source A in the
delay trigger.

The query returns the current level state of trigger source A in

the delay trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DELay:SOURce <state>[...[,<state>]]

<state>:= {X|L|H}
 X means the "don't care" state.
 H means the logic high state.
 L means the logic low state.

Note:
Parameters are configured to corresponding sources in the
order of C1-C<n>, D0-D15.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DELay:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {X|L|H}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the logic input for channel 1 to H,
for channel 2 to L, for channel 3 to L, for channel 4 to X and for
all digital channel to X.

Command message:
:TRIGger:DELay:SOURce
H,L,L,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X
TRIG:DEL:SOUR H,L,L,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X

Query message:
TRIG:DEL:SOUR?

Response message:
H,L,L,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:DELay:SOURce2

528 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:DELay:SOURce2
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger source B in the delay trigger.

The query returns the current trigger source B in the delay

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DELay:SOURce2 <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DELay:SOURce2?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger source of souce B in

the delay trigger to channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:DELay:SOURce2 C2
TRIG:DEL:SOUR2 C2

Query message:
TRIG:DEL:SOUR2?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:DELay:SOURce

www.siglent.com 529 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:DELay:SLOPe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the slope of source A in the delay trigger.

The query returns the slope of source A in the delay trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DELay:SLOPe <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DELay:SLOPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the rising slope of source A in the
delay trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:DELay:SLOPe RISing
TRIG:DEL:SLOP RIS

Query message:
TRIG:DEL:SLOP?

Response message:
RISing

530 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:DELay:SLOPe2
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the slope of source B in the delay trigger.

The query returns the slope of source B in the delay trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DELay:SLOPe2 <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DELay:SLOPe2?

RESPONSE FORMAT <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the rising slope of source B in the
delay trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:DELay:SLOPe2 RISing
TRIG:DEL:SLOP2 RIS

Query message:
TRIG:DEL:SLOP2?

Response message:
RISing

www.siglent.com 531 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:DELay:LEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the level of source A in the delay trigger.

The query returns the current trigger level of source A in the

delay trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DELay:LEVel <source>,<value>

<source>:= {C<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X [-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DELay:LEVel? <source>

<source>:= {C<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>,<value>

<source>:= {C<x>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets delay trigger source A to C2 and

level to 0.5 V

Command message:
:TRIGger:DELay:LEVel C2,5.00E-01
TRIG:DEL:LEV C2,5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:DEL:LEV? C2

Response message:
C2,5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:DELay:LEVel2

532 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:DELay:LEVel2
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger level of source B in the delay
trigger.

The query returns the current trigger level of source B in the

delay trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DELay:LEVel2 <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X [-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DELay:LEVel2?

RESPONSE FORMAT <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets source B level of the delay trigger
to 0.5 V

Command message:
:TRIGger:DELay:LEVel2 5.00E-01
TRIG:DEL:LEV2 5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:DEL:LEV2?

Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:DELay:LEVel

www.siglent.com 533 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:DELay:LIMit
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the limit range type of the delay trigger.

The query returns the current limit range type of the delay
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DELay:LIMit <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DELay:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the limit of the delay trigger to
LESSthan.

Command message:
:TRIGger:DELay:LIMit LESSthan
TRIG:DEL:LIM LESS

Query message:
TRIG:DEL:LIM?

Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:DELay:TLOWer

:TRIGger:DELay:TUPPer

534 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:DELay:TUPPer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the limit upper value of the delay trigger
limit type.

The query returns the current limit upper value of the delay
trigger limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DELay:TUPPer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [3.00E-09,
2.00E+01].

Note:
• The upper value cannot be less than the lower value using
by the command :TRIGger:DELay:TLOWer.
• The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DELay:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the upper value of the delay
trigger to 30 ns, when the limit range type is OUTer.

Command message:
:TRIGger:DELay:TUPPer 3.00E-08
TRIG:DEL:TUPP 3.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:DEL:TUPP?

Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:DELay:LIMit

:TRIGger:DELay:TLOWer

www.siglent.com 535 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:DELay:TLOWer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the limit lower value of the delay trigger limit
type.

The query returns the current limit lower value of the delay
trigger limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:DELay:TLOWer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [2.00E-09,
2.00E+01].

Note:
• The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :TRIGger:DELay:TUPPer.
• The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:DELay:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the lower time of the delay trigger
to 10 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:DELay:TLOWer 1.00E-08
TRIG:DEL:TLOW 1.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:DEL:TLOW?

Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:DELay:LIMit

:TRIGger:DELay:TUPPer

536 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:NEDGe Commands

The:TRIGGER:NEDGe subsystem commands control the Nth Edge trigger parameters.

 :TRIGger:NEDGe:SOURce

 :TRIGger:NEDGe:SLOPe

 :TRIGger:NEDGe:IDLE

 :TRIGger:NEDGe:EDGE

 :TRIGger:NEDGe:LEVel

 :TRIGger:NEDGe:HOLDoff

 :TRIGger:NEDGe:HLDTime

 :TRIGger:NEDGe:HLDEVent

 :TRIGger:NEDGe:HSTart

 :TRIGger:NEDGe:NREJect

www.siglent.com 537 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:NEDGe:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger source of the Nth edge trigger.

The query returns the current trigger source of the Nth edge
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:NEDGe:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:NEDGe:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger source of the Nth edge
trigger as C1.

Command message:
:TRIGger:NEDGe:SOURce C1
TRIG:NEDG:SOUR C1

Query message:
TRIG:NEDG:SOUR?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:NEDGe:LEVel

538 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:NEDGe:SLOPe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the slope of the Nth edge trigger.

The query returns the current slope setting of the Nth edge
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:NEDGe:SLOPe <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:NEDGe:SLOPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the rising slope of the Nth edge
trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:NEDGe:SLOPe RISing
TRIG:NEDG:SLOP RIS

Query message:
TRIG:NEDG:SLOP?

Response message:
RISing

www.siglent.com 539 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:NEDGe:IDLE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the idle time of the Nth edge trigger.

The query returns the current idle time of the Nth edge trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:NEDGe:IDLE <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS5000X
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [8.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS6000L
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger: NEDGe: IDLE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the idle time of the Nth edge
trigger to 15 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:NEDGe:IDLE 1.50E-08
TRIG:NEDG:IDLE 1.50E-08

Query message:
TRIG:NEDG:IDLE?

Response message:
1.50E-08

540 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:NEDGe:EDGE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the edge num of the Nth edge trigger.

The query returns the current edge num of the Nth edge trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:NEDGe:EDGE <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 65535].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:NEDGe:EDGE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the edge num of the Nth edge
trigger to 3.

Command message:
:TRIGger:NEDGe:EDGE 3
TRIG:NEDG:EDGE 3

Query message:
TRIG:NEDG:EDGE?

Response message:
3

www.siglent.com 541 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:NEDGe:LEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger level of the Nth edge trigger.

The query returns the current trigger level value of the Nth edge
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:NEDGe:LEVel <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X [-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:NEDGe:LEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <level_value>

<level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger level of the Nth edge
trigger to 0.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:NEDGe:LEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:NEDG:LEV 5.00E-01

Query message:
TRIG:NEDG:LEV?

Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:NEDGe:SOURce

542 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:NEDGe:HOLDoff
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the holdoff type of the Nth edge trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff type of the Nth edge
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:NEDGe:HOLDoff <holdoff_type>

<holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}
 OFF means to turn off the holdoff.
 EVENts means the number of trigger events that the
oscilloscope counts before re-arming the trigger circuitry.
 TIME means the amount of time that the oscilloscope waits
before re-arming the trigger circuitry.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:NEDGe:HOLDoff?

RESPONSE FORMAT <holdoff_type>

<holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}

EXAMPLE The following command turns off the holdoff of the Nth edge
trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:NEDGe:HOLDoff OFF
TRIG:NEDG:HOLD OFF

Query message:
TRIG:NEDG:HOLD?

Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:NEDGe:HLDEVent

:TRIGger:NEDGe:HLDTime
:TRIGger:NEDGe:HSTart

www.siglent.com 543 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:NEDGe:HLDTime
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the holdoff time of the Nth edge trigger.

The query returns the current holdoff time of the Nth edge
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:NEDGe:HLDTime <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS5000X
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [8.00E-09, 3.00E+01]
SDS6000L
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:NEDGe:HLDTime?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the holdoff time of the Nth edge
trigger to 15 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:NEDGe:HLDTime 1.50E-08
TRIG:NEDG:HLDT 1.50E-08

Query message:
TRIG:NEDG:HLDT?

Response message:
1.50E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:NEDGe:HOLDoff

544 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:NEDGe:HLDEVent
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the number of holdoff events of the Nth
edge trigger.

The query returns the current number of holdoff events of the

Nth edge trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:NEDGe:HLDEVent <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 100000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:NEDGe:HLDEVent?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the number of holdoff events of

the Nth edge trigger to 3.

Command message:
:TRIGger:NEDGe:HLDEVent 3
TRIG:NEDG:HLDEV 3

Query message:
TRIG:NEDG:HLDEV?

Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:NEDGe:HOLDoff

www.siglent.com 545 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:NEDGe:HSTart
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command defines the initial position of the Nth edge trigger
holdoff.

The query returns the initial position of the Nth edge trigger
holdoff.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:NEDGe:HSTart <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}
 LAST_TRIG means the initial position of holdoff is the first
time point satisfying the trigger condition.
 ACQ_START means the initial position of holdoff is the
time of the last trigger.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger: NEDGe:HSTart?

RESPONSE FORMAT <start_holdoff>

<start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the start holdoff mode to last
trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:NEDGe:HSTart LAST_TRIG
TRIG:NEDG:HST LAST_TRIG

Query message:
TRIG:NEDG:HST?

Response message:
LAST_TRIG

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:NEDGe:HOLDoff

546 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:NEDGe:NREJect
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the state of the noise rejection.

The query returns the current state of the noise rejection.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:NEDGe:NREJect <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:NEDGe:NREJect?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLE The following command turns on noise rejection.

Command message:
:TRIGger:NEDGe:NREJect ON
TRIG:NEDG:NREJ ON

Query message:
TRIG:NEDG:NREJ?

Response message:
ON

www.siglent.com 547 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:SHOLd Commands

The :TRIGGER:SHOLd subsystem commands control the setup/hold trigger parameters.

 :TRIGger:SHOLd:TYPE

 :TRIGger:SHOLd:CSource

 :TRIGger:SHOLd:CTHReshold

 :TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe

 :TRIGger:SHOLd:DSource

 :TRIGger:SHOLd:DTHReshold

 :TRIGger:SHOLd:LEVel

 :TRIGger:SHOLd:LIMit

 :TRIGger:SHOLd:TUPPer

 :TRIGger:SHOLd:TLOWer

548 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:SHOLd:TYPE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger type of the setup/hold trigger.

The query returns the current the trigger type of the setup/hold
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SHOLd:TYPE <type>

<type>:= {SETup|HOLD}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SHOLd:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <slope>

<slope>:= {SETup|HOLD}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the setup type of the setup/hold
trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SHOLd:TYPE SETup
TRIG:SHOL:TYPE SET

Query message:
TRIG:SHOL:TYPE?

Response message:
SETup

www.siglent.com 549 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:SHOLd:CSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the clock source of the setup/hold trigger.

The query returns the current clock source of the setup/hold

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SHOLd:CSource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SHOLd:CSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the clock source of the setup/hold
trigger as C1.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SHOLd:CSource C1
TRIG:SHOL:CS C1

Query message:
TRIG:SHOL:CS?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SHOLd:CTHReshold

550 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:SHOLd:CTHReshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of clock source of the

setup/hold trigger.

The query returns the current threshold of clock source of the

setup/hold trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SHOLd:CTHReshold <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X [-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SHOLd:CTHReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of clock source of

setup/hold trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SHOLd:CTHReshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:SHOL:CTHR 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:SHOL:CTHR?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SHOLd:CSource

www.siglent.com 551 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the clock slope of the setup/hold trigger.

The query returns the current the clock slope of the setup/hold
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <slope_type>

<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the clock slope of the setup/hold
trigger to rising.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe RISing
TRIG:SHOL:SLOP RIS

Query message:
TRIG:SHOL:SLOP?

Response message:
RISing

552 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:SHOLd:DSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data source of the setup/hold trigger.

The query returns the current data source of the setup/hold

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SHOLd:DSource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SHOLd:DSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data source of the setup/hold
trigger as C1.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SHOLd:DSource C1
TRIG:SHOL:DS C1

Query message:
TRIG:SHOL:DS?

Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SHOLd:DTHReshold

www.siglent.com 553 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:SHOLd:DTHReshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of data source of the

setup/hold trigger.

The query returns the current threshold of data source of the

setup/hold trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SHOLd:DTHReshold <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X [-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SHOLd:DTHReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of data source of

setup/hold trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SHOLd:DTHReshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:SHOL:DTHR 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:SHOL:DTHR?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SHOLd:DSource

554 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:SHOLd:LEVel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the level state of data source of the
setup/hold trigger.

The query returns the current level state of data source of the
setup/hold trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SHOLd:LEVel <level_state>

<level_value>:= {LOW|HIGH}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SHOLd:LEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <level_state>

<level_value>:= {LOW|HIGH}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the high level of data source of
the setup/hold trigger.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SHOLd:LEVel HIGH
TRIG:SHOL:LEV HIGH

Query message:
TRIG:SHOL:LEV?

Response message:
HIGH

www.siglent.com 555 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:SHOLd:LIMit
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the limit range type of the setup/hold
trigger.

The query returns the current limit range type of the setup/hold
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SHOLd:LIMit <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SHOLd:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the limit of the setup/hold trigger
to LESSthan.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SHOLd:LIMit LESSthan
TRIG:SHOL:LIM LESS

Query message:
TRIG:SHOL:LIM?

Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SHOLd:TLOWer

:TRIGger:SHOLd:TUPPer

556 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:SHOLd:TUPPer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the upper value of the setup/hold trigger
limit type.

The query returns the current upper value of the setup/hold

trigger limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SHOLd:TUPPer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [2.00E-09,
2.00E+01].

Note:
• The upper value cannot be less than the lower value using
by the command :TRIGger:SHOLd:TLOWer.
• The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SHOLd:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the upper value of the setup/hold
trigger to 30 ns, when the limit range type is OUTer.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SHOLd:TUPPer 3.00E-08
TRIG:SHOL:TUPP 3.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:SHOL:TUPP?

Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SHOLd:LIMit

:TRIGger:SHOLd:TLOWer

www.siglent.com 557 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:SHOLd:TLOWer
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the lower value of the setup/hold trigger
limit type.

The query returns the current lower value of the setup/hold

trigger limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SHOLd:TLOWer <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [2.00E-09,
2.00E+01].

Note:
The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value using
by the command :TRIGger:SHOLd:TUPPer.
The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SHOLd:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the lower time of the setup/hold
trigger to 10 ns.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SHOLd:TLOWer 1.00E-08
TRIG:SHOL:TLOW 1.00E-08

Query message:
TRIG:SHOL:TLOW?

Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SHOLd:LIMit

:TRIGger:SHOLd:TUPPer

558 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:IIC Commands

The :TRIGGER:IIC subsystem commands control the IIC bus trigger parameters.

 :TRIGger:IIC:ADDRess

 :TRIGger:IIC:ALENgth

 :TRIGger:IIC:CONDition

 :TRIGger:IIC:DAT2

 :TRIGger:IIC:DATA

 :TRIGger:IIC:DLENgth

 :TRIGger:IIC:LIMit

 :TRIGger:IIC:RWBit

 :TRIGger:IIC:SCLSource

 :TRIGger:IIC:SCLThreshold

 :TRIGger:IIC:SDASource

 :TRIGger:IIC:SDAThreshold

www.siglent.com 559 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:IIC:ADDRess
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the address of the IIC bus trigger.

The query returns the current address of the IIC bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:ADDRess <addr>

<addr>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 127].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:ADDRess?

RESPONSE FORMAT <addr>

<addr>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the address of the IIC bus trigger
to 0x0a.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIC:ADDRess 10
TRIG:IIC:ADDR 10

Query message:
TRIG:IIC:ADDR?

Response message:
10

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIC:CONDition

560 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:IIC:ALENgth
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the length of address of the IIC bus trigger.

The query returns the current length of address of the IIC bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:ALENgth <length>

<length>:= {7BIT|10BIT}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:ALENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT <addr_length>

<addr_length>:= {7BIT|10BIT}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the length of address of the IIC bus
trigger to 10 bit.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIC:ALENgth 10BIT
TRIG:IIC:ALEN 10BIT

Query message:
TRIG:IIC:ALEN?

Response message:
10BIT

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIC:CONDition

www.siglent.com 561 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:IIC:CONDition
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger condition of the IIC bus.

The query returns the current trigger condition of the IIC bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:CONDition <condition>

<condition>:=
{STARt|STOP|RESTart|NACK|EEPRom|7ADDRess|10ADDRe
ss|DLENgth}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:CONDition?

RESPONSE FORMAT <condition>

<condition>:=
{STARt|STOP|RESTart|NACK|EEPRom|7ADDRess|10ADDRe
ss|DLENgth}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the condition of the IIC bus trigger
to STOP.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIC:CONDition STOP
TRIG:IIC:COND STOP

Query message:
TRIG:IIC:COND?

Response message:
STOP

562 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:IIC:DAT2
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data2 of the IIC bus trigger.

The query returns the current data2 of the IIC bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:DAT2 <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 256].

Note:
Use the don’t care data (256) to ignore the data2 value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:DAT2?

RESPONSE FORMAT <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data2 of the IIC bus trigger to
0x0b.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIC:DAT2 11
TRIG:IIC:DAT2 11

Query message:
TRIG:IIC:DAT2?

Response message:
11

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIC:CONDition

www.siglent.com 563 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:IIC:DATA
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data of the IIC bus trigger.

The query returns the current data of the IIC bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:DATA <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 256].

Note:
Use the don’t care data (256) to ignore the data value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:DATA?

RESPONSE FORMAT <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data of the IIC bus trigger to
0x2A.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIC:DATA 42
TRIG:IIC:DATA 42

Query message:
TRIG:IIC:DATA?

Response message:
42

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIC:CONDition

:TRIGger:IIC:DAT2

564 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:IIC:DLENgth
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data length of the IIC bus trigger.

The query returns the current data length of the IIC bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:DLENgth <length>

<length>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 12].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:DLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT <length>

<length>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data length of the IIC bus
trigger to 10 bytes.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIC:DLENgth 10
TRIG:IIC:DLEN 10

Query message:
TRIG:IIC:DLEN?

Response message:
10

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIC:CONDition

www.siglent.com 565 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:IIC:LIMit
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data comparison type when the trigger
condition is EEPROM on the IIC bus trigger.

The query returns the current the limit range type when the
trigger condition is EEPROM.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:LIMit <limit_type>

<limit_type>:= {EQUal|GREaterthan|LESSthan}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT <limit_type>

<limit_type>:= {EQUal|GREaterthan|LESSthan}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the limit range type when the
trigger condition is EEPROM to LESSthan.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIC:LIMit LESSthan
TRIG:IIC:LIM LESS

Query message:
TRIG:IIC:LIM?

Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIC:CONDition

566 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:IIC:RWBit
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets whether the trigger frame is read address
or write address when the IIC trigger condition is 7 or 10
ADDR&DATA.

The query returns the current read write bit of the IIC bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:RWBit <type>

<type>:= {WRITe|READ|ANY}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:RWBit?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {WRITe|READ|ANY}

EXAMPLE The following command sets to trigger on the read address of

the IIC bus.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIC:RWBit READ
TRIG:IIC:RWB READ

Query message:
TRIG:IIC:RWB?

Response message:
READ

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIC:CONDition

www.siglent.com 567 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:IIC:SCLSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the SCL source of the IIC bus trigger.

This query returns the current SCL source of the IIC bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:SCLSource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:SCLSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the SCL source of the IIC bus
trigger as channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIC:SCLSource C2
TRIG:IIC:SCLS C2

Query message:
TRIG:IIC:SCLS?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIC:SCLThreshold

:TRIGger:IIC:SDASource

568 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:IIC:SCLThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the SCL on IIC bus trigger.

This query returns the current threshold of the SCL on IIC bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:SCLThreshold <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS6000L , 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS2000X Plus
, 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:SCLThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the SCL on IIC bus
trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIC:SCLThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:IIC:SCLT 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:IIC:SCLT?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIC:SCLSource

www.siglent.com 569 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:IIC:SDASource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the SDA source of the IIC bus trigger.

This query returns the current SDA source of the IIC bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:SDASource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:SDASource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the SDA source of the IIC bus
trigger as channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIC:SDASource C2
TRIG:IIC:SDAS C2

Query message:
TRIG:IIC:SDAS?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIC:SCLSource

:TRIGger:IIC:SDAThreshold

570 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:IIC:SDAThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the SDA on IIC bus trigger.

This query returns the current threshold of the SDA on IIC bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:SDAThreshold <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD
QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIC:SDAThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the SDA on IIC bus
trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIC:SDAThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:IIC:SDAT 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:IIC:SDAT?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIC:SDASource

www.siglent.com 571 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:SPI Commands

The :TRIGGER:SPI subsystem commands control the SPI bus trigger modes and parameters.

 :TRIGger:SPI:BITorder

 :TRIGger:SPI:CLKSource

 :TRIGger:SPI:CLKThreshold

 :TRIGger:SPI:CSSource

 :TRIGger:SPI:CSThreshold

 :TRIGger:SPI:CSTYpe

 :TRIGger:SPI:DATA

 :TRIGger:SPI:DLENgth

 :TRIGger:SPI:LATChedge

 :TRIGger:SPI:MISOSource

 :TRIGger:SPI:MISOThreshold

 :TRIGger:SPI:MOSISource

 :TRIGger:SPI:MOSIThreshold

 :TRIGger:SPI:NCSSource

 :TRIGger:SPI:NCSThreshold

 :TRIGger:SPI:TTYPe

572 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:SPI:BITorder
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the bit order of the SPI bus trigger.

The query returns the current bit order of the SPI bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:BITorder <bit_order>

<bit_order>:= {LSM|MSB}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:BITorder?

RESPONSE FORMAT <bit_order>

<bit_order>:= {LSM|MSB}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the bit order of the SPI bus trigger
to LSB.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:BITorder LSB
TRIG:SPI:BIT LSB

Query message:
TRIG:SPI:BIT?

Response message:
LSB

www.siglent.com 573 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:SPI:CLKSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the CLK source of the SPI bus trigger.

This query returns the current CLK source of the SPI bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:CLKSource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:CLKSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the CLK source of the SPI bus
trigger as channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:CLKSource C2
TRIG:SPI:CLKS C2

Query message:
TRIG:SPI:CLKS?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SPI:CLKThreshold

574 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:SPI:CLKThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the CLK on SPI bus trigger.

This query returns the current threshold of the CLK on SPI bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:CLKThreshold <clk_threshold>

<clk_threshold>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS6000L , 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS2000X Plus
, 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:CLKThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <clk_threshold>

<clk_threshold>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the CLK on SPI bus
trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:CLKThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:SPI:CLKT 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:SPI:CLKT?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SPI:CLKSource

www.siglent.com 575 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:SPI:CSSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the CS source of the SPI bus trigger.

The query returns the current CS source of the SPI bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:CSSource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:CSSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}
<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the CS source of the SPI bus
trigger as channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:CSSource C2
TRIG:SPI:CSS C2

Query message:
TRIG:SPI:CSS?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SPI:CSThreshold

576 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:SPI:CSThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the CS on SPI bus trigger.

This query returns the current threshold of the CS on SPI bus

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:CSThreshold <threshold>

<threshold>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS6000L , 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS2000X Plus
, 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD
QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:CSThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <threshold>

<threshold>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the CS on SPI bus
trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:CSThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:SPI:CST 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:SPI:CST?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SPI:CSSource

www.siglent.com 577 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:SPI:CSTYpe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the chip selection type of the SPI bus trigger.

This query returns the current chip selection type of the SPI bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:CSTYpe <type>

<type>:= {NCS|CS|TIMeout[,<time>]}
 CS means set to chip select state
 NCS means set to non-chip select state
 TIMeout indicates set to clock timeout status

<time>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value is [1.00E-07, 5.00E-03].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:CSTYpe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {NCS|CS|TIMeout[,<time>]}

<time>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the chip selection type of the SPI bus
trigger to CS.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:CSTYpe CS
TRIG:SPI:CSTY CS

Query message:
TRIG:SPI:CSTY?

Response message:
CS

578 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:SPI:DATA
Command

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data of the SPI bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:DATA <data>[,<data>[...[,<data>]]]

<data>:= {0|1|X}

Note:
• The number of parameters should be consistent with the
data length using by the
command :TRIGger:SPI:DLENgth.
• Parameters are assigned to each bit in order from high to
low.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data of the SPI bus trigger to
0x82 when the data length is 8.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:DATA 1,0,0,0,0,0,1,0
TRIG:SPI:DATA 1,0,0,0,0,0,1,0

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SPI:DLENgth

www.siglent.com 579 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:SPI:DLENgth
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data length of the SPI bus trigger.

The query returns the current data length of the SPI bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:DLENgth <data_length>

<data_length>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and

no decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [4, 96].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:DLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT <data_length>

<data_length>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and

no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data length of the SPI bus
trigger to 10 bit.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:DLENgth 10
TRIG:SPI:DLEN 10

Query message:
TRIG:SPI:DLEN?

Response message:
10

580 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:SPI:LATChedge
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the sampling edge of CLK on SPI bus
trigger.

This query returns the sampling edge of CLK on SPI bus

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:CLK:LATChedge <slope>

<slope>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:LATC?

RESPONSE FORMAT <slope>

<slope>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold judgment condition

of CLK on SPI bus trigger to RISing.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:LATChedge RISing
:TRIG:SPI:LATC RIS

Query message:
:TRIG:SPI:LATC?

Response message:
RISing

www.siglent.com 581 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:SPI:MISOSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the MISO source of the SPI bus trigger.

This query returns the current MISO source of the SPI bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:MISOSource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:MISOSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the MISO source of the SPI bus
trigger as channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:MISOSource C2
TRIG:SPI:MISOS C2

Query message:
TRIG:SPI:MISOS?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SPI:MISOThreshold

582 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:SPI:MISOThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the MISO on SPI bus
trigger.

This query returns the current threshold of the MISO on SPI

bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:MISOThreshold <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS6000L , 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS2000X Plus
, 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:MISOThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the MISO on SPI
bus trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:MISOThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:SPI:MISOT 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:SPI:MISOT?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SPI:MISOSource

www.siglent.com 583 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:SPI:MOSISource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the MOSI source of the SPI bus trigger.

This query returns the current MOSI source of the SPI bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:MOSISource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:MOSISource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the MOSI source of the SPI bus
trigger as channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:MOSISource C2
TRIG:SPI:MOSIS C2

Query message:
TRIG:SPI:MOSIS?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SPI:MOSIThreshold

584 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:SPI:MOSIThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the MOSI on SPI bus
trigger.

The query returns the current threshold of the MOSI on SPI bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:MOSIThreshold <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:MOSIThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the MOSI on SPI
bus trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:MOSIThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:SPI:MOSIT 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:SPI:MOSIT?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SPI:MOSISource

www.siglent.com 585 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:SPI:NCSSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the NCS source of the SPI bus trigger.

The query returns the current NCS source of the SPI bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:NCSSource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:NCSSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the NCS source of the SPI bus
trigger as D0.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:NCSSource D0
:TRIG:SPI:NCSS D0

Query message:
:TRIG:SPI:NCSS?

Response message:
D0

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SPI:NCSThreshold

586 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:SPI:NCSThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the NCS on SPI bus
trigger.

This query returns the current threshold of the NCS on SPI bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:NCSThreshold <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS6000L , 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS2000X Plus
, 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:NCSThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the NCS on IIC
bus trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:NCSThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:SPI:NCST 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:SPI:NCST?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:SPI:NCSSource

www.siglent.com 587 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:SPI:TTYPe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger type of the SPI bus trigger.

The query returns the current trigger type of the SPI bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:TTYPe <trigger_type>

<trigger_type>:= {MISO|MOSI}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:SPI:TTYPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <trigger_type>

<trigger_type>:= {MISO|MOSI}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger type of the SPI bus
trigger to MOSI.

Command message:
:TRIGger:SPI:TTYPe MOSI
TRIG:SPI:TTYP MOSI

Query message:
TRIG:SPI:TTYP?

Response message:
MOSI

588 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:UART Commands

The :TRIGGER:UART subsystem commands control the UART bus trigger parameters.

 :TRIGger:UART:BAUD

 :TRIGger:UART:BITorder

 :TRIGger:UART:CONDition

 :TRIGger:UART:DATA

 :TRIGger:UART:DLENgth

 :TRIGger:UART:IDLE

 :TRIGger:UART:LIMit

 :TRIGger:UART:PARity

 :TRIGger:UART:RXSource

 :TRIGger:UART:RXThreshold

 :TRIGger:UART:STOP

 :TRIGger:UART:TTYPe

 :TRIGger:UART:TXSource

 :TRIGger:UART:TXThreshold

www.siglent.com 589 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:UART:BAUD
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the baud rate of the UART bus trigger.

The query returns the current baud rate of the UART bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:BAUD <baud>

<baud>:=
{600bps|1200bps|2400bps|4800bps|9600bps|19200bps|38400
bps|57600bps|115200bps|CUSTom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [300, 20000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:BAUD?

RESPONSE FORMAT <baud>

<baud>:=
{600bps|1200bps|2400bps|4800bps|9600bps|19200bps|38400
bps|57600bps|115200bps|CUSTom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the baud rate of the UART bus
trigger to 9600bps.

Command message:
:TRIGger:UART:BAUD 9600bps
TRIG:UART:BAUD 9600bps

Query message:
TRIG:UART:BAUD?

Response message:
9600bps

590 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:UART:BITorder
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the bit order of the UART trigger.

The query returns the current bit order of the UART trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:BITorder <order>

<order>:= {LSM|MSB}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:BITorder?

RESPONSE FORMAT <order>

<order>:= {LSM|MSB}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the bit order to LSB.

Command message:
:TRIGger:UART:BITorder LSB
TRIG:UART:BIT LSB

Query message:
TRIG:UART:BIT?

Response message:
LSB

www.siglent.com 591 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:UART:CONDition
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the condition of the UART bus trigger.

The query returns the current condition of the UART bus

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:CONDition <condition>

<condition>:= {STARt|STOP|DATA|ERRor}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:CONDition?

RESPONSE FORMAT <condition>

<condition>:= {STARt|STOP|DATA|ERRor}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the condition of the UART bus
trigger to STOP.

Command message:
:TRIGger:UART:CONDition STOP
TRIG:UART:COND STOP

Query message:
TRIG:UART:COND?

Response message:
STOP

592 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:UART:DATA
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data of the UART bus trigger.

The query returns the current data of the UART bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:DATA <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

Note:
• The range of the value is related to data length by using
the command :TRIGger:UART:DLENgth.
• Use the don’t care data (256, data length is 8) to ignore the
data value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:DATA?

RESPONSE FORMAT <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data of the UART bus trigger
to 0x53.

Command message:
:TRIGger:UART:DATA 83
TRIG:UART:DATA 83

Query message:
TRIG:UART:DATA?

Response message:
83

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:UART:CONDition

:TRIGger:UART:DLENgth

www.siglent.com 593 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:UART:DLENgth
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data length of the UART bus trigger.

The query returns the current data length of the UART bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:DLENgth <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [5, 8].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:DLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data length of the UART bus
trigger to 8.

Command message:
:TRIGger:UART:DLENgth 8
TRIG:UART:DLEN 8

Query message:
TRIG:UART:DLEN?

Response message:
8

594 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:UART:IDLE
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the idle level of the UART bus trigger.

The query returns the current idle level of the UART bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:IDLE <idle>

<idle>:= {LOW|HIGH}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:IDLE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <idle>

<idle>:= {LOW|HIGH}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the idle level of the UART bus
trigger as LOW.

Command message:
:TRIGger:UART:IDLE LOW
TRIG:UART:IDLE LOW

Query message:
TRIG:UART:IDLE?

Response message:
LOW

www.siglent.com 595 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:UART:LIMit
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data comparison type of the UART bus
trigger when the trigger condition is Data.

The query returns the current data comparison type of the

UART bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:LIMit <limit_type>

<limit_type>:= {EQUal|GREaterthan|LESSthan}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT <limit_type>

<limit_type>:= {EQUal|GREaterthan|LESSthan}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the limit of the UART bus trigger
to LESSthan.

Command message:
:TRIGger:UART:LIMit LESSthan
TRIG:UART:LIM LESS

Query message:
TRIG:UART:LIM?

Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:UART:CONDition

596 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:UART:PARity
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the parity check of the UART bus trigger.

The query returns the current parity check of the UART bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:PARity <parity>

<parity>:= {NONE|ODD|EVEN|MARK|SPACe}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:PARity?

RESPONSE FORMAT <parity_check>

<parity_check>:= {NONE|ODD|EVEN|MARK|SPACe}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the parity check of the UART bus
trigger to odd.

Command message:
:TRIGger:UART:PARity ODD
TRIG:UART:PAR ODD

Query message:
TRIG:UART:PAR?

Response message:
ODD

www.siglent.com 597 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:UART:RXSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the RX source of the UART bus trigger.

The query returns the current RX source of the UART bus

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:RXSource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:RXSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command selects the RX source of the UART

bus trigger as channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:UART:RXSource C2
TRIG:UART:RXS C2

Query message:
TRIG:UART:RXS?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:UART:RXThreshold

598 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:UART:RXThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of RX on UART bus trigger.

The query returns the current threshold of RX on UART bus

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:RXThreshold <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS6000L , 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS2000X Plus
, 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD
QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:RXThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of RX on UART bus

trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:UART:RXThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:UART:RXT 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:UART:RXT?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:UART:RXSource

www.siglent.com 599 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:UART:STOP
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the length of the stop bit on UART bus
trigger.

The query returns the current length of the stop bit on UART
bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:STOP <bit>

<bit>:= {1|1.5|2}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:STOP?

RESPONSE FORMAT <bit>

<bit>:= {1|1.5|2}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the length of the stop bit on UART
bus trigger to 1 bit.

Command message:
:TRIGger:UART:STOP 1
TRIG:UART:STOP 1

Query message:
TRIG:UART:STOP?

Response message:
1

600 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:UART:TTYPe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger type of the UART bus trigger.

The query returns the current trigger type of the UART bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:TTYPe <trigger_type>

<trigger_type>:= {RX|TX}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:TTYPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <trigger_type>

<trigger_type>:= {RX|TX}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger type of the UART bus
trigger to RX.

Command message:
:TRIGger:UART:TTYPe RX
TRIG:UART:TTYP RX

Query message:
TRIG:UART:TTYP?

Response message:
RX

www.siglent.com 601 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:UART:TXSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the TX source of the UART bus trigger.

The query returns the current TX source of the UART bus

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:TXSource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:TXSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the TX source of the UART bus
trigger as channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:UART:TXSource C2
TRIG:UART:TXS C2

Query message:
TRIG:UART:TXS?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:UART:TXThreshold

602 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:UART:TXThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of TX on the UART bus

trigger.

The query returns the current threshold of TX on the UART bus

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:TXThreshold <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:UART:TXThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of TX on UART bus

trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:UART:TXThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:UART:TXT 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:UART:TXT?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:UART:TXSource

www.siglent.com 603 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:CAN Commands

The :TRIGGER:CAN subsystem commands control the CAN bus trigger parameters.

 :TRIGger:CAN:BAUD

 :TRIGger:CAN:CONDition

 :TRIGger:CAN:DAT2

 :TRIGger:CAN:DATA

 :TRIGger:CAN:ID

 :TRIGger:CAN:IDLength

 :TRIGger:CAN:SOURce

 :TRIGger:CAN:THReshold

604 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:CAN:BAUD
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the baud rate of the CAN bus trigger.

The command query returns the baud rate of the CAN bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:BAUD <baud>

<baud>:=
{5kbps|10kbps|20kbps|50kbps|100kbps|125kbps|250kbps|500
kbps|800kbps|1Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [5000, 1000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:BAUD?

RESPONSE FORMAT <baud>

<baud>:=
{5kbps|10kbps|20kbps|50kbps|100kbps|125kbps|250kbps|500
kbps|800kbps|1Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE This command sets the baud rate of the CAN bus trigger to
20kbps.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CAN:BAUD 20kbps
TRIG:CAN:BAUD 20kbps

Query message:
TRIG:CAN:BAUD?

Response message:
20kbps

www.siglent.com 605 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:CAN:CONDition
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger condition for the CAN bus
trigger.

The query returns the current trigger condition for the CAN bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:CONDition <condition>

<condition>:= {STARt|REMote|ID|ID_AND_DATA|ERRor}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:CONDition?

RESPONSE FORMAT <condition>

<condition>:= {STARt|REMote|ID|ID_AND_DATA|ERRor}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger condition for the CAN
bus trigger to start.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CAN:CONDition STARt
TRIG:CAN:COND STAR

Query message:
TRIG:CAN:COND?

Response message:
STARt

606 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:CAN:DAT2
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data2 of the CAN bus trigger.

The query returns the current data2 of the CAN bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:DAT2 <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 256].

Note:
Use the don’t care data (256) to ignore the data2 value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:DAT2?

RESPONSE FORMAT <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the CAN bus triggered data 2 to
0x49.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CAN:DAT2 73
TRIG:CAN:DAT2 73

Query message:
TRIG:CAN:DAT2?

Response message:
73

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:CAN:CONDition

www.siglent.com 607 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:CAN:DATA
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data of the CAN bus trigger.

The query returns the current data of the CAN bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:DATA <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 256].

Note:
Use the don’t care data (256) to ignore the data value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:DATA?

RESPONSE FORMAT <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data of the CAN bus triggered
to 0x43.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CAN:DATA 67
TRIG:CAN:DATA 67

Query message:
TRIG:CAN:DATA?

Response message:
67

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:CAN:CONDition

608 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:CAN:ID
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the ID of the CAN bus trigger.

The query returns the current ID of the CAN bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:ID <id>

<id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

The range of the value is [0, 536870912] when the ID length is

29 bits. The range of the value is [0, 2048] when the ID length
is 11 bits.

Note:
Use the don’t care data (536870912, ID length is 29 bits) to
ignore the ID value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:ID?

RESPONSE FORMAT <id>

<id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the ID of the CAN bus trigger to
0x7819F51.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CAN:ID 125935441
TRIG:CAN:ID 125935441

Query message:
TRIG:CAN:ID?

Response message:
125935441

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:CAN:CONDition

www.siglent.com 609 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:CAN:IDLength
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the ID length of the CAN bus trigger when
the trigger condition is Remote, ID or ID+Data.

The query returns the current ID length of the CAN bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:IDLENgth <id_length>

<id_length>:= {11BITS|29BITS}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:IDLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT <id_length>

<id_length>:= {11BITS|29BITS}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the ID length of the CAN trigger to
29BITS.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CAN:IDLength 29BITS
TRIG:CAN:IDL 29BITS

Query message:
TRIG:CAN:IDL?

Response message:
29BITS

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:CAN:CONDition

610 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:CAN:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the source of the CAN bus trigger.

The query returns the current source of the CAN bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE This following command sets the source of the CAN bus trigger
to C2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CAN:SOURce C2
TRIG:CAN:SOUR C2

Query message:
TRIG:CAN:SOUR?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:CAN:THReshold

www.siglent.com 611 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:CAN:THReshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the source on CAN bus
trigger.

The query returns the current threshold of the source on CAN

bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:THReshold <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CAN:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the source on

CAN bus trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CAN:THReshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:CAN:THR 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:CAN:THR?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:CAN:SOURce

612 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:LIN Commands

The :TRIGGER:LIN subsystem commands control the LIN bus trigger parameters.

 :TRIGger:LIN:BAUD

 :TRIGger:LIN:CONDition

 :TRIGger:LIN:DAT2

 :TRIGger:LIN:DATA

 :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:CHECksum

 :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:DLENgth

 :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:ID

 :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:PARity

 :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:SYNC

 :TRIGger:LIN:ID

 :TRIGger:LIN:SOURce

 :TRIGger:LIN:STANdard

 :TRIGger:LIN:THReshold

www.siglent.com 613 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:LIN:BAUD
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the baud rate of the LIN bus trigger.

The query returns the current baud rate of the LIN bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:BAUD <baud>

<baud>:=
{600bps|1200bps|2400bps|4800bps|9600bps|19200bps|CUST
om[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [300, 20000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:BAUD?

RESPONSE FORMAT <baud>

<baud>:=
{600bps|1200bps|2400bps|4800bps|9600bps|19200bps|CUST
om[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the baud rate of the LIN bus
trigger to 9600bps.

Command message:
:TRIGger:LIN:BAUD 9600bps
:TRIG:LIN:BAUD 9600bps

Query message:
:TRIG:LIN:BAUD?

Response message:
9600bps

614 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:LIN:CONDition
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger condition of the LIN bus.

The query returns the current trigger condition of the LIN bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:CONDition <condition>

<condition>:= {BReak|ID|ID_AND_DATA|DATA_ERROR}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:CONDition?

RESPONSE FORMAT <condition>

<condition>:= {BReak|ID|ID_AND_DATA|DATA_ERROR}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the condition of the LIN bus
trigger to ID_AND_DATA.

Command message:
:TRIGger:LIN:CONDition ID_AND_DATA
TRIG:LIN:COND ID_AND_DATA

Query message:
TRIG:LIN:COND?

Response message:
ID_AND_DATA

www.siglent.com 615 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:LIN:DAT2
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data2 of the LIN bus trigger when the
trigger condition is ID+Data.

The query returns the current data2 of the LIN bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:DAT2 <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 256].

Note:
Use the don’t care data (256) to ignore the data2 value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:DAT2?

RESPONSE FORMAT <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data2 of the LIN bus trigger to
0x4C.

Command message:
:TRIGger:LIN:DAT2 76
TRIG:LIN:DAT2 76

Query message:
TRIG:LIN:DAT2?

Response message:
76

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:LIN:CONDition

:TRIGger:LIN:DATA

616 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:LIN:DATA
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data of the LIN bus trigger when the
trigger condition is ID+Data.

The query returns the current data1 of the LIN bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:DATA <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 256].

Note:
Use the don’t care data (256) to ignore the data value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:DATA?

RESPONSE FORMAT <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data1 of the LIN bus trigger to
0x45.

Command message:
:TRIGger:LIN:DATA 69
TRIG:LIN:DATA 69

Query message:
TRIG:LIN:DATA?

Response message:
69

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:LIN:CONDition

:TRIGger:LIN:DAT2

www.siglent.com 617 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:CHECksum
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the checksum error state of the LIN bus
trigger when the trigger condition is Error.

The query returns the current checksum error state of the LIN
bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:CHECksum <state>

<state>:= {0|1}
 0 means OFF
 1 means ON

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:CHECksum?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {0|1}

EXAMPLE The following command sets to trigger when a checksum error

occurs.

Command message:
:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:CHECksum 1
TRIG:LIN:ERR:CHEC 1

Query message:
TRIG:LIN:ERR:CHEC?

Response message:
1

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:LIN:CONDition

618 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:DLENgth
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data length of the error frame when the
trigger condition is Error and the checksum error state is on.

The query returns the current data length of the error frame on
LIN bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:DLENgth <length>

<length>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 8].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:DLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT <length>

<length>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data length of the error frame
on LIN bus to 4 bytes.

Command message:
:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:DLENgth 4
TRIG:LIN:ERR:DLEN 4

Query message:
TRIG:LIN:ERR:DLEN?

Response message:
4

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:LIN:CONDition

:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:CHECksum

www.siglent.com 619 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:ID
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the error frame ID of the LIN bus when the
trigger condition is Error and the checksum error state is on.

The query returns the current error frame ID of the LIN bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:ID <id>

<id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 63].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:ID?

RESPONSE FORMAT <id>

<id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the error frame ID of the LIN bus
trigger to 0x2A.

Command message:
:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:ID 42
TRIG:LIN:ERR:ID 42

Query message:
TRIG:LIN:ERR:ID?

Response message:
42

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:LIN:CONDition

:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:CHECksum

620 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:PARity
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the header parity error state of the LIN bus
trigger when the trigger condition is Error.

The query returns the header parity error state of the LIN bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:PARity <state>

<state>:= {0|1}
 0 means OFF
 1 means ON

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:PARity?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {0|1}

EXAMPLE The following command sets to trigger when a header parity

error occurs.

Command message:
:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:PARity 1
TRIG:LIN:ERR:PAR 1

Query message:
TRIG:LIN:ERR:PAR?

Response message:
1

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:LIN:CONDition

www.siglent.com 621 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:SYNC
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the sync byte error state of the LIN bus
trigger.

The query returns the current sync byte error state of the LIN
bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:SYNC <state>

<state>:= {0|1}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:SYNC?

RESPONSE FORMAT <state>

<state>:= {0|1}

EXAMPLE The following command sets to trigger when a sync byte error
occurs.

Command message:
:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:SYNC 1
TRIG:LIN:ERR:SYNC 1

Query message:
TRIG:LIN:ERR:SYNC?

Response message:
1

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:LIN:CONDition

622 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:LIN:ID
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the ID of the LIN bus when the trigger
condition is ID.

The query returns the current ID of the LIN bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:ID <id>

<id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 64].

Note:
Use the don’t care data (64) to ignore the ID value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:ID?

RESPONSE FORMAT <id>

<id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the ID of the LIN bus trigger to
0x2B.

Command message:
:TRIGger:LIN:ID 43
TRIG:LIN:ID 43

Query message:
TRIG:LIN:ID?

Response message:
43

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:LIN:CONDition

www.siglent.com 623 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:LIN:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the trigger source of the LIN bus.

The query returns the current trigger source of the LIN bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:Source <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:Source?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger source of the LIN bus
as channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:LIN:SOURce C2
TRIG:LIN:SOUR C2

Query message:
TRIG:LIN:SOUR?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:LIN:THReshold

624 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:LIN:STANdard
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the LIN protocol standard when the trigger
condition is Error and the checksum error state is on.

The query returns the current protocol standard of the LIN bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:STANdard <version>

<version>:= {0|1}
 0 means Rev1.3
 1 means Rev2.x

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:STANdard?

RESPONSE FORMAT <version>

<version>:= {0|1}

EXAMPLE The following command sets to trigger when a checksum error

occurs according to Lin protocol 1.3.

Command message:
:TRIGger:LIN:STANdard 0
TRIG:LIN:STAN 0

Query message:
TRIG:LIN:STAN?

Response message:
0

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:LIN:CONDition

:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:CHECksum

www.siglent.com 625 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:LIN:THReshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the source on LIN bus
trigger.

The query returns the current threshold of source on the LIN

bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:THReshold <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A [-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS6000L , 4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset
SDS2000X Plus
, 4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:LIN:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the source on LIN
bus trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:LIN:THReshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:LIN:THR 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:LIN:THR?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:LIN:SOURce

626 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:FLEXray Commands [Option]

The :TRIGGER:FLEXray subsystem commands control the FlexRay bus trigger parameters.

 :TRIGger:FLEXray:BAUD

 :TRIGger:FLEXray:CONDition

 :TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:COMPare

 :TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:CYCLe

 :TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:ID

 :TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:REPetition

 :TRIGger:FLEXray:SOURce

 :TRIGger:FLEXray:THReshold

www.siglent.com 627 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:FLEXray:BAUD
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the baud rate of the Flexray bus trigger.

The query returns the current baud rate of the Flexray bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:BAUD <baud>

<baud>:= {2500kbps|5Mbps|10Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1000000,
20000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:BAUD?

RESPONSE FORMAT <baud>

<baud>:= {2500kbps|5Mbps|10Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the baud rate of the Flexray bus
trigger to 2500kbps.

Command message:
:TRIGger:FLEXray:BAUD 2500kbps
TRIG:FLEX:BAUD 2500kbps

Query message:
TRIG:FLEX:BAUD?

Response message:
2500kbps

628 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:FLEXray:CONDition
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger condition of FLEXray bus.

The query returns the current trigger condition of FLEXray bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:CONDition <condition>

<condition>:= {TSS|FRAMe|SYMBol|ERRor}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:CONDition?

RESPONSE FORMAT <condition>

<condition>:= {TSS|FRAMe|SYMBol|ERRor}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the condition of FLEXray bus

trigger to SYMBol.

Command message:
:TRIGger:FLEXray:CONDition SYMBol
TRIG:FLEX:COND SYMB

Query message:
TRIG:FLEX:COND?

Response message:
SYMBol

www.siglent.com 629 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:COMPare
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the frame cycle compare type of FLEXray
bus trigger.

The query returns the current frame cycle compare type of

FLEXray bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:COMPare <type>

<type >:= {ANY|EQUal|GREaterthan|LESSthan}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:COMPare?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type >

<type >:= {ANY|EQUal|GREaterthan|LESSthan}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the frame cycle compare type of
FLEXray bus trigger to LESSthan.

Command message:
:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:COMPare LESSthan
TRIG:FLEX:FRAM:COMP LESS

Query message:
TRIG:FLEX:FRAM:COMP?

Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:FLEXray:CONDition

630 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:CYCLe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the frame cycle of FLEXray bus trigger.

The query returns the current frame cycle of FLEXray bus

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:CYCLe <cycle>

<cycle>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 63].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:CYCLe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <cycle>

<cycle>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the frame cycle of FLEXray bus
trigger to 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:CYCLe 2
TRIG:FLEX:FRAM:CYCL 2

Query message:
TRIG:FLEX:FRAM:CYCL?

Response message:
2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:FLEXray:CONDition

www.siglent.com 631 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:ID
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the frame ID of FLEXray bus trigger.

The query returns the current frame ID of FLEXray bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:ID <id>

<id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 2048].

Note:
Use the don’t care data (2048) to ignore the ID value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:ID?

RESPONSE FORMAT <id>

<id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the frame ID of FLEXray bus

trigger to 0x701.

Command message:
:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:ID 1793
TRIG:FLEX:FRAM:ID 1793

Query message:
TRIG:FLEX:FRAM:ID?

Response message:
1793

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:FLEXray:CONDition

632 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:REPetition
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the cycle repetition of FLEXray bus trigger
when the cycle compare type is Equal

The query returns the current frame repetition of FLEXray bus

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:REPetition <times>

<times>:= {1|2|4|8|16|32|64}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:REPetition?

RESPONSE FORMAT <times>

<times>:= {1|2|4|8|16|32|64}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the frame repetition of FLEXray

bus trigger to 8.

Command message:
:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:REPetition 8
TRIG:FLEX:FRAM:REP 8

Query message:
TRIG:FLEX:FRAM:REP?

Response message:
8

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:FLEXray:CONDition

:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:COMPare

www.siglent.com 633 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:FLEXray:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the source of FLEXray bus trigger.

The query returns the current source of FLEXray bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:Source <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:Source?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the source of FLEXray bus trigger
as channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:FLEXray:SOURce C2
TRIG:FLEX:SOUR C2

Query message:
TRIG:FLEX:SOUR?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:FLEXray:THReshold

634 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:FLEXray:THReshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the source on FLEXray bus
trigger.

The query returns the current threshold of the source on

FLEXray bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:THReshold <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD
QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:FLEXray:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT < value>

< value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the source on

FLEXray bus trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:FLEXray:THReshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:FLEX:THR 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:FLEX:THR?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:FLEXray:SOURce

www.siglent.com 635 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:CANFd Commands [Option]

The :TRIGGER:CANFd subsystem commands control the CAN FD bus trigger parameters.

 :TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDData

 :TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDNominal

 :TRIGger:CANFd:CONDition

 :TRIGger:CANFd:DAT2

 :TRIGger:CANFd:DATA

 :TRIGger:CANFd:FTYPe

 :TRIGger:CANFd:ID

 :TRIGger:CANFd:IDLength

 :TRIGger:CANFd:SOURce

 :TRIGger:CANFd:THReshold

636 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDData
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data baud rate of the CAN FD bus
trigger when the frame type is Both or CAN FD.

The query returns the current data baud rate of the CAN FD
bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDData <baud>

<baud>:=
{500kbps|1Mbps|2Mbps|5Mbps|8Mbps|10Mbps|CUSTom[,<val
ue>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [100000,
10000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDData?

RESPONSE FORMAT <baud>

<baud>:=
{500kbps|1Mbps|2Mbps|5Mbps|8Mbps|10Mbps|CUSTom[,<val
ue>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data baud rate of the CAN FD
bus trigger to 500kbps.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDData 500kbps
TRIG:CANF:BAUDD 500kbps

Query message:
TRIG:CANF:BAUDD?

Response message:
500kbps

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:CANFd:FTYPe

:TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDNominal

www.siglent.com 637 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDNominal
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the nominal baud rate of the CAN FD bus
trigger.

The query returns the current nominal baud rate of the CAN FD
bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDNominal <baud>

<baud>:=
{10kbps|25kbps|50kbps|100kbps|250kbps|1Mbps|CUSTom[,<v
alue>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [10000,
1000000].

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDNominal?

RESPONSE FORMAT <baud>

<baud>:=
{10kbps|25kbps|50kbps|100kbps|250kbps|1Mbps|CUSTom[,<v
alue>]}

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the nominal baud of the CAN FD
bus trigger to 10kbps.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDNominal 10kbps
TRIG:CANF:BAUDN 10kbps

Query message:
TRIG:CANF:BAUDN?

Response message:
10kbps

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:CANFd:FTYPe

:TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDData

638 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:CANFd:CONDition
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger condition for the CAN FD bus
trigger.

The query returns the current trigger condition for the CAN FD
bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:CONDition <condition>

<condition>:= {STARt|REMote|ID|ID_AND_DATA|ERRor}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:CONDition?

RESPONSE FORMAT <condition>

<condition>:= {STARt|REMote|ID|ID_AND_DATA|ERRor}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the condition of the CAN FD bus
trigger to ID_AND_DATA.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CANFd:CONDition ID_AND_DATA
TRIG:CANF:COND ID_AND_DATA

Query message:
TRIG:CANF:COND?

Response message:
ID_AND_DATA

www.siglent.com 639 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:CANFd:DAT2
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data2 of the CAN FD bus when the
trigger condition is ID+Data.

The query returns the current data2 of the CAN FD bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:DAT2 <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 256].

Note:
Use the don’t care data (256) to ignore the data2 value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:DAT2?

RESPONSE FORMAT <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data2 of the CAN FD bus
trigger to 0x3F.

Command message:
TRIGger:CANFd:DAT2 63
TRIG:CANF:DAT2 63

Query message:
TRIG:CANF:DAT2?

Response message:
63

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:CANFd:CONDition

:TRIGger:CANFd:DATA

640 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:CANFd:DATA
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command the data of the CAN FD bus trigger.

The query returns the current data of the CAN FD bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:DATA <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 256].

Note:
Use the don’t care data (256) to ignore the data value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:DATA?

RESPONSE FORMAT <data>

<data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data1 of the CAN FD bus
trigger to 0x2E.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CANFd:DATA 46
TRIG:CANF:DATA 46

Query message:
TRIG:CANF:DATA?

Response message:
46

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:CANFd:CONDition

:TRIGger:CANFd:DAT2

www.siglent.com 641 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:CANFd:FTYPe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets the frame type of the CAN FD bus trigger.

The query returns the current frame type of the CAN FD bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:FTYPe <frame_type>

<frame_type>:= {BOTH|CAN|CANFd}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:FTYPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <frame_type>

<frame_type>:= {BOTH|CAN|CANFd}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the frame type of the CAN FD bus
trigger to CANFd.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CANFd:FTYPe CANFd
TRIG:CANF:FTYP CANF

Query message:
TRIG:CANF:FTYP?

Response message:
CANFd

642 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:CANFd:ID
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the ID of the CAN FD bus trigger when the
trigger condition is Remote, ID or ID+Data.

The query returns the current ID of the CAN FD bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:ID <id>

<id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

The range of the value is [0, 536870911] when the ID length is

29 bits. The range of the value is [0, 2047] when the ID length
is 11 bits.

Note:
Use the don’t care data (536870912, ID length is 29) to ignore
the data value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:ID?

RESPONSE FORMAT <id>

<id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the ID of the CAN FD trigger to

0x56A710C.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CANFd:ID 90861836
TRIG:CANF:ID 90861836

Query message:
TRIG:CANF:ID?

Response message:
90861836

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:CANFd:CONDition

:TRIGger:CANFd:IDLength

www.siglent.com 643 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:CANFd:IDLength
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the ID length of the CAN FD bus trigger.

The query returns the current ID length of the CAN FD bus

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:IDLENgth <length>

<length>:= {11BITS|29BITS}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:IDLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT <length>

<length>:= {11BITS|29BITS}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the ID length of the CAN FD bus
trigger to 29BITS.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CANFd:IDLength 29BITS
TRIG:CANF:IDL 29BITS

Query message:
TRIG:CANF:IDL?

Response message:
29BITS

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:CANFd:CONDition

:TRIGger:CANFd:ID

644 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:CANFd:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the source of the CAN FD bus trigger.

The query returns the current source of the CAN FD bus

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the source of the CAN FD bus
trigger as channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CANFd:SOURce C2
TRIG:CANF:SOUR C2

Query message:
TRIG:CANF:SOUR?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:CANFd:THReshold

www.siglent.com 645 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:CANFd:THReshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the source on CAN FD bus
triggering.

The query returns the current threshold of the source on CAN

FD bus triggering.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:THReshold <threshold>

<threshold>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point

and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD
QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:CANFd:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <threshold>

<threshold>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the source on

CAN FD bus trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:CANFd:THReshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:CANF:THR 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:CANF:THR?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:CANFd:SOURce

646 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:IIS Commands [Option]

The :TRIGGER:IIS subsystem commands control the IIS bus trigger parameters.

 :TRIGger:IIS:AVARiant

 :TRIGger:IIS:BCLKSource

 :TRIGger:IIS:BCLKThreshold

 :TRIGger:IIS:BITorder

 :TRIGger:IIS:CHANnel

 :TRIGger:IIS:COMPare

 :TRIGger:IIS:CONDition

 :TRIGger:IIS:DLENgth

 :TRIGger:IIS:DSource

 :TRIGger:IIS:DTHReshold

 :TRIGger:IIS:LATChedge

 :TRIGger:IIS:LCH

 :TRIGger:IIS:VALue

 :TRIGger:IIS:WSSource

 :TRIGger:IIS:WSTHreshold

www.siglent.com 647 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:IIS:AVARiant
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the audio variant of the IIS bus trigger.

The query returns the current audio variant of the IIS bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:AVARiant <type>

<type>:= {IIS|LJ|RJ}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:AVARiant?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {IIS|LJ|RJ}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the audio variant of the IIS bus
trigger to IIS.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIS:AVARiant IIS
TRIG:IIS:AVAR IIS

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:AVAR?

Response message:
IIS

648 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:IIS:BCLKSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the BCLK source of the IIS bus trigger.

The query returns the current BCLK source of the IIS bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:BCLKSource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:BCLKSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the BCLK source of the IIS bus
trigger as channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIS:BCLKSource C2
TRIG:IIS:BCLKS C2

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:BCLKS?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIS:BCLKThreshold

www.siglent.com 649 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:IIS:BCLKThreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the BCLK on LIN bus
trigger.

The query returns the current threshold of the BCLK on LIN bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:BCLKThreshold <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:BCLKThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the BCLK on LIN
bus trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIS:BCLKThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:IIS:BCLKT 1.50+00

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:BCLKT?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIS:BCLKSource

650 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:IIS:BITorder
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the bit order of the IIS bus trigger.

The query returns the current bit order of the IIS bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:BITorder <order>

<order>:= {LSM|MSB}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:BITorder?

RESPONSE FORMAT <order>

<order>:= {LSM|MSB}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the bit order of the IIS bus trigger
to MSB.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIS:BITorder MSB
TRIG:IIS:BIT MSB

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:BIT?

Response message:
MSB

www.siglent.com 651 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:IIS:CHANnel
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the channel of the IIS bus trigger.

The query returns the current channel of the IIS bus trigger

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:CHANnel <channel>

<channel>:= {LEFT|RIGHT}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:CHANnel?

RESPONSE FORMAT <channel>

<channel>:= {LEFT|RIGHT}

EXAMPLE The following command sets to trigger on right channel of the

IIS bus.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIS:CHANnel RIGHT
TRIG:IIS:CHAN RIGHT

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:CHAN?

Response message:
RIGHT

652 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:IIS:COMPare
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data compare type of the IIS bus
trigger.

The query returns the current data compare type of the IIS bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:COMPare <type>

<type>:= {EQUal|GREaterthan|LESSthan}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:COMPare?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {EQUal|GREaterthan|LESSthan}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data compare type of the IIS
bus trigger to LESSthan.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIS:COMPare LESSthan
TRIG:IIS:COMP LESS

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:COMP?

Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIS:CONDition

www.siglent.com 653 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:IIS:CONDition
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the trigger condition of the IIS bus.

The query returns the current trigger condition of the IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:CONDition <condition>

<condition>:= {DATA|MUTE|CLIP|GLITch|RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:CONDition?

RESPONSE FORMAT <condition>

<condition>:= {DATA|MUTE|CLIP|GLITch|RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the trigger condition of the IIS bus
to DATA.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIS:CONDition DATA
TRIG:IIS:COND DATA

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:COND?

Response message:
DATA

654 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:IIS:DLENgth
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the data bits of the IIS bus trigger.

The query returns the current data bits of the IIS bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:DLENgth <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

Note:
The range of the value is related to the channel bits and the
start bits. If the channel bits are 32 and the start bit is 2, the
range is [1,30]

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:DLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data bits of the IIS bus trigger
to 10.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIS:DLENgth 10
TRIG:IIS:DLEN 10

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:DLEN?

Response message:
10

www.siglent.com 655 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:IIS:DSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the data source of the IIS bus trigger.

The query returns the current data source of the IIS bus trigger

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:DSource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:DSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the data source of the IIS bus
trigger as C2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIS:DSource C2
TRIG:IIS:DS C2

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:DS?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIS:DTHReshold

656 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:IIS:DTHReshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the data source on IIS bus
trigger.

The query returns the current threshold of the data source on

IIS bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:DTHReshold <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:DTHReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <threshold>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the data source
on IIS bus trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
TRIGger:IIS:DTHReshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:IIS:DTHR 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:DTHR?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIS:DSource

www.siglent.com 657 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:IIS:LATChedge
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the sampling edge of BCLK on IIS bus
trigger.

The query returns the sampling edge of BCLK on IIS bus

trigger

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:BCLK:EDGE <slope>

<slope>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:BCLK:EDGE?

RESPONSE FORMAT <slope>

<slope>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the sampling edge of BCLK on IIS
bus trigger to RISing.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIS:BCLK:EDGE RISing
TRIG:IIS:BCLK:EDGE RIS

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:BCLK:EDGE?

Response message:
RISing

658 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:IIS:LCH
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the level of the left channel on IIS bus
trigger.

The query returns the current level of the left channel on IIS
bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:LCH <level>

<level>:= {LOW|HIGH}

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:LCH?

RESPONSE FORMAT <level>

<level>:= {LOW|HIGH}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the level of the left channel on IIS
bus trigger to HIGH.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIS:LCH HIGH
TRIG:IIS:LCH HIGH

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:LCH?

Response message:
HIGH

www.siglent.com 659 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:IIS:VALue
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the value of the IIS bus trigger.

The query returns the current value of the IIS bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:VALue <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

Note:
• The range of the value is related to data length by using
the command :TRIGger:IIS:DLENgth.
• Use the don’t care data (256, data length is 8) to ignore the
data value.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:VALue?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the value of the IIS bus trigger to
0x56 when the data length is 8.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIS:VALue 86
TRIG:IIS:VAL 86

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:VAL?

Response message:
86

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIS:CONDition

:TRIGger:IIS:DLENgth

660 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:TRIGger:IIS:WSSource
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command selects the WS source of the IIS bus trigger.

The query returns the current WS source of the IIS bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:WSSource <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:WSSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|D<n>}

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<n>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the WS source of the IIS bus trigger
as channel 2.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIS:WSSource C2
TRIG:IIS:WSS C2

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:WSS?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIS:WSTHreshold

www.siglent.com 661 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:TRIGger:IIS:WSTHreshold
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the threshold of the WS on IIS bus trigger.

The query returns the current threshold of the WS on IIS bus

trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:WSThreshold <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point and

exponent, like 1.23E+2.

The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model Value Range
SDS6000 Pro
[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX :TRIGger:IIS:WSThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the threshold of the WS on IIS bus
trigger to 1.5 V.

Command message:
:TRIGger:IIS:WSThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:IIS:WST 1.50E+00

Query message:
TRIG:IIS:WST?

Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS :TRIGger:IIS:WSSource

662 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

WAVeform Commands

The WAVEFORM subsystem is used to transfer data to a controller from the oscilloscope waveform
memory.

The waveform record is actually contained in two portions: the preamble and waveform data. The
waveform record must be read from the oscilloscope by the controller using two separate commands.
The waveform data is the actual data acquired for each point in the specified source. The preamble
contains the information for interpreting the waveform data.

 :WAVeform:DATA

 :WAVeform:INTerval

 :WAVeform:MAXPoint

 :WAVeform:POINt

 :WAVeform:PREamble

 :WAVeform:SEQuence

 :WAVeform:SOURce

 :WAVeform:STARt

 :WAVeform:WIDTh

www.siglent.com 663 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:WAVeform:SOURce
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command specifies the source waveform to be transferred

from the oscilloscope using the query :WAVeform:DATA?

The query returns the source waveform to be transferred from

the oscilloscope.

COMMAND SYNTAX :WAVeform:SOURce <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|F<x>|D<m>}
 C denotes an analog input channel. For example, C1 is
analog input 1.
 F denotes a math function. For example, F1 is math function
1. All operators including FFT.
 D denotes a digital waveform. For example, D1 denotes
digital input 1.

<x>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

<m>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an

integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX :WAVeform:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT <source>

<source>:= {C<x>|F<x>|D<m>}

EXAMPLE The following command specifies that the Channel 2 waveform

will be transferred in the next :WAVeform:DATA? query
or :WAVeform:PREamble? query.

Command message:
:WAVeform:SOURce C2
WAV:SOUR C2

Query message:
WAV:SOUR?

Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS :WAVeform:DATA

:WAVeform:PREamble

664 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:WAVeform:STARt
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command specifies the starting data point for waveform
transfer using the query :WAVeform:DATA?.

The query returns the starting data point for waveform transfer.

COMMAND SYNTAX :WAVeform:STARt <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

Note:
The value range is related to the current waveform point and
the value set by the command :WAVeform:POINt.

QUERY SYNTAX :WAVeform:STARt?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the start point to 1000 when the
current waveform point is 400 kpts.

Command message:
:WAVeform:STARt 1000
WAV:STAR 1000

Query message:
WAV:STAR?

Response message:
1000

RELATED COMMANDS :WAVeform:POINt

www.siglent.com 665 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:WAVeform:INTerval
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the interval between data points for
waveform transfer using the query :WAVeform:DATA?

The query returns the interval between data points for

waveform transfer.

COMMAND SYNTAX :WAVeform:INTerval <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

Note:
The value range is related to the values set by the
command :WAVeform:POINt and :WAVeform:STARt.

QUERY SYNTAX :WAVeform:INTerval?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command sets the interval between data points
for waveform transfer to 200.

Command message:
:WAVeform:INTerval 200
WAV:INT 200

Query message:
WAV:INT?

Response message:
200

RELATED COMMANDS :WAVeform:STARt

:WAVeform:POINt

666 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:WAVeform:POINt
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the number of waveform points to be

transferred with the query :WAVeform:DATA?

The query returns the number of waveform points to be

transferred.

COMMAND SYNTAX :WAVeform:POINt <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

Note:
The value range is related to the current waveform point.

QUERY SYNTAX :WAVeform:POINt?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following command the number of waveform points to be

transferred to 2000 pts.

Command message:
:WAVeform:POINt 20000
WAV:POIN 20000

Query message:
WAV:POIN?

Response message:
20000

RELATED COMMANDS :ACQuire:POINts

www.siglent.com 667 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:WAVeform:MAXPoint
Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the maximum points of one piece, when it
needs to read the waveform data in pieces.

QUERY SYNTAX :WAVeform:MAXPoint?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE The following return the maximum points of one piece in

SDS2000X Plus series.

Query message:
:WAV:MAXPoint?

Response message:
10000000

668 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:WAVeform:WIDTh
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION The command sets the current output format for the transfer of
waveform data.

The query returns the current output format for the transfer of
waveform data.

COMMAND SYNTAX :WAVeform:WIDTh <type>

<type>:= {BYTE|WORD}
WORD formatted data transfers 16-bit data as two bytes, and
the upper byte is transmitted first.
BYTE formatted data is transferred as 8-bit bytes.

Note:
When the vertical resolution is set to 10 bit or the ADC bit is
more than 8bit, it must to use the command to set to WORD
before transferring waveform data.

QUERY SYNTAX :WAVeform:WIDTh?

RESPONSE FORMAT <type>

<type>:= {BYTE|WORD}

EXAMPLE The following command sets the current output format for the
transfer of waveform data to BYTE.

Command message:
:WAVeform:WIDTh BYTE
WAV:WIDT BYTE

Query message:
WAV:WIDT?

Response message:
BYTE

www.siglent.com 669 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

:WAVeform:PREamble
Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the parameters of the source using by the
command :WAVeform:SOURce.

QUERY SYNTAX :WAVeform:PREamble?

RESPONSE FORMAT <bin>

<bin>:= binary data block headed " #9<9-Digits>”. See the

table below for details.

RELATED COMMANDS :WAVeform:SOURce

Table 1 Explanation of the descriptor block

(The first byte after "#9<9-digits>" is the starting position)

Address Type Length Description

Descriptor name. It is string, the first 8 chars are always
0~15 char 16
“WAVEDESC”
16~31 char 16 Template name. It is string, the first 7 chars are always “WAVEACE”.
COMM_TYPE. It is chosen by remote command comm_format. 0 -
32~33 short 2
byte, 1- word. Default value is 0.
COMM_ORDER. It is chosen by remote command comm_format. 0
34~35 short 2
- LSB, 1- MSB. Default value is 0.
36~39 long 4 wave_desc_length. Length in bytes of block WAVEDESC. (346)
40~59 long 4*5 Reserved
WAVE_ARRAY_1. Length in bytes of 1st simple data array. In
transmitted waveform, represent the number of transmitted bytes in
60~63 long 4 accordance with the parameter of the :WAVeform:POINt remote
command and the used format (see COMM_TYPE). Only for analog
channel.
64~75 long 4*3 Reserved
76~91 char 16 Instrument name. It is string, always “Siglent SDS”.
92~95 long 4 Reserved
96~111 char 16 Reserved
112~115 long 4 Reserved
Wave array count. Number of data points in the data array. Only for
116~119 long 4 analog channel. When sequence is on, this value means the points
number of single sequence frame.
120~131 long 4*3 Reserved
First point. Indicates the offset relative to the beginning of the trace
132~135 long 4 buffer. Value is the same as the parameter of the :WAVeform:STARt
remote command.
Data interval. Indicates the interval between data points for
136~139 long 4 waveform transfer. Value is the same as the parameter of
the :WAVeform:INTerval remote command.

670 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

140~143 long 4 Reserved

read_frames, number of sequence frames transferred this time.
144~147 long 4
Used to calculate the reading times of sequence waveform
sum_frames, number of sequence frames acquired. Used to
148~151 long 4
calculate the reading times of sequence waveform
152~155 short 2*2 Reserved
156~159 float 4 Vertical gain. The value of vertical scale without probe attenuation.
160~163 float 4 Vertical offset. The value of vertical offset without probe attenuation.
code_per_div. The value is different for different vertical gain of
164~167 float 4
different models
168~171 float 4 Reserved
172~173 short 2 Adc_bit
The specified frame index of sequence set by the parameter
174~175 short 2
<value1> of the command :WAVeform:SEQuence. Default Value is 1
Horizontal interval. Sampling interval for time domain waveforms.
176~179 float 4
Horizontal interval = 1/sampling rate.
long Horizontal offset. Trigger offset for the first sweep of the trigger,
180~187 8
double seconds between the trigger and the first data point. Unit is s.
long
188~195 8 Reserved
double
196~243 char 48 Reserved
244~291 char 48 Reserved
292~295 float 4 Reserved
296~311 struct 16 Reserved
312~315 float 4 Reserved
316~323 short 2*4 Reserved
Time_base. This is the enumerated time/div. see the Table 2 for
324~325 short 2
details.
326~327 short 2 Vertical coupling. 0-DC,1-AC,2-GND
328~331 float 4 Probe attenuation.
Fixed vertical gain. This is the enumerated vertical scale. This value
332~333 short 2 is not intuitive, and the vertical scale is usually represented by the
value of address 156~159
334~335 short 2 Bandwidth limit. 0-OFF,1-20M,2-200M
336~343 float 4*2 Reserved
344~345 short 2 Wave source. 0-C1,1-C2,2-C3,3-C4,4-C5,5-C6,6-C7,7-C8

www.siglent.com 671 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

Table 2 Enum of Timebase

Index Timebase (s) Index Timebase(s)

0 200E-12 20 1E-3

1 500E-12 21 2E-3

2 1E-9 22 5E-3

3 2E-9 23 10E-3

4 5E-9 24 20E-3

5 10E-9 25 50E-3

6 20E-9 26 100E-3

7 50E-9 27 200E-3

8 100E-9 28 500E-3

9 200E-0 29 1

10 500E-9 30 2

11 1E-6 31 5

12 2E-6 32 10

13 5E-6 33 20

14 10E-6 34 50

15 20E-6 35 100

16 50E-6 36 200

17 100E-6 37 500

18 200E-6 38 1000

19 500E-6

Note: Different models have different time base enumeration

672 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:WAVeform:DATA
Query

DESCRIPTION The query returns the waveform data of the source using by the
command :WAVeform:SOURce to be transferred from the
oscilloscope.

QUERY SYNTAX :WAVeform:DATA?

RESPONSE FORMAT <wave_data>

<wave_data>:=binary data block headed " #N<N-Digits>”

RELATED COMMANDS :WAVeform:STARt

:WAVeform:INTerval
:WAVeform:POINt
:WAVeform:MAXPoint
:WAVeform:WIDTh

EXAMPLE For SDS5000X series, the following steps show how to use the
command to reconstitute the display of waveform.

For analog channel waveform and math waveform (except for FFT):

Step 1: Send the commands to get the data of waveform.

Command message:
:WAVeform:SOURce C2
:WAVeform:DATA?

www.siglent.com 673 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

Response message:
The header is “#9000001000” which nine ASCII integers are used to give the number of the
waveform data points (1000 pts). After the header of block, is beginning of the wave data, and the
last two bytes “0A 0A” means the end of data.

Step 2: Send the query to get the parameters of waveform.

Query message:
:WAVeform:PRE?

For parameter parsing, see the section of the query. Through the query, we can get the vertical scale
is 10 V/div, the vertical offset is 14.5 V, the timebase is 20E-9 s, the trigger delay is 1.72E-8 s, and the
sampling interval is 2E-10 s.

Step 3: Calculate the voltage value corresponding to the data point.

Using the formula: voltage value (V) = code value *(vdiv /code_per_div) - voffset.
Parameter Description Example above
Signed number of wave data. For python, if the code
value is greater than the center code, you need to
convert to signed number by subtracting the full
code. Get the center and full code by referring to the
Table 1 below.
The first point is
If the vertical resolution of the model is greater than the 17th data “F5”,
code value
8bit, the code value is a word in LSB byte order by convert to decimal
the command :WAVeform:WIDTh. The data is left is “-11”
aligned, and the lower bit is zero filled.

For SDS6000 Pro, 12bit data is used for 12bit and

10bit models, but the ADC range is different. ( “0x90
0x35”->0x359->857)
The vertical scale.
vdiv It is the value with address 156~159 in the data 10
block returned by the :WAVeform:PREamble?
The vertical position value.
voffset It is the value with address 160~163 in the data 14.5
block returned by the :WAVeform:PREamble?

674 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

Code value per division in vertical direction.

It is the value with address 164~167 in the data
code_per_div block returned by the :WAVeform:PREamble? 30
You also can get the value by referring to the
Table 1 below

The picture above as an example:

The first point: voltage value = -11*(10/30)-(14.5) = -18.167 V.

Table 1 Code_per_div/Center Code/Full Code of Models

Center
Model (,500E-6] [1E-3,10E-3] ( ,10] Full Code
Code
SDS6104 H12 Pro 1700/8 425 425 2047 4096
SDS6104 H10 Pro 680/8 170 255 2047 4096
SDS6104A 510/8 1020/8 170 2047 4096
SDS6204 H12 Pro 1020/8 255 425 2047 4096
SDS6204 H10 Pro 680/8 170 255 2047 4096
SDS6204A 510/8 1020/8 170 2047 4096
SDS5000X 30 127 256
SDS2000X Plus 30 127 256
SHS800X 25 127 256
SHS1000X 25 127 256
SDS2000X HD 480 2047 4096

Step 4: Calculate the time value of the data point.

Using the formula: time value(S) = -delay-(timebase*grid/2)*index*interval
Parameter Description Example above
The horizontal scale.
timebase It is the value with address 324~325 in the data 2E-8
block returned by the :WAVeform:PREamble?
The horizontal position value.
delay It is the value with address 180~187 in the data 1.72E-8
block returned by the :WAVeform:PREamble?
The grid numbers in horizontal direction.
SDS6000 Pro/SDS6000A/SDS5000X/SDS2000X
grid 10
Plus/SDS2000X HD:10
SHS800X/SHS1000X:12
index The index of the data. The first point is 0. --
Sampling interval.
interval It is the value with address 176~179 in the data 2E-10
block returned by the :WAVeform:PREamble?

www.siglent.com 675 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

The picture above as an example:

The first data point: time value = -1.72E-8-(2E-08*10/2) = -1.172E-07 s = -117.2 ns.
The second data point: time value = -117.2 ns + 0.2ns = -117 ns.

Use python to reconstruct the waveform: (See the code in Read Waveform Data Example)

For digital channel waveform:

Step 1: Send the commands to get the data of waveform.

Command message:

676 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:WAVeform:SOURce D0
:WAVeform:DATA?

Response message:
The header is “#9000002500” which nine ASCII integers are used to give the number of the
waveform data points (2500 pts). After the header of block, is beginning of the wave data. For digital,
one bit represents a data point, if the number of points is not an integer multiple of 8, the byte less
than 8 bits will be filled with 0. So there are 313 bytes. The last two bytes “0A 0A” means the end of
data.

Step 2: Send the query to get the parameters of waveform.

Query message:
:WAVeform:PRE?

For parameter parsing, see the section of the query. Through the query, we can get the timabase is
2E-7 s, the trigger delay is -2E-7 s, and the sampling interval is 2E-10 s.

Step 3: Covert to the high (1) and low (0) corresponding to the data point.
According to the wave data, we can know the first eight points of waveform is the 17th byte “FF”,
convert to binary is “11111111” (Hexadecimal converted to binary (LSB)).

Step 4: Calculate the time value of the data point.

Using the formula: time value(S) = -delay-(timebase*grid/2)*index*interval
Parameter Description Example above
timebase The horizontal scale. 2E-7
delay The voltage position value. -2E-7
The grid numbers in horizontal direction.
SDS6000 Pro/SDS6000A/SDS5000X/SDS2000X
grid 10
Plus/SDS2000X HD:10
SHS800X/SHS1000X:12
index The index of the data. The first point is 0. --
interval Sampling interval. 8E-10

www.siglent.com 677 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

The picture above as an example:

The first data point: time value = 2E-7-(2E-7*10/2) = -8E-07 s = -800 ns.
The second data point: time value = -800 ns+0.8 ns = -799.2 ns.

Use python to reconstruct the waveform: (See the code in Read Waveform Data of Digital Example)

For an example of FFT waveform, please refer to Read Waveform Data of FFT Example.

678 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

:WAVeform:SEQuence
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command is used to set the sequence waveform frame to

be read. Valid only when sequnce is on.

The query returns the index of sequence frame to be transferred.

COMMAND SYNTAX :WAVeform:SEQuence <value1>,<value2>

<value1>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.
It sets the index of sequence frame to be transferred with the
query :WAVeform:DATA?. When set to 0, all sequence frames
are returned and the query :WAVeform:DATA? will transfer as
much sequence frames as it can transfer at once.

<value2>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.
It sets the start index of sequence frame to be transferred with
the query :WAVeform:DATA? This value is valid when <value1>
is set to 0.
Due to the memory limitation, when the number of all frames
exceeds the limit, it is necessary to read by slice through
<value2>. The number of slices can be calculated by
read_frames (0x90-0x93) and sum_frames(0x94-0x97) in the
query :WAVeform:PREamble?

Note:
• When sequence is enabled, <value1> will be set to 1 by
default;when sequence and history are enabled, <value1>
will be set to the current frame by default. In other cases,
<value1> is set to 4294967295 by default.
• The value range is related to the current sequence number.

QUERY SYNTAX :WAVeform:SEQuence?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value1>,<value2>

<value1>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

<value2>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and no

decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE After 5 frames are acquired in sequence mode, and history is

enabled, there are 10 kpts per frame, totaling 50 kpts. After
sending the following command, all segments can be read at one
time through the query :WAVeform:DATA?.

Command message:
:WAVeform:SEQuence 0,1
WAV:SEQ 0,1

Query message:
WAV:SEQ?

www.siglent.com 679 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

Response message:
0,1

See the python code in Read Sequence Waveform Data Example for reference.

680 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

WGEN Commands

When the oscilloscope supports the function generator module (built-in waveform generator or
SAG1021I) and is licensed (Option FG), you can output sine, square, ramp, pulse, DC, noise,
exponential rise, exponential fall, cardiac, gaussian pulse and arbitrary waveforms. The WGEN
commands are used to select the waveform function and parameters.

The WGEN commands are the same as that of Siglent SDG series, so the format is not consistent
with other groups. Refer to SDG programming guide for details.

 ARbWaVe

 BaSic_WaVe

 OUTPut

 SToreList

 SYNC

 VOLTPRT

www.siglent.com 681 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

ARbWaVe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets or gets the basic wave parameters.

COMMAND SYNTAX <channel>:ARbWaVe INDEX,<index>

<channel>:ARbWaVe NAME,<name>

<channel>:={C1}, SAG and the built-in waveform generator

only support one output channel.

<index>:= the index of the arbitrary waveform from the table

below.

<name>:= the name of the arbitrary waveform from the table

below.

Note:
This table is just an example, the index depends on the specific
model. The “STL?” query can be used to get the accurate
mapping relationship between the index and name.

Index Name Index Name Index Name Index Name

0 Sine 12 Logfall 24 Gmonopuls 36 Triang
1 Noise 13 Logrise 25 Tripuls 37 Harris
2 StairUp 14 Sqrt 26 Cardiac 38 Bartlett
3 StairDn 15 Root3 27 Quake 39 Tan
4 Stairud 16 X^2 28 Chirp 40 Cot
5 Ppulse 17 X^3 29 Twotone 41 Sec
6 Npulse 18 Sinc 30 Snr 42 Csc
7 Trapezia 19 Gaussian 31 Hamming 43 Asin
8 Upramp 20 Dlorentz 32 Hanning 44 Acos
9 Dnramp 21 Haversine 33 Kaiser 45 Atan
10 Exp_fall 22 Lorentz 34 Blackman 46 Acot
11 Exp_rise 23 Gauspuls 35 Gausswin 47 Square

QUERY SYNTAX <channel>:ARbWaVe?

<channel>:= {C1}

RESPONSE FORMAT <channel>:ARWV

INDEX,<index>,NAME,<name>

RELATED COMMANDS SToreList

682 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

EXAMPLE Set CH1 current waveform by index 2:

C1:ARWV INDEX,2

Read CH1 current waveform:

C1:ARWV?

Return:
C1:ARWV INDEX,2,NAME,StairUp

Set CH1 current waveform to wave_1 by name.

C1:ARWV NAME,wave_1

www.siglent.com 683 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

BaSic_WaVe
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets or gets the basic wave parameters.

COMMAND SYNTAX <channel>:BaSic_WaVe <parameter>,<value>

<channel>:={C1}, SAG and the built-in waveform generator

only support one output channel.

<parameter>:= a parameter from the table below.

<value>:= value of the corresponding parameter.

Parameters Value Description

:= {SINE, SQUARE, RAMP, PULSE, NOISE, ARB, DC,
WVTP <type> PRBS, IQ}. If the command doesn’t set basic waveform
type, WVPT will be set to the current waveform.
:= frequency. The unit is Hertz “Hz”. Refer to the data sheet
FRQ <frequency> for the range of valid values. Not valid when WVTP is
NOISE or DC.
:= period. The unit is seconds "s". Refer to the data sheet
PERI <period> for the range of valid values. Not valid when WVTP is
NOISE or DC.
:= amplitude. The unit is volts, peak-to-peak "Vpp". Refer to
AMP <amplitude> the data sheet for the range of valid values. Not valid when
WVTP is NOISE or DC.
:= offset. The unit is volts "V". Refer to the data sheet for
OFST <offset>
the range of valid values. Not valid when WVTP is NOISE.
:= {0 to 100}. Symmetry of RAMP. The unit is "%". Only
SYM <symmetry>
settable when WVTP is RAMP.
:= {0 to 100}. Duty cycle. The unit is "%". Value depends on
DUTY <duty> frequency. Only settable when WVTP is SQUARE or
PULSE.
:= standard deviation of NOISE. The unit is volts "V". Refer
STDEV <stdev> to the data sheet for the range of valid values. Only
settable when WVTP is NOISE.
:= mean of NOISE. The unit is volts "V". Refer to the data
MEAN <mean> sheet for the range of valid values. Only settable when
WVTP is NOISE.
:= positive pulse width. The unit is seconds "s". Refer to the
WIDTH <width> data sheet for the range of valid values. Only settable
when WVTP is PULSE.

684 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

QUERY SYNTAX <channel>: BaSic_WaVe?

<channel>:= {C1}

RESPONSE FORMAT <channel>:BSWV <parameter>

<parameter>:= All the parameters of the current basic

waveform.

EXAMPLE Change the waveform type of C1 to Ramp:

C1:BSWV WVTP,RAMP

Change the frequency of C1 to 2000 Hz:

C1:BSWV FRQ,2000

Set the amplitude of C1 to 3 Vpp:

C1:BSWV AMP,3

Return parameters of C1 from the device:

C1:BSWV?

Return:
C1:BSWV
WVTP,SINE,FRQ,100HZ,PERI,0.01S,AMP,2V,OFST,0V,HLEV,
1V,LLEV,-1V,PHSE,0

www.siglent.com 685 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

OUTPut
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command enables or disables the output port(s) at the

front panel. The query returns “ON” or “OFF” and “LOAD”,
“PLRT”, “RATIO” parameters.

COMMAND SYNTAX <channel>:OUTPut <state>,LOAD,<load>

<channel>:= {C1}, SAG and the built-in waveform generator

only support one output channel.

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

<load>:= {50|HZ}. The unit is ohm.

QUERY SYNTAX <channel>:OUTPut?

RESPONSE FORMAT <channel>:OUTP <state>,LOAD,<load>,PLRT,<polarity>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

<load>:= {50|HZ}

<polarity>:= {NOR|INVT}, in which NOR refers to normal, and

INVT refers to invert. SAG and the built-in waveform generator
only support to set to NOR.

EXAMPLE Turn on CH1:

C1:OUTP ON

Read CH1 output state:

C1:OUTP?

Return:
C1:OUTP ON,LOAD,HZ,PLRT,NOR

Set the load of CH1 to 50 ohm:

C1:OUTP LOAD,50

Set the load of CH1 to HiZ:

C1:OUTP LOAD,HZ

686 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

SToreList
Query

DESCRIPTION This query is used to read the stored waveforms list with
indexes and names. If the store unit is empty, the command will
return “EMPTY” string.

QUERY SYNTAX SToreList? [<location>]

<location>:= {BUILDIN|USER}

EXAMPLE Read all arbitrary data saved in the built-in waveform generator
in SDS2000X Plus.
STL?
Return:
STL M10, ExpFal, M100, ECG14, M101, ECG15, M102,
LFPulse, M103, Tens1, M104, Tens2, M105, Tens3, M106,
Airy, M107, Besselj, M108, Bessely, M109, Dirichlet, M11,
ExpRise, M110, Erf, M111, Erfc, M112, ErfcInv, M113, ErfInv,
M114, Laguerre, M115, Legend, M116, Versiera, M117,
Weibull, M118, LogNormal, M119, Laplace, M12, LogFall,
M120, Maxwell, M121, Rayleigh, M122, Cauchy, M123, CosH,
M124, CosInt, M125, CotH, M126, CscH, M127, SecH, M128,
SinH, M129, SinInt, M13, LogRise, M130, TanH, M131,
ACosH, M132, ASecH, M133, ASinH, M134, ATanH, M135,
ACsch, M136, ACoth, M137, Bartlett, M138, BohmanWin,
M139, ChebWin, M14, Sqrt, M140, FlattopWin, M141,
ParzenWin, M142, TaylorWin, M143, TukeyWin, M144, Duty01,
M145, Duty02, M146, Duty04, M147, Duty06, M148, Duty08,
M149, Duty10, M15, Root3, M150, Duty12, M151, Duty14,
M152, Duty16, M153, Duty18, M154, Duty20, M155, Duty22,
M156, Duty24, M157, Duty26, M158, Duty28, M159, Duty30,
M16, X^2, M160, Duty32, M161, Duty34, M162, Duty36, M163,
Duty38, M164, Duty40, M165, Duty42, M166, Duty44, M167,
Duty46, M168, Duty48, M169, Duty50, M17, X^3, M170,
Duty52, M171, Duty54, M172, Duty56, M173, Duty58, M174,
Duty60, M175, Duty62, M176, Duty64, M177, Duty66, M178,
Duty68, M179, Duty70, M18, Sinc, M180, Duty72, M181,
Duty74, M182, Duty76, M183, Duty78, M184, Duty80, M185,
Duty82, M186, Duty84, M187, Duty86, M188, Duty88, M189,
Duty90, M19, Gaussian, M190, Duty92, M191, Duty94, M192,
Duty96, M193, Duty98, M194, Duty99, M195, demo1_375,
M196, demo1_16k, M197, demo2_3k, M198, demo2_16k, M2,
StairUp, M20, Dlorentz, M21, Haversine, M22, Lorentz, M23,
Gauspuls, M24, Gmonopuls, M25, Tripuls, M26, Cardiac, M27,
Quake, M28, Chirp, M29, Twotone, M3, StairDn, M30, SNR,
M31, Hamming, M32, Hanning, M33, kaiser, M34, Blackman,
M35, Gausswin, M36, Triangle, M37, BlackmanH, M38,
Bartlett-Hann, M39, Tan, M4, StairUD, M40, Cot, M41, Sec,
M42, Csc, M43, Asin, M44, Acos, M45, Atan, M46, Acot, M47,
Square, M48, SineTra, M49, SineVer, M5, Ppulse, M50,
AmpALT, M51, AttALT, M52, RoundHalf, M53, RoundsPM,
M54, BlaseiWave, M55, DampedOsc, M56, SwingOsc, M57,
Discharge, M58, Pahcur, M59, Combin, M6, Npulse, M60,
SCR, M61, Butterworth, M62, Chebyshev1, M63, Chebyshev2,
M64, TV, M65, Voice, M66, Surge, M67, Radar, M68, Ripple,

www.siglent.com 687 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

M69, Gamma, M7, Trapezia, M70, StepResp, M71,

BandLimited, M72, CPulse, M73, CWPulse, M74, GateVibr,
M75, LFMPulse, M76, MCNoise, M77, AM, M78, FM, M79,
PFM, M8, Upramp, M80, PM, M81, PWM, M82, EOG, M83,
EEG, M84, EMG, M85, Pulseilogram, M86, ResSpeed, M87,
ECG1, M88, ECG2, M89, ECG3, M9, Dnramp, M90, ECG4,
M91, ECG5, M92, ECG6, M93, ECG7, M94, ECG8, M95,
ECG9, M96, ECG10, M97, ECG11, M98, ECG12, M99, ECG13

Read built-in wave data from a SDS2000X Plus built-in

waveform generator:
STL? BUILDIN
Return:
STL M10, ExpFal, M100, ECG14, M101, ECG15, M102,
LFPulse, M103, Tens1, M104, Tens2, M105, Tens3, M106,
Airy, M107, Besselj, M108, Bessely, M109, Dirichlet, M11,
ExpRise, M110, Erf, M111, Erfc, M112, ErfcInv, M113, ErfInv,
M114, Laguerre, M115, Legend, M116, Versiera, M117,
Weibull, M118, LogNormal, M119, Laplace, M12, LogFall,
M120, Maxwell, M121, Rayleigh, M122, Cauchy, M123, CosH,
M124, CosInt, M125, CotH, M126, CscH, M127, SecH, M128,
SinH, M129, SinInt, M13, LogRise, M130, TanH, M131,
ACosH, M132, ASecH, M133, ASinH, M134, ATanH, M135,
ACsch, M136, ACoth, M137, Bartlett, M138, BohmanWin,
M139, ChebWin, M14, Sqrt, M140, FlattopWin, M141,
ParzenWin, M142, TaylorWin, M143, TukeyWin, M144, Duty01,
M145, Duty02, M146, Duty04, M147, Duty06, M148, Duty08,
M149, Duty10, M15, Root3, M150, Duty12, M151, Duty14,
M152, Duty16, M153, Duty18, M154, Duty20, M155, Duty22,
M156, Duty24, M157, Duty26, M158, Duty28, M159, Duty30,
M16, X^2, M160, Duty32, M161, Duty34, M162, Duty36, M163,
Duty38, M164, Duty40, M165, Duty42, M166, Duty44, M167,
Duty46, M168, Duty48, M169, Duty50, M17, X^3, M170,
Duty52, M171, Duty54, M172, Duty56, M173, Duty58, M174,
Duty60, M175, Duty62, M176, Duty64, M177, Duty66, M178,
Duty68, M179, Duty70, M18, Sinc, M180, Duty72, M181,
Duty74, M182, Duty76, M183, Duty78, M184, Duty80, M185,
Duty82, M186, Duty84, M187, Duty86, M188, Duty88, M189,
Duty90, M19, Gaussian, M190, Duty92, M191, Duty94, M192,
Duty96, M193, Duty98, M194, Duty99, M195, demo1_375,
M196, demo1_16k, M197, demo2_3k, M198, demo2_16k, M2,
StairUp, M20, Dlorentz, M21, Haversine, M22, Lorentz, M23,
Gauspuls, M24, Gmonopuls, M25, Tripuls, M26, Cardiac, M27,
Quake, M28, Chirp, M29, Twotone, M3, StairDn, M30, SNR,
M31, Hamming, M32, Hanning, M33, kaiser, M34, Blackman,
M35, Gausswin, M36, Triangle, M37, BlackmanH, M38,
Bartlett-Hann, M39, Tan, M4, StairUD, M40, Cot, M41, Sec,
M42, Csc, M43, Asin, M44, Acos, M45, Atan, M46, Acot, M47,
Square, M48, SineTra, M49, SineVer, M5, Ppulse, M50,
AmpALT, M51, AttALT, M52, RoundHalf, M53, RoundsPM,
M54, BlaseiWave, M55, DampedOsc, M56, SwingOsc, M57,
Discharge, M58, Pahcur, M59, Combin, M6, Npulse, M60,
SCR, M61, Butterworth, M62, Chebyshev1, M63, Chebyshev2,
M64, TV, M65, Voice, M66, Surge, M67, Radar, M68, Ripple,
M69, Gamma, M7, Trapezia, M70, StepResp, M71,
BandLimited, M72, CPulse, M73, CWPulse, M74, GateVibr,
M75, LFMPulse, M76, MCNoise, M77, AM, M78, FM, M79,

688 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

PFM, M8, Upramp, M80, PM, M81, PWM, M82, EOG, M83,
EEG, M84, EMG, M85, Pulseilogram, M86, ResSpeed, M87,
ECG1, M88, ECG2, M89, ECG3, M9, Dnramp, M90, ECG4,
M91, ECG5, M92, ECG6, M93, ECG7, M94, ECG8, M95,
ECG9, M96, ECG10, M97, ECG11, M98, ECG12, M99, ECG13

www.siglent.com 689 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

SYNC
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This command sets or gets the synchronization signal.

COMMAND SYNTAX <channel>:SYNC <state>

<channel>:= {C1}, SAG and the built-in waveform generator

only support one output channel.

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX <channel>:SYNC?

<channel>:= {C1}

RESPONSE FORMAT <channel>:SYNC <state>,TYPE,<TYPE>

<channel>:= {C1}

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

<TYPE>:={CH1}, SAG and the built-in waveform generator

only support one output channel, so it can only be CH1.

EXAMPLE Turn on sync output:

C1:SYNC ON

Read state of CH1 sync.

C1:SYNC?

Return:
C1:SYNC ON,TYPE,CH1

VOLTPRT
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION This commend sets or gets the state of over-voltage protection.

COMMAND SYNTAX VOLTPRT <state>

<state>:= {ON|OFF}

QUERY SYNTAX VOLTPRT?

RESPONSE FORMAT VOLTPRT <state>

690 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

METEr Commands

The meter system commands are only for the multimeter functions of SHS800X/SHS1000X
handheld digital oscilloscope. Support for configuration and measurement.

 MMETerMMETer

 READ

 CONFigure Commands

 MEASure Commands

 SENSe Commands

www.siglent.com 691 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

MMETer

Command

DESCRIPTION Enter the multimeter.

COMMAND SYNTAX MMETer <switch>

<switch>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLE Enter the multimeter

Command message:
MMETer ON

READ

Query

DESCRIPTION Read measurement results.

QUERY SYNTAX READ?

RESPONSE FORMAT MM_VALUE <value>

EXAMPLE Read measurement results

Command message:
READ?

Response message:
MM_VALUE 0.00V

692 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

CONFigure Commands

The CONFigure commands are the most concise way to configure measurements. These
commands use default measurement configuration values. However, these commands do not
automatically start measurements, so you can modify measurement attributes before initiating the
measurement.

 CONFigure

 CONFigure:CAPacitance

 CONFigure:CONTinuity

 CONFigure:CURRent:AC

 CONFigure:CURRent:DC

 CONFigure:DIODe

 CONFigure:RESistance

 CONFigure[:VOLTage]:AC

 CONFigure[:VOLTage]:DC

www.siglent.com 693 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

CONFigure
Query

DESCRIPTION Returns the present function and measured value. The present
function name is returned in short format, such as ACV.

QUERY SYNTAX CONFigure?

RESPONSE FORMAT <func>

<func>:= {DCV|ACV|RES|DIODE|CONTINUITY|CAP|DCI|ACI}

EXAMPLE Return the present function and measured value:

Command message:
CONFigure?

Response message:
DCV -04.mV

CONFigure:CONTinuity
Command

DESCRIPTION Sets all measurement parameters and trigger parameters to

their default values for continuity measurements.

The READ? and MEASure:CONTinuity? queries return the

measured resistance. If the resistance is greater than 600Ω,
the instrument displays the word overload on front panel and
returns "Overload" from the remote interface.

COMMAND SYNTAX CONFigure:CONTinuity

EXAMPLE Configure the instrument for continuity measurements. and

read the measurement:

Command message:
CONF:CONT
READ?

Response message:
Overload

694 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

CONFigure:CURRent:AC
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION Sets all measurement parameters and trigger parameters to

their default values for AC current measurements. Also
specifies the range through the incoming parameters.

 You can let autoranging select the measurement range, or

you can manually select a fixed range. Autoranging
conveniently selects the range for each measurement
based on the input signal. For fastest measurements, use
manual ranging (autoranging may require additional time
for range selection).
 If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the
specified manual range, the instrument displays the word
overload on front panel and returns "Overload" from the
remote interface.
 Use READ? to start the measurement.

COMMAND SYNTAX CONFigure:CURRent:AC <range>

<range>:= {60mA|600mA|6A|10A|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF}

Default: AUTO

EXAMPLE Configure AC current measurements using the 6A range. And

read measurement:

Command message:
CONF:CURR:AC 6A
READ?

Response message:
+4.32133675E-04

www.siglent.com 695 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

CONFigure:CURRent:DC
Command/Query

DESCRIPTION Sets all measurement parameters and trigger parameters to

their default values for DC current measurements. Also
specifies the range through the incoming parameters.

COMMAND SYNTAX CONFigure:CURRent:DC <range>

<range>:= {60mA|600mA|6A|10A|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF}
Default: AUTO

EXAMPLE Configure DC current measurements using the 6A range. And

read measurement:

Command message:
CONF:CURR:DC 6A
READ?

Response message:
+4.32133675E-04

CONFigure:DIODe
Command

DESCRIPTION Sets all measurement parameters and trigger parameters to

their default values for diode measurements.

 The range is fixed for diode tests is 2 VDC.

 The READ? and MEASure:DIODe? queries return the
measured voltage. If the voltage is greater than 2V, the
instrument displays the word overload on front panel and
returns "Overload" from the remote interface.
 Use READ? to start the measurement.

COMMAND SYNTAX CONFigure:DIODe

EXAMPLE Configure diode measurement ,and read the measurement:

Command message:
CONF:DIOD
READ?

Response message:
Overload

696 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

CONFigure:RESistance
Command

DESCRIPTION Sets all measurement parameters and trigger parameters to

their default values for 2-wire (RESistance) resistance
measurements. Also specifies the range and resolution.

 You can let autoranging select the measurement range, or

you can manually select a fixed range. Autoranging
conveniently selects the range for each measurement
based on the input signal. For fastest measurements, use
manual ranging (autoranging may require additional time
for range selection).
 If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the
specified manual range, the instrument displays the word
Overload on front panel and returns "Overload" from the
remote interface.
 Use READ? to start the measurement.

COMMAND SYNTAX CONFigure:RESistance <range>

<range>:= {600|6k|60k|600k|6M|60M|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF}

Default: AUTO

EXAMPLE Configure 2-wire resistance measurements using the 600 Ω

range. Make and read measurements.

Command message:
CONF:RES 600
READ?

Response message:
+6.71881065E+01

www.siglent.com 697 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

CONFigure[:VOLTage]:AC
Command

DESCRIPTION Sets all measurement parameters and trigger parameters to

their default values for AC voltage measurements. Also
specifies the range through the incoming parameters.

 You can let autoranging select the measurement range, or

you can manually select a fixed range. Autoranging
conveniently selects the range for each measurement
based on the input signal. For fastest measurements, use
manual ranging (autoranging may require additional time
for range selection).
 If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the
specified manual range, the instrument displays the word
Overload on front panel and returns "Overload" from the
remote interface.
 Use READ? to start the measurement.

COMMAND SYNTAX CONFigure[:VOLTage]:AC <range>

Model <range>
{60mV|600mV|6V|60V|600V|AUTO
SHS800X
|MIN|MAX|DEF}
{60mV|600mV|6V|60V|600V|750V|
SHS1000X
AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF}
Default: AUTO

EXAMPLE Configure AC voltage measurements using the 60 V range.

Read measurements:

Command message:
CONF:VOLT:AC 60
READ?

Response message:
+2.43186951E-02

698 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

CONFigure[:VOLTage]:DC
Command

DESCRIPTION Sets all measurement parameters and trigger parameters to

their default values for DC voltage measurements. Also
specifies the range through the incoming parameters.

 You can let autoranging select the measurement range, or

you can manually select a fixed range. Autoranging
conveniently selects the range for each measurement
based on the input signal. For fastest measurements, use
manual ranging (autoranging may require additional time
for range selection).
 If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the
specified manual range, the instrument displays the word
Overload on front panel and returns "Overload" from the
remote interface.
 Use READ? to start the measurement.

COMMAND SYNTAX CONFigure[:VOLTage]:DC <range>

Model <range>
{60mV|600mV|6V|60V|600V|AUTO|
SHS800X
MIN|MAX|DEF}
{60mV|600mV|6V|60V|600V|1000V|
SHS1000X
AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF}

Default: AUTO

EXAMPLE Configure DC voltage measurements using the 60 V range.

Read measurements:

Command message:
CONF:VOLT:DC 60
READ?

Response message:
+2.43186951E-02

www.siglent.com 699 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

CONFigure:CAPacitance
Command

DESCRIPTION Sets all measurement parameters and trigger parameters to

their default values for capacitance measurement.

 If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the

specified manual range, the instrument displays the word
Overload on front panel and returns "Overload" from the
remote interface.
 Use READ? to start the measurement.

COMMAND SYNTAX CONFigure:CAPacitance

EXAMPLE Configure capacitance measurement using the 4uF range.

Read measurements:

Command message:
CONF:CAP
READ?

Response message:
+7.26141264E-10

700 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

MEASure Commands

The MEASure queries are the easiest way to program measurements because they always use
default measurement parameters. You set the function, range in one command, but you cannot
change other parameters from their default values. The results are sent directly to the instrument's
output buffer.

Note: A MEASure query is functionally equivalent to sending CONFigure followed immediately by

READ? The difference is that CONFigure commands allow you to change parameters between the
CONFigure and the READ?

 MEASure:CONTinuity

 MEASure:CURRent:AC

 MEASure:CURRent:DC

 MEASure:DIODe

 MEASure:RESistance

 MEASure[:VOLTage]:AC

 MEASure[:VOLTage]:DC

 MEASure[:VOLTage]:AC

 MEASure:CAPacitance

www.siglent.com 701 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

MEASure:CONTinuity
Query

DESCRIPTION Sets all measurement parameters and trigger parameters to

their default values for continuity test and immediately triggers
a measurement. The results are sent directly to the
instrument's output buffer.

 The range is fixed at 600Ω for continuity tests (a 2-wire

resistance measurement).
 The instrument beeps (if the beeper is enabled) for each
measurement less than or equal to the continuity
threshold, and the actual resistance measurement
appears on the display.
 The READ? and MEASure:CONTinuity? queries return the
measured resistance. If the resistance is greater than 600
Ω, the instrument displays the word overload on front
panel and returns "Overload" from the remote interface.

QUERY SYNTAX MEASure:CONTinuity?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

EXAMPLE Configure the instrument for continuity measurements. Then

Read measurements:

Command message:
MEAS:CONT?

Response message:
+9.84739065E+02

702 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

MEASure:CURRent:AC
Query

DESCRIPTION Sets all measurement parameters and trigger parameters to

their default values for AC current measurements and
immediately triggers a measurement. Also specifies the range
through the incoming parameters.

 You can let auto ranging select the measurement range, or

you can manually select a fixed range. Auto ranging
conveniently selects the range for each measurement
based on the input signal. For fastest measurements, use
manual ranging (auto ranging may require additional time
for range selection).
 If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the
specified manual range, the instrument displays the word
Overload on front panel and returns "Overload" from the
remote interface.

QUERY SYNTAX MEASure:CURRent:AC? <range>

<range>:={60mA|600mA|6A|10A|AUTO}
Default: AUTO

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

EXAMPLE Configure AC current measurement using the 6A range. Read

measurements:

Command message:
MEAS:CURR:AC? 6

Response message:
+4.32133675E-04

www.siglent.com 703 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

MEASure:CURRent:DC
Query

DESCRIPTION Sets all measurement parameters and trigger parameters to

their default values for DC current measurements and
immediately triggers a measurement. Also specifies the range
through the incoming parameters.

QUERY SYNTAX MEASure:CURRent:DC? <range>

<range>:={60mA|600mA|6A|10A|AUTO}
Default: AUTO

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

EXAMPLE Configure DC current measurement using the 6A range. Read

measurements:

Command message:
MEAS:CURR:DC? 6

Response message:
+4.32133675E-04

704 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

MEASure:DIODe
Query

DESCRIPTION Sets all measurement parameters and trigger parameters to

their default values for diode test measurements and
immediately triggers a measurement. The results are sent
directly to the instrument's output buffer.

 The range and resolution are fixed for diode tests: the
range is 2 VDC.
 The READ? and MEASure:DIODe? queries return the
measured voltage. If the voltage is greater than 2V, the
instrument displays the word overload on front panel and
returns "Overload" from the remote interface.

QUERY SYNTAX MEASure:DIODe?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

EXAMPLE Configureand read a default diode measurement:

MEAS:DIOD?

Response message:
+9.84733701E-01

www.siglent.com 705 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

MEASure:RESistance
Query

DESCRIPTION Sets all measurement to their default values for 2-wire

(RESistance) measurements, and immediately triggers a
measurement. The results are sent directly to the instrument's
output buffer. Also specifies the range through the incoming
parameters.

 You can let auto ranging select the measurement range, or

you can manually select a fixed range. Auto ranging
conveniently selects the range for each measurement
based on the input signal. For fastest measurements, use
manual ranging (auto ranging may require additional time
for range selection).
 If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the
specified manual range, the instrument displays the word
overload on front panel and returns "Overload" from the
remote interface.

QUERY SYNTAX MEASure:RESistance? <range>

<range>:={600|6k|60k|600k|6M|60M}
Default: AUTO

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

EXAMPLE Configure 2-wire resistance measurements using the 600Ω

range. Make and read measurements.

Command message:
MEAS:RES? 600

Response message:
+6.71881065E+01

706 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

MEASure[:VOLTage]:AC
Query

DESCRIPTION Sets all measurement parameters and trigger parameters to

their default values and immediately triggers a measurement.
The results are sent directly to the instrument's output buffer.
Also specifies the range through the incoming parameters.

 You can let auto ranging select the measurement range, or

you can manually select a fixed range. Auto ranging
conveniently selects the range for each measurement
based on the input signal. For fastest measurements, use
manual ranging (auto ranging may require additional time
for range selection).
 If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the
specified manual range, the instrument displays the word
overload on front panel and returns "Overload" from the
remote interface.

QUERY SYNTAX MEASure:VOLTage:AC? <range>

Model <range>
SHS800X {60mV|600mV|6V|60V|600V }
{60mV|600
SHS1000X
mV|6V|60V|600V|1000V(DC)/750V(AC)}

Default: AUTO

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

EXAMPLE Configure AC voltage measurements using the 600 V range.

Read measurements:

Command message:
MEAS:VOLT:AC? 600

Response message:
+2.43186951E-02

www.siglent.com 707 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

MEASure[:VOLTage]:DC
Query

DESCRIPTION Sets all measurement parameters and trigger parameters to

their default values and immediately triggers a measurement.
The results are sent directly to the instrument's output buffer.
Also specifies the range through the incoming parameters.

QUERY SYNTAX MEASure:VOLTage:DC? <range>

Model <range>
SHS800X {60mV|600mV|6V|60V|600V }
{60mV|600
SHS1000X mV|6V|60V|600V|1000V(DC)/750V(
DC)}
Default: AUTO

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

EXAMPLE Configure DC voltage measurements using the 600 V range.

Read measurements:

Command message:
MEAS:VOLT:DC? 600

Response message:
+2.43186951E-02

708 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

MEASure:CAPacitance
Query

DESCRIPTION Sets all measurement parameters o their default values for

capacitance measurement.

 If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the

specified manual range, the instrument displays the word
overload on front panel and returns "Overload" from the
remote interface.

QUERY SYNTAX MEASure:CAPacitance?

RESPONSE FORMAT <value>

EXAMPLE Command message:

MEAS:CAP?

Response message:
+7.26141264E-10

www.siglent.com 709 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

SENSe Commands

 [SENSe:]CAPacitance:NULL

 [SENSe:]CURRent:AC:NULL

 [SENSe:]CURRent:AC:SELEct

 [SENSe:]CURRent:DC:NULL

 [SENSe:]CURRent:DC:SELEct

 [SENSe:]RESistance:NULL

 [SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:NULL

 [SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:SELEct

 [SENSe:]VOLTage:DC:NULL

 [SENSe:]VOLTage:DC:SELEct

710 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:NULL
Command

DESCRIPTION Enables or disables the relative function for AC current

measurements.

Note: This parameter is not shared between AC and DC

measurements. The parameters are independent for AC and
DC measurements.

 Enabling the scaling function also enables automatic

relative value selection ([SENSe:]CURRent:AC:NULL
ON).
 The instrument disables the relative function after a
Factory Reset or CONFigure function.

COMMAND SYNTAX [SENSe:]CURRent:AC:NULL <state>

<state>:={ON|OFF}

Default: OFF

EXAMPLE Configure AC current measurements.

CONF:CURR:AC
CURR:AC:NULL ON
READ?

Response message:
MM_VALUE 0.00V

www.siglent.com 711 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

[SENSe:]CURRent:DC:NULL
Command

DESCRIPTION Enables or disables the relative function for DC current

measurements.

Note: This parameter is not shared between AC and DC

measurements. The parameters are independent for AC and
DC measurements.

 Enabling the scaling function also enables automatic

relative value selection ([SENSe:]CURRent:DC:NULL
ON).
 The instrument disables the relative function after a
Factory Reset or CONFigure function.

COMMAND SYNTAX [SENSe:]CURRent:DC:NULL <state>

<state>:={ON|OFF}

Default: OFF

EXAMPLE Configure DC current measurements.

CONF:CURR:DC
CURR:DC:NULL ON
READ?

Response message:
MM_VALUE 0.00V

[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:SELEct
Command

DESCRIPTION mA or A selection for AC current measurements.

Note: This parameter is not shared between AC and DC

measurements. The parameters are independent for AC and
DC measurements.

COMMAND SYNTAX [SENSe:]CURRent:AC:SELEct <unit>

<unit>:={MA|A}

EXAMPLE CONF:CURR:AC
CURR:AC:SELE MA

712 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

[SENSe:]CURRent:DC:SELEct
Command

DESCRIPTION mA or A selection for DC current measurements.

Note: This parameter is not shared between AC and DC

measurements. The parameters are independent for AC and
DC measurements.

COMMAND SYNTAX [SENSe:]CURRent:DC:SELEct <unit>

<unit>:={MA|A}

EXAMPLE CONF:CURR:DC
CURR:DC:SELE MA

[SENSe:]RESistance:NULL
Commend

DESCRIPTION Enables or disables the relative function for resistance

measurements.

 Enabling the scaling function also enables automatic

relative value selection ([SENSe:]RESistance:NULL ON).
 The instrument disables the relative function after a
Factory Reset or CONFigure function.

COMMAND SYNTAX [SENSe:]RESistance:NULL <state>

<state>:={ON|OFF}

Default: OFF

EXAMPLE Configure 2-wire resistance measurements, provide 1.5KΩ

measurement resistance. Make and read measurements

Command message:
CONF:RES
RES:NULL ON
READ?

Response message:
0

www.siglent.com 713 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:NULL
Commend

DESCRIPTION Enables or disables the relative function for AC voltage

measurements.

Note: This parameter is not shared between AC and DC

measurements. The parameters are independent for AC and
DC measurements.

The instrument disables the relative function after a Factory

Reset or CONFigure function.

COMMAND SYNTAX [SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:NULL <state>

<state>:={ON|OFF}
Default:OFF

EXAMPLE Configure AC voltage measurements, Provide 1.5V AC voltage

signal, Make and read measurements:

Command message:
CONF:VOLT:AC
VOLT:AC:NULL ON
READ?

Response message:
MM_VALUE 00.04V

714 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

[SENSe:]VOLTage:DC:NULL
Commend

DESCRIPTION Enables or disables the relative function for DC voltage

measurements.

Note: This parameter is not shared between AC and DC

measurements. The parameters are independent for AC and
DC measurements.

The instrument disables the relative function after a Factory

Reset or CONFigure function.

COMMAND SYNTAX [SENSe:]VOLTage:DC:NULL <state>

<state>:={ON|OFF}

Default: OFF

EXAMPLE Configure DC voltage measurements, Provide 1.5V DC voltage

signal, Make and read measurements:

Command message:
CONF:VOLT:DC
VOLT:DC:NULL ON
READ?

Response message:
MM_VALUE 00.04V

www.siglent.com 715 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:SELEct
Commend

DESCRIPTION mV or V selection for AC voltage measurements.

Note: This parameter is not shared between AC and DC

measurements. The parameters are independent for AC and
DC measurements.

COMMAND SYNTAX [SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:SELEct <unit>

<unit>:={MV|V}

EXAMPLE CONF:VOLT:AC
VOLT:AC:SELE V

[SENSe:]VOLTage:DC:SELEct
Commend

DESCRIPTION mV or V selection for DC voltage measurements.

Note: This parameter is not shared between AC and DC

measurements. The parameters are independent for AC and
DC measurements.

COMMAND SYNTAX [SENSe:]VOLTage:DC:SELEct <unit>

<unit>:={MV|V}

EXAMPLE CONF:VOLT:DC
VOLT:DC:SELE V

716 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

[SENSe:]CAPacitance:NULL
Commend

DESCRIPTION Enable or disable the relative function for capacitance

measurement.

COMMAND SYNTAX [SENSe:]CAPacitance:NULL <state>

<state>:={ON|OFF}

Default: OFF

EXAMPLE Configure capacitance measurements, make and read

measurements:

Command message:
CONF:CAP
CAP:NULL ON
READ?

Response message:
MM_VALUE 0.00nF

www.siglent.com 717 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

Programming Examples
This chapter gives some examples for the programmer. In these examples you can see how to use
VISA or sockets, in combination with the commands described above to control the oscilloscope. By
following these examples, you can develop many more applications.

 VISA Examples

 VC++ Example

 VB Example

 MATLAB Example

 LabVIEW Example

 C# Example

 Examples of Using Sockets

 Python Example

 C Example

 Common Command Examples

 Read Waveform Data Example

 Read Waveform Data of Digital Example

 Read Waveform Data of FFT Example

 Read Sequence Waveform Data Example

 Screen Dump (PRINt) Example

718 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

VISA Examples

VC++ Example

Environment: Win7 32-bit, Visual Studio.

Description: Use National Instruments VISA to control the device with USBTMC or TCP/IP access.
Perform a write and read operation.
Steps:
1. Open Visual Studio, create a new VC++ win32 project.

2. Set the project environment to use the NI-VISA library. There are two ways to use NI-VISA, static
or automatic:
a) Static:
Find the files visa.h, visatype.h, visa32.lib in the NI-VISA installation path, copy them to your
project, and add them into the project. In the projectname.cpp file, add the follow two lines:
#include "visa.h"
#pragma comment(lib,"visa32.lib")

b) Automatic:
Set the .h file include directory, the NI-VISA install path, in our computer we set the path is:
C:\Program Files\IVI Foundation \VISA\WinNT\include. Set this path to:
project->properties->C/C++->General->Additional Include Directories.
See the picture:

Set lib path set lib file:

Set lib path: the NI-VISA install path, in our computer we set the path is C:\Program Files\IVI
Foundation\VISA\WinNT\lib\msc. Set this path to:

www.siglent.com 719 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

project->properties->Linker->General->Additional Library Directories.

As shown in the pictures below:

Set lib file:project->properties->Linker->Command Line->Additional Options: visa32.lib

Include visa.h file in the projectname.cpp file:

#include <visa.h>

3. Coding:
a) USBTMC:

Int Usbtmc_test()
{
/* This code demonstrates sending synchronous read & write commands */
/* to an USB Test & Measurement Class (USBTMC) instrument using */

720 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

/* NI-VISA */
/* The example writes the "*IDN?\n" string to all the USBTMC */
/* devices connected to the system and attempts to read back */
/* results using the write and read functions. */
/* The general flow of the code is */
/* Open Resource Manager */
/* Open VISA Session to an Instrument */
/* Write the Identification Query Using viPrintf */
/* Try to Read a Response With viScanf */
/* Close the VISA Session */
/***********************************************************/
ViSession defaultRM;
ViSession instr;
ViUInt32 numInstrs;
ViFindList findList;
ViUInt32 retCount;
ViUInt32 writeCount;
ViStatus status;
char instrResourceString[VI_FIND_BUFLEN];
unsigned char buffer[100];
char stringinput[512];
int i;
/** First we must call viOpenDefaultRM to get the manager
* handle. We will store this handle in defaultRM.*/
status= ViOpenDefaultRM (&defaultRM);
if (status<VI_SUCCESS)
{
printf ("Could not open a session to the VISA Resource Manager!\n");
return status;
}
/* Find all the USB TMC VISA resources in our system and store the number of resources
in the system in numInstrs. */
status = viFindRsrc (defaultRM, "USB?*INSTR", &findList, &numInstrs,
instrResourceString);
if (status<VI_SUCCESS)
{
printf ("An error occurred while finding resources.\nHit enter to continue.");
fflush(stdin);

www.siglent.com 721 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

getchar();
viClose (defaultRM);
return status;
}
/** Now we will open VISA sessions to all USB TMC instruments.
* We must use the handle from viOpenDefaultRM and we must
* also use a string that indicates which instrument to open. This
* is called the instrument descriptor. The format for this string
* can be found in the function panel by right clicking on the
* descriptor parameter. After opening a session to the
* device, we will get a handle to the instrument which we
* will use in later VISA functions. The AccessMode and Timeout
* parameters in this function are reserved for future
* functionality. These two parameters are given the value VI_NULL.*/
for (i= 0; i<numInstrs; i++)
{
if (i> 0)
{
viFindNext (findList, instrResourceString);
}
status = viOpen (defaultRM, instrResourceString, VI_NULL, VI_NULL, &instr);
if (status<VI_SUCCESS)
{
printf ("Cannot open a session to the device %d.\n", i+1);
continue;
}
/* * At this point we now have a session open to the USB TMC instrument.
* We will now use the viPrintf function to send the device the string "*IDN?\n",
* asking for the device's identification. */
char * cmmand ="*IDN?\n";
status = viPrintf (instr, cmmand);
if (status<VI_SUCCESS)
{
printf ("Error writing to the device %d.\n", i+1);
status = viClose (instr);
continue;
}
/** Now we will attempt to read back a response from the device to

722 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

* the identification query that was sent. We will use the viScanf
* function to acquire the data.
* After the data has been read the response is displayed.*/
status = viScanf(instr, "%t", buffer);
if (status<VI_SUCCESS)
{
printf ("Error reading a response from the device %d.\n", i+1);
}
else
{
printf ("\nDevice %d: %*s\n", i+1,retCount, buffer);
}
status = viClose (instr);
}
/** Now we will close the session to the instrument using
* viClose. This operation frees all system resources. */
status = viClose (defaultRM);
printf("Press 'Enter' to exit.");
fflush(stdin);
getchar();
return 0;
}

b) TCP/IP:
int TCP_IP_Test(char *pIP)
{
char outputBuffer[VI_FIND_BUFLEN];
ViSession defaultRM, instr;
ViStatus status;
ViUInt32 count;
ViUInt16 portNo;
/* First we will need to open the default resource manager. */
status = viOpenDefaultRM (&defaultRM);
if (status<VI_SUCCESS)
{
printf("Could not open a session to the VISA Resource Manager!\n");
}
/* Now we will open a session via TCP/IP device */

www.siglent.com 723 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

char head[256] ="TCPIP0::";

char tail[] ="::INSTR";
char resource [256];
strcat(head,pIP);
strcat(head,tail);
status = viOpen (defaultRM, head, VI_LOAD_CONFIG, VI_NULL, &instr);
if (status<VI_SUCCESS)
{
printf ("An error occurred opening the session\n");
viClose(defaultRM);
}
status = viPrintf(instr, "*idn?\n");
status = viScanf(instr, "%t", outputBuffer);
if (status<VI_SUCCESS)
{
printf("viRead failed with error code: %x \n",status);
viClose(defaultRM);
}
else
{
printf ("\ndata read from device: %*s\n", 0,outputBuffer);
}
status = viClose (instr);
status = viClose (defaultRM);
printf("Press 'Enter' to exit.");
fflush(stdin);
getchar();
return 0;
}

724 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

VB Example

Environment: Windows7 32-bit, Microsoft Visual Basic 6.0

Description: The function of this example: Use the NI-VISA, to control the device with USBTMC and
TCP/IP access to do a write and read.
Steps:
1. Open Visual Basic, and build a standard application program project.

2. Set the project environment to use the NI-VISA lib: Click the Existing tab of Project->Add Module,
search the visa32.bas file in the “include” folder under the NI-VISA installation path and add the
file, as shown in the figure below:

3. Coding:
a) USBTMC:
Private Function Usbtmc_test() As Long
' This code demonstrates sending synchronous read & write commands
' to an USB Test & Measurement Class (USBTMC) instrument using
' NI-VISA
' The example writes the "*IDN?\n" string to all the USBTMC
' devices connected to the system and attempts to read back
' results using the write and read functions.
' The general flow of the code is
' Open Resource Manager
' Open VISA Session to an Instrument
' Write the Identification Query Using viWrite
' Try to Read a Response With viRead

www.siglent.com 725 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

' Close the VISA Session

Const MAX_CNT = 200

Dim defaultRM As Long

Dim instrsesn As Long
Dim numlnstrs As Long
Dim findList As Long
Dim retCount As Long
Dim writeCount As Long
Dim status As Long
Dim instrResourceString As String * VI_FIND_BUFLEN
Dim buffer As String * MAX_CNT
Dim i As Integer
' First we must call viOpenDefaultRM to get the manager
' handle. We will store this handle in defaultRM.
status = viOpenDefaultRM(defaultRM)
If (status < VI_SUCCESS) Then
Debug.Print "Could not open a session to the VISA Resource Manager!"
Usbtmc_test = status
Exit Function
End If

' Find all the USB TMC VISA resources in our system and store the
' number of resources in the system in numInstrs.
status= ViFindRsrc(defaultRM,"USB?*INSTR",findList,numlnstrs,instrResourceString)
If (status < VI_SUCCESS) Then
Debug.Print "An error occurred while finding resources."
viClose (defaultRM)
Usbtmc_test = status
Exit Function
End If

' Now we will open VISA sessions to all USB TMC instruments.
' We must use the handle from viOpenDefaultRM and we must
' also use a string that indicates which instrument to open. This
' is called the instrument descriptor. The format for this string
' can be found in the function panel by right clicking on the
' descriptor parameter. After opening a session to the

726 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

' device, we will get a handle to the instrument which we

' will use in later VISA functions. The AccessMode and Timeout
' parameters in this function are reserved for future
' functionality. These two parameters are given the value VI_NULL.
For i = 0 To numInstrs
If (i > 0) Then
status = viFindNext(findList, instrResourceString)
End If
status = viOpen(defaultRM, instrResourceString, VI_NULL, VI_NULL, instrsesn)
If (status < VI_SUCCESS) Then
Debug.Print "Cannot open a session to the device ", i + 1
GoTo NextFind
End If

' At this point we now have a session open to the USB TMC instrument.
' We will now use the viWrite function to send the device the string "*IDN?",
' asking for the device's identification.
status = viWrite(instrsesn, "*IDN?", 5, retCount)
If (status < VI_SUCCESS) Then
Debug.Print "Error writing to the device."
status = viClose(instrsesn)
GoTo NextFind
End If

' Now we will attempt to read back a response from the device to
' the identification query that was sent. We will use the viRead
' function to acquire the data.
' After the data has been read the response is displayed.
status = viRead(instrsesn, buffer, MAX_CNT, retCount)
If (status < VI_SUCCESS) Then
Debug.Print "Error reading a response from the device.", i + 1
Else
Debug.Print i + 1, retCount, buffer
End If
status = viClose(instrsesn)
Next i

' Now we will close the session to the instrument using

www.siglent.com 727 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

' viClose. This operation frees all system resources.

status = viClose(defaultRM)
Usbtmc_test = 0
End Function

b) TCP/IP:
Private Function TCP_IP_Test(ip As String) As Long
Dim outputBuffer As String * VI_FIND_BUFLEN
Dim defaultRM As Long
Dim instrsesn As Long
Dim status As Long
Dim count As Long

' First we will need to open the default resource manager.

status = viOpenDefaultRM (defaultRM)
If (status < VI_SUCCESS) Then
Debug.Print "Could not open a session to the VISA Resource Manager!"
TCP_IP_Test = status
Exit Function
End If

' Now we will open a session via TCP/IP device

status = viOpen(defaultRM, "TCPIP0::" + ip + "::INSTR", VI_LOAD_CONFIG, VI_NULL,
instrsesn)
If (status < VI_SUCCESS) Then
Debug.Print "An error occurred opening the session"
viClose (defaultRM)
TCP_IP_Test = status
Exit Function
End If

status = viWrite(instrsesn, "*IDN?", 5, count)

If (status < VI_SUCCESS) Then
Debug.Print "Error writing to the device."
End If
status = viRead(instrsesn, outputBuffer, VI_FIND_BUFLEN, count)
If (status < VI_SUCCESS) Then
Debug.Print "Error reading a response from the device.", i + 1

728 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

Else
Debug.Print "read from device:", outputBuffer
End If
status = viClose(instrsesn)
status = viClose(defaultRM)
TCP_IP_Test = 0
End Function

www.siglent.com 729 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

MATLAB Example

Environment: Windows7 32-bit, MATLAB R2010b

Description: The function of this example: Use the NI-VISA, to control the device with USBTMC or
TCP/IP access to do a write and read.
Steps:
1. Open MATLAB, and modify the current directory. In this demo, the current directory is modified to
D:\USBTMC_TCPIP_Demo.

2. Click File>>New>>Script in the Matlab interface to create an empty M file.

3. Coding:
a) USBTMC:
function USBTMC_test()
% This code demonstrates sending synchronous read & write commands
% to an USB Test & Measurement Class (USBTMC) instrument using
% NI-VISA

%Create a VISA-USB object connected to a USB instrument

vu = visa('ni','USB0::0xF4EC::0xEE38::0123456789::INSTR');

%Open the VISA object created

fopen(vu);

%Send the string "*IDN?",asking for the device's identification.

fprintf(vu,'*IDN?');

%Request the data

outputbuffer = fscanf(vu);
disp(outputbuffer);

%Close the VISA object

fclose(vu);
delete(vu);
clear vu;

end

b) TCP/IP:

730 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

function TCP_IP_test( IPstr )

% This code demonstrates sending synchronous read & write commands
% to an TCP/IP instrument using NI-VISA

%Create a VISA-TCPIP object connected to an instrument

%configured with IP address.
vt = visa('ni',['TCPIP0::',IPstr,'::INSTR']);

%Open the VISA object created

fopen(vt);

%Send the string "*IDN?", asking for the device's identification.

fprintf(vt,'*IDN?');

%Request the data

outputbuffer = fscanf(vt);
disp(outputbuffer);

%Close the VISA object

fclose(vt);
delete(vt);
clear vt;

end

www.siglent.com 731 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

LabVIEW Example

Environment: Windows7 32-bit, LabVIEW 2011

Description: The functions of this example: use the NI-VISA, to control the device with USBTMC
and TCP/IP access to do a write and read.
Steps:
1. Open LabVIEW, create a VI file.

2. Add controls. Right-click in the Front Panel interface, select and add VISA resource name,
error in, error out and some indicators from the Controls column.

3. Open the Block Diagram interface. Right-click on the VISA resource name and you can select
and add the following functions from VISA Palette from the pop-up menu: VISA Write, VISA
Read, VISA Open and VISA Close.

4. The connection is as shown in the figure below:

5. Select the device resource from the VISA Resource Name list box and run the program.

732 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

In this example, the VI opens a VISA session to a USBTMC device, writes a command to the
device, and reads back the response. After all communication is complete, the VI closes the
VISA session.

6. Communicating with the device via TCP/IP is similar to USBTMC. But you need to change VISA
Write and VISA Read Function to Synchronous I/O. The LabVIEW default is asynchronous I/O.
Right-click the node and select Synchronous I/O Mod>>Synchronous from the shortcut menu to
write or read data synchronously.

7. The connection is as shown in the figure below:

8. Input the IP address and run the program.

www.siglent.com 733 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

C# Example

Environment: Windows7 32-bit, Visual Studio 2008/2010

Description: The functions of this example: use the NI-VISA, to control the device with USBTMC or
TCP/IP access to do a write and read.
Steps:
1. Open Visual Studio, create a new C# project.
2. Cut-and-paste the code that follows into the C# source file.
3. Edit the program to use the VISA address of your oscilloscope.
4. Add References.
Add Ivi.Visa.dll and NationalInstruments.Visa.dll to the project.
If your NI-VISA version is too low(e.g. 5.4.0),you should add NationalInstruments.Common.dll
and NationalInstruments.VisaNS.dll to the project. (Item 11 of this link details some of the main
differences between NI-VISA .NET and NI-VISA NS: NI-VISA .NET Library - NI)
(Notice: you must install the .NET Framework 3.5/4.0/4.5 Languages support when you install
the NI-VISA.)
 Right-click the project you wish to modify (not the solution) in the Solution Explorer window
of the Microsoft Visual Studio environment.
 Choose Add Reference....
 In the Add Reference dialog, select the Browse tab, and navigate to the NI-VISA installed
folder. (for example: C:\Program Files (x86)\IVI Foundation\VISA\Microsoft.NET\..)
 Select the .dll file above; then, click OK.

Add references
based on VisaNS in
Visual Studio 2008

734 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

Add references
based on
NI-VISA.NET in
Visual Studio 2010

5. Code on VisaNS:
using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.Linq;
using System.Text;
using NationalInstruments.VisaNS;

namespace TestVisa
{
class Program
{
static void Main(string[] args)

www.siglent.com 735 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

{
// Find all the USBTMC resources
string[]
usbRsrcStrings=ResourceManager.GetLocalManager().FindResources("USB?*INSTR");
if (usbRsrcStrings.Length <= 0)
{
Console.WriteLine("Cannot find USBTMC Device!");
return;
}

//Choose the first resource string to connect the device.

//You can input the address manually
//USBTMC:
//MessageBasedSession
mbSession=(MessageBasedSession)ResourceManager.GetLocalManager().Open("USB0::0xF
4EC::0xEE38::0123456789::INSTR");
/TCP IP:
//MessageBasedSession
mbSession=(MessageBasedSession)ResourceManager.GetLocalManager().Open("TCPIP0::1
92.168.1.100::INSTR");
MessageBasedSession
mbSession=(MessageBasedSession)ResourceManager.GetLocalManager().Open(usbRsrcStri
ngs[0]);
mbSession.Write("*IDN?");
string result = mbSession.ReadString();
mbSession.Dispose();
Console.WriteLine(result);
}
}
}

6. Code on Visa.NET:
using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.Linq;
using NationalInstruments.Visa;
using Ivi.Visa;

736 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

namespace test_visa_csharp
{
static class Program
{
static void Main()
{
TcpipSession section = new TcpipSession("TCPIP::10.12.255.135::inst0::INSTR");
IMessageBasedFormattedIO io = section.FormattedIO;
io.WriteLine("*IDN?");
string result = io.ReadLine();
section.Dispose();
Console.WriteLine(result);
}
}
}

www.siglent.com 737 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

Examples of Using Sockets

Socket communication is a basic communication technology in computer network. It allows
applications to communicate through the standard network protocol mechanism built by network
hardware and operation system.

This method is a two-way communication between the instrument and the computer through a fixed
port number.

Note that SCPI strings are terminated with a “\n” (new line) character.

Python Example

Python has a low-level networking module that provides access to the socket interface. Python
scripts can be written for sockets to do a variety of test and measurement tasks.

Environment: Windows7 32-bit, Python v2.7.5

Description: Open a socket, send a query, and repeat this loop for 10 times, finally close the socket.

Below is the code of the script:

#!/usr/bin/env python
#-*- coding:utf-8 –*-
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The short script is a example that open a socket, sends a query,
# print the return message and closes the socket.
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
import socket # for sockets
import sys # for exit
import time # for sleep
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
remote_ip = "10.12.255.209" # should match the instrument’s IP address
port = 5025 # the port number of the instrument service
count = 0

def SocketConnect():
try:
#create an AF_INET, STREAM socket (TCP)
s = socket.socket(socket.AF_INET, socket.SOCK_STREAM)
except socket.error:
print ('Failed to create socket.')

738 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

sys.exit();
try:
#Connect to remote server
s.connect((remote_ip , port))
except socket.error:
print ('failed to connect to ip ' + remote_ip)
return s

def SocketQuery(Sock, cmd):

try :
#Send cmd string
Sock.sendall(cmd)
Sock.sendall(b'\n')
time.sleep(1)
except socket.error:
#Send failed
print ('Send failed')
sys.exit()
reply = Sock.recv(4096)
return reply

def SocketClose(Sock):
#close the socket
Sock.close()
time.sleep(.300)

def main():
global remote_ip
global port
global count

# Body: send the SCPI commands *IDN? 10 times and print the return message
s = SocketConnect()
for i in range(10):
qStr = SocketQuery(s, b'*IDN?')
print (str(count) + ":: " + str(qStr))
count = count + 1
SocketClose(s)
input('Press "Enter" to exit')

if __name__ == '__main__':
proc = main()

www.siglent.com 739 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

C Example

int MySocket;
if((MySocket=socket(PF_INET,SOCK_STREAM,0))==-1)
{
exit(1);
}
struct in_addr
{
unsigned long s_addr;
};
struct sockaddr_in
{
short int sin_family; // Address family
unsigned short int sin_port; // Port number
struct in_addr sin_addr; // Internet address
unsigned char sin_zero[8]; // Padding
};
struct sockaddr_in MyAddress;

// Initialize the whole structure to zero

memset(&MyAddress,0,sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));
// Then set the individual fields
MyAddress.sin_family=PF_INET; // IPv4
MyAddress.sin_port=htons(5025); // Port number used by most instruments
MyAddress.sin_addr.s_addr=inet_addr(ntsddr_in)); // IP Address

// Establish TCP connection

if(connect(MySocket,(struct sockaddr*)&MyAddress,sizeof(struct sockaddr_in))==-1)
{
exit(1);
}

// Send SCPI command

if(send(MySocket,ands,sizeof(t_addr(
{
exit(1);
}

740 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

// Read response
char buffer[200];
int actual;
if((actual=recv(MySocket,&buffer[0],200,0))==-1)
{
exit(1);
}
buffer[actual]= 0; // Add zero character (C string)
printf(d zero character (C string)],2

// Close socket
if(close(MySocket)==-1)
{
exit(1);
}

www.siglent.com 741 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

Common Command Examples

This section lists the programming instances of common commands.

Environment: Windows7 32-bit, Python v3.6.5, pyvisa-1.9, Matplotlib-3.1.1

Note:

When using the visa library, you should pay attention to the following settings:

1. Set the I/O buffer size.

I.E. For the command “:WAVeform:DATA?”, the read buffer size depends on the number of
waveform points. When it needs to read in segments, the size of each segment is vary from the
models.

Read Waveform Data Example

import visa
import pylab as pl
import struct
import math
import gc

"""Modify the following global variables according to the model"""

SDS_RSC = "TCPIP0::10.12.255.135::inst0::INSTR"
CHANNEL = "C2"
HORI_NUM = 10
tdiv_enum = [100e-12, 200e-12, 500e-12, 1e-9,
2e-9, 5e-9, 10e-9, 20e-9, 50e-9, 100e-9, 200e-9, 500e-9, \
1e-6, 2e-6, 5e-6, 10e-6, 20e-6, 50e-6, 100e-6, 200e-6, 500e-6, \
1e-3, 2e-3, 5e-3, 10e-3, 20e-3, 50e-3, 100e-3, 200e-3, 500e-3, \
1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1000]

"""The following code realizes the process of waveform reconstruction with slice"""
def main_desc(recv):
WAVE_ARRAY_1 = recv[0x3c:0x3f + 1]
wave_array_count = recv[0x74:0x77 + 1]
first_point = recv[0x84:0x87 + 1]
sp = recv[0x88:0x8b + 1]
v_scale = recv[0x9c:0x9f + 1]
v_offset = recv[0xa0:0xa3 + 1]
interval = recv[0xb0:0xb3 + 1]
code_per_div = recv[0xa4:0Xa7 + 1]
adc_bit = recv[0xac:0Xad + 1]
delay = recv[0xb4:0xbb + 1]
tdiv = recv[0x144:0x145 + 1]

742 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

probe = recv[0x148:0x14b + 1]

data_bytes = struct.unpack('i', WAVE_ARRAY_1)[0]

point_num = struct.unpack('i', wave_array_count)[0]
fp = struct.unpack('i', first_point)[0]
sp = struct.unpack('i', sp)[0]
interval = struct.unpack('f', interval)[0]
delay = struct.unpack('d', delay)[0]
tdiv_index = struct.unpack('h', tdiv)[0]
probe = struct.unpack('f', probe)[0]
vdiv = struct.unpack('f', v_scale)[0] * probe
offset = struct.unpack('f', v_offset)[0] * probe
code = struct.unpack('f', code_per_div)[0]
adc_bit = struct.unpack('h', adc_bit)[0]
tdiv = tdiv_enum[tdiv_index]
return vdiv, offset, interval, delay, tdiv, code, adc_bit

def main_wf_data():
_rm = visa.ResourceManager()
sds = _rm.open_resource(SDS_RSC)
sds.timeout = 30000 # default value is 2000(2s)
sds.chunk_size = 20 * 1024 * 1024 # default value is 20*1024(20k bytes)

sds.write(":WAVeform:STARt 0")
sds.write("WAV:SOUR {}".format(CHANNEL))
sds.write("WAV:PREamble?")
recv_all = sds.read_raw()
recv = recv_all[recv_all.find(b'#') + 11:]
print(len(recv))
vdiv, ofst, interval, trdl, tdiv, vcode_per, adc_bit = main_desc(recv)
print(vdiv, ofst, interval, trdl, tdiv,vcode_per,adc_bit)

points = sds.query(":ACQuire:POINts?").strip()
points = float(sds.query(":ACQuire:POINts?").strip())
one_piece_num = float(sds.query(":WAVeform:MAXPoint?").strip())
if points > one_piece_num:
sds.write(":WAVeform:POINt {}".format(one_piece_num))
if adc_bit > 8:
sds.write(":WAVeform:WIDTh WORD")

read_times = math.ceil(points / one_piece_num)

recv_all = []
for i in range(0, read_times):
start = i * one_piece_num
sds.write(":WAVeform:STARt {}".format(start))
sds.write("WAV:DATA?")
recv_rtn = sds.read_raw().rstrip()
block_start = recv_rtn.find(b'#')
data_digit = int(recv_rtn[block_start + 1:block_start + 2])
data_start = block_start + 2 + data_digit
recv = list(recv_rtn[data_start:])
recv_all += recv

convert_data = []
if adc_bit > 8:
for i in range(0, int(len(recv_all) / 2)):
data = recv_all[2 * i + 1] * 256 + recv_all[2 * i]

www.siglent.com 743 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

convert_data.append(data)
else:
convert_data = recv_all

volt_value = []
for data in convert_data:
if data > pow(2, adc_bit - 1) - 1:
data = data - pow(2, adc_bit)
else:
pass
volt_value.append(data)
del recv, recv_all, convert_data
gc.collect()

time_value = []
for idx in range(0, len(volt_value)):
volt_value[idx] = volt_value[idx] / vcode_per * float(vdiv) - float(ofst)
time_data = - (float(tdiv) * HORI_NUM / 2) + idx * interval + float(trdl)
time_value.append(time_data)
print(len(volt_value))

pl.figure(figsize=(7, 5))
pl.plot(time_value, volt_value, markersize=2, label=u"Y-T")
pl.legend()
pl.grid()
pl.show()

if __name__=='__main__':
main_wf_data()

Read Waveform Data of Digital Example

import visa
import pylab as pl
import struct

def get_char_bit(char,n):
return (char >> n) & 1

def main_desc(recv):
first_point = recv[0x84:0x87+1]
sp = recv[0x88:0x8b+1]
interval = recv[0xb0:0xb3+1]
delay = recv[0xb4:0xbb+1]
tdiv = recv[0x144:0x145+1]
tdiv_enum=[200e-12,500e-12,\

744 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

1e-9,2e-9,5e-9,10e-9,20e-9,50e-9,100e-9,200e-9,500e-9,\
1e-6,2e-6,5e-6,10e-6,20e-6,50e-6,100e-6,200e-6,500e-6,\
1e-3,2e-3,5e-3,10e-3,20e-3,50e-3,100e-3,200e-3,500e-3,\
1,2,5,10,20,50,100,200,500,1000]

fp = struct.unpack('i',first_point)[0]
sp = struct.unpack('i',sp)[0]
interval = struct.unpack('f',interval)[0]
delay = struct.unpack('d',delay)[0]
tdiv_index = struct.unpack('h',tdiv)[0]
tdiv = tdiv_enum[tdiv_index]
return interval,delay,tdiv

def main_new_scpi():
_rm = visa.ResourceManager()
sds = _rm.open_resource("TCPIP0::10.12.255.209::inst0::INSTR")
sds.write("WAV:SOUR D0")
sds.write("WAV:PREamble?")
recv_all = sds.read_raw()
recv = recv_all[recv_all.find(b'#')+11:]
interval,trdl,tdiv = main_desc(recv)
sds.write("WAV:DATA?")
recv_rtn = sds.read_raw().rstrip()
block_start = recv_rtn.find(b'#')
data_digit = int(recv_rtn[block_start + 1:block_start + 2])
data_start = block_start + 2 + data_digit
recv = list(recv_rtn[data_start:])

volt_value = []
data =bytearray(recv)

for char in data:

for i in range(0,8):
volt_value.append(get_char_bit(char,i))
print(len(volt_value))
time_value = []
for idx in range(0,len(volt_value)):
time_data = -(float(tdiv)*10/2)+idx*interval + float(trdl)

www.siglent.com 745 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

time_value.append(time_data)

pl.figure(figsize=(7,5))
pl.ylim(-1,2)
pl.plot(time_value,volt_value,markersize=2,label=u"Y-T")
pl.legend()
pl.grid()
pl.show()
if __name__=='__main__':
main_new_scpi()

Read Waveform Data of FFT Example

import visa
import pylab as pl
import struct
import math
import gc

"""Modify the following global variables according to the model"""

SDS_RSC = "TCPIP0::10.12.255.127::inst0::INSTR"
FUNC = "FUNC1”

def main_desc(recv):
interval = recv[0xb0:0xb3 + 1]
interval = struct.unpack('f', interval)[0]
return interval

def main_fft_data():
_rm = visa.ResourceManager()
sds = _rm.open_resource(SDS_RSC)

sds.write("WAV:SOUR F1")
sds.write("WAV:PREamble?")
recv_all = sds.read_raw()
recv = recv_all[recv_all.find(b'#') + 11:]
interval = main_desc(recv)
unit = sds.query("{}:FFT:UNIT?".format(FUNC)).strip()

746 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

if unit == "DBm":
load = float(sds.query("{}:FFT:LOAD?".format(FUNC)).strip())
mode = sds.query("{}:FFT:MODE?".format(FUNC)).strip()

sds.write("WAV:DATA?")
recv_all = sds.read_raw().rstrip()
block_start = recv_all.find(b'#')
data_digit = int(recv_all[block_start + 1:block_start + 2])
data_start = block_start + 2 + data_digit
recv = recv_all[data_start:]
print(len(recv))

volt_value = []
freq_value = []
len_data = int(len(recv) / 8)
print(len_data)
for i in range(0, len_data):
data_rel = struct.unpack("f", recv[8 * i:8 * i + 4])
data_imag = struct.unpack("f", recv[8 * i + 4:8 * i + 8])
data_rel = list(data_rel)[0]
data_imag = list(data_imag)[0]
if mode == "NORMal":
data_float = math.sqrt(pow(float(data_rel), 2) + pow(float(data_imag), 2))
else:
data_float = float(data_rel)
if unit == "DBVrms":
data_float = 20*math.log10(data_float)
elif unit == "DBm":
data_float = 10 * math.log10(data_float*data_float/load/1E-3)
volt_value.append(data_float)
freq_value.append(i*interval)

pl.figure(figsize=(7, 5))
pl.plot(freq_value, volt_value, markersize=2)
pl.legend()
pl.grid()
pl.show()

www.siglent.com 747 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

if __name__ == '__main__':
main_fft_data()

Read Sequence Waveform Data Example

import visa
import pylab as pl
import time as t
import math
import struct
import gc

"""Modify the following global variables according to the model"""

ADC_BIT = 12
TDIV_ENUM = [100e-12, 200e-12, 500e-12, \
1e-9, 2e-9, 5e-9, 10e-9, 20e-9, 50e-9, 100e-9, 200e-9, 500e-9, \
1e-6, 2e-6, 5e-6, 10e-6, 20e-6, 50e-6, 100e-6, 200e-6, 500e-6, \
1e-3, 2e-3, 5e-3, 10e-3, 20e-3, 50e-3, 100e-3, 200e-3, 500e-3, \
1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1000]

def main_wf_desc(recv):
data_width = recv[0x20:0x21+1]#01-16bit,00-8bit
data_order = recv[0x22:0x23+1]#01-MSB,00-LSB
WAVE_ARRAY_1 = recv[0x3c:0x3f+1]
wave_array_count = recv[0x74:0x77+1]
first_point = recv[0x84:0x87+1]
sp = recv[0x88:0x8b+1]
one_fram_pts = recv[0x74:0x77+1]#pts of single frame,maybe bigger than 12.5M
read_frame = recv[0x90:0x93+1]#all sequence frames number return by this command
sum_frame = recv[0x94:0x97+1]#all sequence frames number acquired
v_scale = recv[0x9c:0x9f+1]
v_offset = recv[0xa0:0xa3+1]
code_per_div = recv[0xa4:0Xa7 + 1]
adc_bit = recv[0xac:0Xad + 1]
sn = recv[0xae:0xaf+1]
interval = recv[0xb0:0xb3+1]
delay = recv[0xb4:0xbb+1]
tdiv = recv[0x144:0x145+1]

748 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

probe = recv[0x148:0x14b+1]

width = struct.unpack('h',data_width)[0]
order = struct.unpack('h',data_order)[0]
data_bytes = struct.unpack('i',WAVE_ARRAY_1)[0]
point_num = struct.unpack('i',wave_array_count)[0]
fp = struct.unpack('i',first_point)[0]
sp = struct.unpack('i',sp)[0]
sn = struct.unpack('h',sn)[0]
one_fram_pts = struct.unpack('i',one_fram_pts)[0]
read_frame = struct.unpack('i',read_frame)[0]
sum_frame = struct.unpack('i',sum_frame)[0]
interval = struct.unpack('f',interval)[0]
delay = struct.unpack('d',delay)[0]
tdiv_index = struct.unpack('h',tdiv)[0]
probe = struct.unpack('f',probe)[0]
vdiv = struct.unpack('f',v_scale)[0]*probe
offset = struct.unpack('f',v_offset)[0]*probe
code = struct.unpack('f', code_per_div)[0]
if ADC_BIT>8:
code = code/16
adc_bit = struct.unpack('h', adc_bit)[0]
tdiv = TDIV_ENUM[tdiv_index]

print("data_bytes=",data_bytes)
print("point_num=",point_num)
print("fp=",fp)
print("sp=",sp)
print("sn=",sn)
print("vdiv=",vdiv)
print("offset=",offset)
print("interval=",interval)
print("delay=",delay)
print("tdiv=",tdiv)
print("probe=",probe)
print("data_width=",width)
print("data_order=",order)
print("code=", code)

www.siglent.com 749 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

print("adc_bit=", adc_bit)
print("one_fram_pts=", one_fram_pts)
print("read_frame=", read_frame)
print("sum_frame=", sum_frame)
return vdiv,offset,interval,delay,tdiv,code,one_fram_pts,read_frame,sum_frame

def main_time_stamp_deal(time):
seconds = time[0x00:0x08] # type:long double
minutes = time[0x08:0x09] # type:char
hours = time[0x09:0x0a] # type:char
days = time[0x0a:0x0b] # type:char
months = time[0x0b:0x0c] # type:char
year = time[0x0c:0x0e] # type:short

seconds = struct.unpack('d',seconds)[0]
minutes = struct.unpack('c', minutes)[0]
hours = struct.unpack('c', hours)[0]
days = struct.unpack('c', days)[0]
months = struct.unpack('c', months)[0]
year = struct.unpack('h', year)[0]
months = int.from_bytes(months, byteorder='big', signed=False)
days = int.from_bytes(days, byteorder='big', signed=False)
hours = int.from_bytes(hours, byteorder='big', signed=False)
minutes = int.from_bytes(minutes, byteorder='big', signed=False)
print("{}/{}/{},{}:{}:{}".format(year,months,days,hours,minutes,seconds))

'''
Read data of all sequence frame.
PS.when total points num (single_frame_pts * frame_num) is bigger than 12.5Mpts, you have to
read more than one time.
Frames number and points number readed this time will saved in the head parameter, see
main_wf_desc.
'''
def main_all_frame(sds):
sds.write(":WAVeform:SOURce C2")
sds.write(":WAVeform:STARt 0")
sds.write(":WAVeform:POINt 0")
sds.write(":WAVeform:SEQUence 0,0")

750 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

sds.timeout = 2000 #default value is 2000(2s)

sds.chunk_size = 20*1024*1024 #default value is 20*1024(20k bytes)

sds.write(":WAVeform:PREamble?")
recv_all = sds.read_raw()
recv = recv_all[recv_all.find(b'#')+11:]
print(len(recv))
vdiv, ofst, interval, delay, tdiv, code, one_frame_pts, read_frame, sum_frame =
main_wf_desc(recv)
read_times = math.ceil(sum_frame/read_frame)
print("read_times=",read_times)
one_piece_num = float(sds.query(":WAVeform:MAXPoint?").strip())

for i in range(0,read_times):
sds.write(":WAVeform:SEQUence {},{}".format(0,read_frame*i+1))
if i+1 == read_times:#frame num of last read time
read_frame = sum_frame -(read_times-1)*read_frame
sds.write(":WAVeform:PREamble?")
recv_rtn = sds.read_raw()
recv_desc = recv_rtn[recv_rtn.find(b'#')+11:]
time_stamp = recv_desc[346:]

if ADC_BIT > 8:
sds.write(":WAVeform:WIDTh WORD")
sds.write(":WAVeform:DATA?")
recv_rtn = sds.read_raw().rstrip()
block_start = recv_rtn.find(b'#')
data_digit = int(recv_rtn[block_start + 1:block_start + 2])
data_start = block_start + 2 + data_digit
recv = list(recv_rtn[data_start:])

for j in range(0,read_frame):
time = time_stamp[16*j:16*(j+1)]#timestamp spends 16 bytes
main_time_stamp_deal(time)
if ADC_BIT > 8:
start = int(j * one_frame_pts*2)
end = int((j + 1) * one_frame_pts*2)
data_recv = recv[start:end]

www.siglent.com 751 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

convert_data = []
for k in range(0, int(len(data_recv) / 2)):
data_16bit = data_recv[2 * k + 1] * 256 + data_recv[2 * k]
data = data_16bit >> (16 - ADC_BIT)
convert_data.append(data)
else:
start = int(j*one_frame_pts)
end = int((j+1)*one_frame_pts)
convert_data = recv[start:end]
volt_value = []

for data in convert_data:

if data > pow(2, ADC_BIT - 1) - 1: # 12bit-2047,8bit-127
data = data - pow(2, ADC_BIT)
else:
pass
volt_value.append(data)
time_value = []
for idx in range(0,len(volt_value)):
volt_value[idx] = volt_value[idx]/code*float(vdiv)-float(ofst)
time_data = -(float(tdiv)*HORI_NUM/2)+idx*interval-delay#calc ch timestamp
time_value.append(time_data)

print('Data convert finish,start to draw!')

pl.figure(figsize=(7,5))
pl.plot(time_value,volt_value,markersize=2,label=u"Y-T")
pl.legend()
pl.grid()
pl.show()
pl.close()
del volt_value,time_value,convert_data
gc.collect()
del recv
gc.collect()

'''
Read data of single frame.
'''

752 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

def main_specify_frame(sds,frame_num):
sds.write(":WAVeform:SOURce C2")
sds.write(":WAVeform:STARt 0")
sds.write(":WAVeform:POINt 0")
sds.write(":WAVeform:SEQUence {},{}".format(frame_num,0))
sds.timeout = 2000 # default value is 2000(2s)
sds.chunk_size = 20 * 1024 * 1024 # default value is 20*1024(20k bytes)

sds.write(":WAVeform:PREamble?")
recv_all = sds.read_raw()
recv = recv_all[recv_all.find(b'#')+11:]
time_stamp = recv[346:]
main_time_stamp_deal(time_stamp)
vdiv, ofst, interval, delay, tdiv, code,one_frame_pts, read_frame, sum_frame =
main_wf_desc(recv)

one_piece_num = float(sds.query(":WAVeform:MAXPoint?").strip())
if one_frame_pts > one_piece_num:
sds.write(":WAVeform:POINt {}".format(one_piece_num))
if ADC_BIT > 8:
sds.write(":WAVeform:WIDTh WORD")

read_times = math.ceil(one_frame_pts / one_piece_num)

data_recv = []
for i in range(0, read_times):
start = i * one_piece_num
sds.write(":WAVeform:STARt {}".format(start))
sds.write("WAV:DATA?")
recv_rtn = sds.read_raw().rstrip()
block_start = recv_rtn.find(b'#')
data_digit = int(recv_rtn[block_start + 1:block_start + 2])
data_start = block_start + 2 + data_digit
recv_piece = list(recv_rtn[data_start:])

data_recv += recv_piece
print("len(data_recv)=", len(data_recv))

convert_data = []

www.siglent.com 753 / 757

SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

if ADC_BIT > 8:
for i in range(0, int(len(data_recv) / 2)):
data_16bit = data_recv[2 * i + 1] * 256 + data_recv[2 * i]
data = data_16bit >> (16 - ADC_BIT)
convert_data.append(data)
else:
convert_data = data_recv
volt_value = []
for data in convert_data:
if data > pow(2, ADC_BIT-1) - 1: # 12bit-2047,8bit-127
data = data - pow(2, ADC_BIT)
else:
pass
volt_value.append(data)

time_value = []
for idx in range(0, len(volt_value)):
volt_value[idx] = volt_value[idx] / code * float(vdiv) - float(ofst)
time_data = -(float(tdiv) * HORI_NUM / 2) + idx * interval - delay # calc ch timestamp
time_value.append(time_data)

print('Data convert finish,start to draw!')

pl.figure(figsize=(7, 5))
pl.plot(time_value, volt_value, markersize=2, label=u"Y-T")
pl.legend()
pl.grid()
pl.show()
pl.close()
del volt_value, time_value, data_recv
gc.collect()

if __name__=='__main__':
HORI_NUM = 10
_rm = visa.ResourceManager()
sds = _rm.open_resource("TCPIP0::10.12.255.135::inst0::INSTR")
main_all_frame(sds)
# main_specify_frame(sds, 5)

754 / 757 www.siglent.com

 SDS Series Programming Guide

sds.close()

Screen Dump (PRINt) Example

import visa

def main():
_rm = visa.ResourceManager()
sds = _rm.open_resource("USB0::0xF4EC::0xEE38::0123456789::INSTR")
sds.chunk_size = 20*1024*1024 #default value is 20*1024(20k bytes)
file_name = "F:\\SCDP.bmp"
sds.write("PRIN? BMP")
result_str = sds.read_raw()
f = open(file_name,'wb')
f.write(result_str)
f.flush()
f.close()

if __name__=='__main__':
main()

Then you can open the file as shown below:

www.siglent.com 755 / 757

 SD S Series Pr ogrammin g Guide

About SIGLENT

SIGLENT is an international high-tech company, concentrating on R&D,

sales, production and services of electronic test & measurement instruments.

SIGLENT first began developing digital oscilloscopes independently in 2002.

After more than a decade of continuous development, SIGLENT has
extended its product line to include digital oscilloscopes, isolated handheld
oscilloscopes, function/arbitrary waveform generators, RF/MW signal
generators, spectrum analyzers, vector network analyzers, digital
multimeters, DC power supplies, electronic loads and other general purpose
test instrumentation. Since its first oscilloscope was launched in 2005,
SIGLENT has become the fastest growing manufacturer of digital
oscilloscopes. We firmly believe that today SIGLENT is the best value in
electronic test & measurement.

Headquarters:
SIGLENT Technologies Co., Ltd
Add: Bldg No.4 & No.5, Antongda Industrial
Zone, 3rd Liuxian Road, Bao'an District,
Shenzhen, 518101, China
Tel: + 86 755 3688 7876
Fax: + 86 755 3359 1582
Email: [email protected]
Website: int.siglent.com

North America:
SIGLENT Technologies America, Inc
6557 Cochran Rd Solon, Ohio 44139
Tel: 440-398-5800
Toll Free: 877-515-5551
Fax: 440-399-1211
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.siglentna.com
Follow us on
Facebook: SiglentTech
Europe:
SIGLENT Technologies Germany GmbH
Add: Staetzlinger Str. 70
86165 Augsburg, Germany
Tel: +49(0)-821-666 0 111 0
Fax: +49(0)-821-666 0 111 22
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.siglenteu.com

756 / 757 www.siglent.com